Announcement

Collapse
No announcement yet.

The (Finished) Creative Writing Story 3 - It's all done, folks.

Collapse
X
 
  • Filter
  • Time
  • Show
Clear All
new posts

    #76
    Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

    The start of the battle of Antaross. Mora was really digging the story by this point, and it certainly shows. Chapter 10 covers the entire battle, which is actually kind of long, but it breaks up nicely between additions. Editing goes so much faster now that I don't have to concentrate nearly as much on continuity and spelling and punctuation and grammar. That makes me happy, of course. I can't think of anything particularly important that I changed in this addition; probably because I didn't really change anything. Mora's additions are among the few that require almost no editing, aside from formatting.

    _____

    Chapter 11

    76th Post - Mora 09

    *Mora9* - *seventy-six* *chapter11*

    Aleksi heard a commotion outside his cell. He moaned. The last thing he wanted was a distraction while he brooded. As the noise came closer, he thought he could make out a set of footsteps making their way towards his direction. The soldier posted outside shouted an exclamation, but was mysteriously silent a moment later. Now this had Aleksi’s attention. He readied himself into a fighting stance. Although he was in a weakened state, he still felt he had to try to defend himself, useless or not. He wasn’t about to surrender his life to anyone. He heard the sound of metal clanking against metal and the cell’s door began to move outwards. He tensed up for a brief second, ready to strike at a moment’s notice, but when the person on the other side was revealed, all tension left his face, leaving his jaw slacked.

    “Hey there, kiddo!” Dedalus said cheerfully. “Were you beginning to think I wouldn’t come?”

    Alekis blinked his eyes. “How in the HELL did you get here? And WHY the hell are you doing this?!”

    Dedalus rolled his eyes. “Sheesh, didn’t your mama ever tell you not to look a gift horse in the mouth? I couldn’t let one of my best customers get executed! I had connections in Anteron, as you may or may not be aware, and I worked a side deal.”

    A second person entered the doorway. “Translation: he stole the keys,” Sasha said, in a droll manner. She was clad in similarly disproportionate gray attire, making her slight figure seem even more delicate.

    “I don’t suppose I could add this to your tab, eh?” Dedalus added, smiling a smile that tried too hard to be charming.

    “Get us and one other out of here alive and you can have whatever you want,” Aleksi said hurriedly, storming out of his cell and into the hall with the rest of them. “And what the HELL is going on in this city, pray tell? I don’t suppose your contacts had any information about that, huh?”

    “As a matter of fact,” Dedalus said, “I do happen to have an idea of what’s going on. Some weird foreign guy called Gjigrajheth threatened to attack Antaross tonight. Antaross seems to be taking it pretty seriously, since every single warship and platoon that would make a difference has been recalled back to here.”

    Sasha and Aleksi shot each other looks. They hadn’t expected to have to deal with Gjigrajheth, at least not yet. Having Guillermo in the same city that Gjigrajheth was about to burn to the ground with his legions of bastard mutations was a sure-fire recipe for chaos. “Then we haven’t a moment to lose in finding our friend Guillermo, Dedalus,” Aleksi said gravely.

    “WHOA,” Dedalus exclaimed, “You mean THE Guillermo? Guillermo Avory? The one that Anteron has been uprooting the countryside trying to find in the last few weeks? You’re with HIM? Oh, man, last time I heard, he was under more guard than the Royal Vault.”

    “That changes nothing,” Sasha explained. “We need Guillermo more desperately than Anteron does, and I think it’s time we showed them.”

    “But we can’t do anything rash,” Aleksi said, rubbing his chin in thought. “This is gonna take planning. After all, it’s not like Guillermo is gonna land in our laps.”

    Just then, Aleksi heard a din coming from down the hall and turned to look. Then his jaw dropped for the second time that day. Guillermo was running towards them at an incredible speed. He could see Guillermo’s expression change from one of determination to one of surprise and saw him try to slow down, only to slip and come crashing down to the stone floor on his back. Sasha shook her head in embarrassment while it was Dedalus’s turn to look astonished at this display. “On the other hand…” Aleksi muttered, trailing off.

    Guillermo brought himself back to his feet with a moan. “Remind me to practice coming to a stop next time,” he said, sheepishly. He made it a point to keep his recent dental enhancement a secret from them, too, at least for the moment. “It looks like I got beaten to the punch. Who’s this?”

    Dedalus was about to speak up, but Aleksi spoke first. “His name’s Dedalus, but he’s the least of your worries. I assume you know something about this city’s fate.”

    Guillermo nodded. “I don’t think I want to be here much longer, anyways. I kinda left my cell without permission and it’s only a matter of time until the Chancellor catches wind of this and figures out where I went.”

    Dedalus went ahead of them to lead the way out while Sasha began to take notice of Guillermo’s appearance. He seemed mostly the same, but subtly, Sasha could tell that something was taking place. He and Aleksi used to be roughly the same height. Guillermo stood slightly taller than he had before and his prison garments didn’t seem as ridiculously oversized as their own. She also took note of wisps of gray in his hair. She didn’t say a word, but she knew that this was the beginning of Guillermo’s destiny: evolution.

    *****

    A tall, regal man stood on a platform, looking over his small army of soldiers. This man in particular seemed more of a soldier than anyone he overlooked at the moment. He was large and looked even larger thanks to his gleaming suit of armor that had the crest of his lineage emblazoned across the wide chest. He wore no crown, but to the people that were ready to die for him he was never without it. He had a handsome face, unobscured by a helmet, so his short head of amber-blonde hair was visible, turning into his full beard. However, at this moment his features were more stern than charming. Few knew that King Ordic regularly practiced his expressions so he could carefully sculpt his public image. He felt that a king had a responsibility to not only act like one, but look like one at all times.

    The columns and rows of soldiers lined up before him were shifting about uneasily on their feet, but remained silent, waiting for a word from their beloved monarch. Finally, their patience was rewarded. “Many have asked, ‘Why bother to protect the city of Antaross? Is it not outside of our concern? Let it fall to the creatures, our home will still be safe.’ This is foolishness. The people of Anteron may not be my subjects, but they are my allies and yours, as well. What happens if Antaross falls? The monsters will not be sated, I assure you. They will look for more to destroy, to obliterate. Destruction is the fate for any entity on this earth that does not stand up to these creatures and say, ‘No, this is where it must end. This is where I shall stand up and destroy these abominations.’ This is what we are here to do tonight. We are here to make the world safe for our wives and daughters. We are here to make sure our sons can grow up to be men. Tonight, we send a message to this creature, Gjigrajheth. We will not be threatened, bullied or cowed. We will triumph!”

    At this the men raised their fists to the sky and cheered. King Ordic smiled as sweat dripped from his brow. It took a lot to rouse his soldiers the way he wanted them. He knew that there was a good chance that quite a few of them would not return to their families. He silently said a prayer that they might reach the warrior’s afterlife without difficulty.

    Thinking about his own soldiers reminded him of his one and only son, Hardin. He had received word from his sister that he had taken it upon himself to find the source of Gjigrajheth along with some captain that was an acquaintance of hers. He frowned slightly. He didn’t like the fact that his son could be facing more danger than himself. He knew that Hardin was much less suited to the path of a warrior than he was. They had never been truly close. Hardin always seemed distant when he was around, and he didn’t seem to enjoy the company of his own father. This had always cut him deeply, but true to personality, he didn’t show it. He merely let him stay with his aunt frequently while he attended to his own business. He had watched him grow up into an uncompanionably ambiguous man, albeit one with a strong sense of justice. He couldn’t help but think that he was responsible for the outcome. If only his mother had survived, he thought, he could have been raised properly.

    “Are you still planning on going through with this yourself, Your Highness?” a voice behind asked with a hint of weariness. King Ordic turned around to see Chancellor Copeland. “After all,” Copeland continued, “a man of your age and stature going out into the coming maelstrom will be dangerous; perhaps suicidal.”

    “I thank you for your concern,” King Ordic said with a smokescreen of grace, “but I wouldn’t dare ask my men to do something of this caliber if I wasn’t behind them 100% of the way. Perhaps after this is done, I could discuss with you some mutual benefits that could be had by altering our countries’ trade agreement?”

    Copeland tried hard to hide the look of outrage that wanted to leap to his face. “With all due respect, Your Highness, I deal with those issues through your country’s government, not you.”

    “Ah,” Ordic said with a smile, “but that does not mean we couldn’t discuss it, no? I think that after you hear what I have to say, you will want to pursue it further.”

    “No doubt,” Copeland said, with only the slightest trace of a sneer. He bowed. “If you’ll excuse me, I have one more matter to take care of before I join the others in the shelter.”

    “It was a pleasure,” King Ordic said cheerfully. As Copeland walked away, he descended to his men, discussing plans with the commanding officers. A tremor shook the ground as he did so. King Ordic tensed. He knew Antaross was not prone to earthquakes. As the tremors became stronger, he knew that the attack was approaching.

    *****

    A young recruit swallowed the stone in his throat and wiped his brow of its sweat. He nervously scanned the skies from his lofty perch on top of one of Antaross’s large towers. Antaross prided itself on being a city of progress. While other meccas were still primarily constructed of stone and few structures went beyond four stories, Antaross was a glimpse of the progress man could make. Buildings wrought from metal seemed to scrape the sky as bridges to and from provided people access across the buzzing metropolis. The buzz the soldier had witnessed over the past few days was of a different kind, however. Civilians were cloistered into shelters while the bustling was left to the sizeable military of Anteron. Ammo was stockpiled, weapons were rationed out, and ships upon ships of platoons were sent back to the capital to defend it. And here he was, one of the dozens of souls given a breathtaking view of this architectural marvel, and he was hating every second of it. He knew that he would be one of the first ones to see it coming, the hordes of giant beasts flying in, ready to rip the meat from his bones. He shivered just thinking about it. Just then, he thought he could see something out of the corner of his eye. Could it be? There were three distinct black dots on the horizon, coming closer. He swallowed again. He grabbed his telescope and peered at the sight. What he saw nearly made him drop it.

    The three dots were dragon-like beings, with wings that looked like they could blot out the sun. Their hides were sable and scaled. Their eyes shone blood red and every so often, a head would thrash to a side and bare its multitude of fangs. He imagined they smelled terrible. On top of the one in the middle stood a vague figure that looked almost completely swathed in black to him, but the distance might have fooled him. The other two in the sides seemed to be carrying something on their backs. It looked like… hordes… of something, vaguely man-shaped. That frightened him more than the dragon-things, themselves. He saw the thing standing in the middle give a signal of some sort. The dragons’ heads all turned forward and opened their mouths. A strange light began to emanate from them and suddenly a vibration sent his sights flying. He stopped looking through the telescope and peered to the ground below to see what appeared to be smaller flying reptiles bursting through the stone pavement on the ground below and flying upwards towards him. He panicked and quickly made for the stairs that led down towards his superiors so he could report what he saw. Halfway down, the wall of the building was destroyed and suddenly he was blinded by an intense, burning blue-white light for a fraction of a second. Then he ceased to exist.

    *****

    Cale shifted from foot to foot. He was among the ranks now; even though he wasn’t an official part of the Anteronian military, he was a mercenary, so he went where the money was. And the money certainly was to be found here. He felt sorry for all the schmucks here that were doing this for FREE. Just then, his feet were almost taken out from under him when a tremor shook the city. It grew stronger until he heard an explosion behind him. Everyone turned to look and saw a small (compared to other monsters he’d seen, at least) reptilian thing with wings bursting from the pavement. Its head was small compared to the rest of it and it resembled that of a lizard, with its brow forming a v-shape that extended far beyond the head. Its red hide was scaled and its sharp, leathery wings beat furiously the second it reached the surface and shot into the air. More and more of the same kind came through the hole after it. Cale was significantly terrified now. Just then he heard a loud crash and looked up to see some beam or something shoot through one of the Anteronian buildings that seemed to touch the sky, its rubble descending quickly.

    It was pandemonium. Soldiers were running everywhere, some trying to get to safety, others trying to get to the problem spots. Everywhere seemed a problem spot to Ulger. Just when it seemed like the worst was over, a huge winged reptile, the size of an airship, flew by a few hundred feet ahead of him at an incredible speed and mammoth creatures leaped off its back and onto the street, making small craters in it as they did so. They looked vaguely human in shape, but that’s where the similarities ended. Their skin was black and their heads sat atop a neck that might as well have been nonexistent thanks to its musculature. Their eyes roamed the crowd dully, fifteen feet above the ground. They began to slowly lumber forward, their muscles quaking with each thundering step they took. Their clothing seemed to consist of a ragged loincloth that covered their private areas. Thank the gods for small favors, Cale thought to himself. One dragged a two-sided battle ax. Another seemed to carry a piece of tree trunk broken off (by hand?) with spikes jutting out from it, still another drug a mace by its chain. They all seemed to be armed and he guessed they numbered a little more than a baker’s dozen. One brave (or foolish) soldier ran up to one of the behemoths and sliced at its hulking thigh. It let out a roar and raised its mighty arm, only to bring it crashing down on top of its assailant. Cale had never known the human body contained quite that much fluid.

    That’s it, he thought, no amount of money is worth getting knocked around by THOSE thugs. He slipped away and hoped that this attack would be short-lived, one way or another.

    *****

    Copeland had just gotten to the underground shelter with the rest of the council, along with some other members of the government, when a soldier he recognized as belonging to security approached him. “Sir, there’s a situation,” the serious-looking man began. “The prisoner Avory somehow escaped our custody and has overpowered several members of my staff.”

    Copeland cursed out loud, a rarity for him. “Look, you take whatever men you can spare and FIND that man. The likely place is the cells of the other two we brought in. If they’re gone, too, send a team to the airship bay. All the other exits are locked down and there is NO WAY you are to let him leave. Understood?”

    “Of course, sir,” the man said with a salute, and hurried on his way.

    Copeland paced back and forth, fuming. This was almost more important than the attack that was taking place as they spoke. He was interrupted from his brooding, this time from a rather beaten-up soldier that had a uniform ripped in several places and cuts bleeding on his face and arms. “Sir, I’ve come to update you on our situation.”

    Copeland brusquely nodded for him to go ahead and tell him. “Sir, the attack has begun. Three dreadnaughts appeared and fired some sort of energy at the skyscrapers, destroying the top stories and obliterating one of them completely. The dreadnaughts seem to have been carrying ogre-like creatures about fourteen or fifteen feet in height and deploying them as ground units. The tremors we found were caused by smaller, faster creatures than the dreadnaughts that were apparently tunneling. Also, there seems to be an aquatic front. Some of our ships have reported damage by amphibious reptiles many times larger than the norm. Sir, it’s as if these things are attacking with a plan.”

    “I see,” Copeland responded, not letting his awe show. “Keep up the defense and keep me posted.”

    The soldier saluted. “Aye.”

    Copeland looked over to the other members of the council. Most were busily conversing with each other about the current situation except for one. Copeland saw Carper sitting silently with his face buried in his large, calloused hands. “What’s the matter with you, Carper?” Copeland demanded.

    “I… didn’t know that this is what Jaegar went through,” he sputtered out. “The devastation… the bloodshed. My god… why did I let myself do it? What did I do?”

    The others quieted down and looked at Carper with a mixture of puzzlement and morbid curiosity. “I always knew Carper’d be the first to crack,” Magpie said. “Too much red meat.” Copeland merely looked at him in stony silence. Indeed, what HAD he done?

    *****

    “You’d better start praying,” Lukai said in a hushed tone, “because it looks like we’re about to enter Hell.”

    The scene that he and the rest of the group on board one of the monster hunter ships saw was one of bedlam. Antaross had swarms of… somethings swirling around its formerly majestic skyscrapers with a few dreadnaughts causing havoc with Anteronian airships struggling to keep pace with all of them. “Have you ever seen so many monsters in one place before?” Adam asked his sister.

    “Only in my nightmares,” she said, hardly believing the intensity of the scene before them.

    Cay suddenly felt small and helpless. “We’re… we’re really going in there, aren’t we?”

    “I could think of scarier ways of dying…” Arc suggested.

    “Such AS?” Seek asked.

    “Well… um… gimme a minute, I’ll think of one.”

    Hardin came out on deck in front of his Hunters and Analysts in full regalia. If one had seen him side-by-side with his father, the only difference one would find was size. “We are about to enter Antaross,” he announced to a crew that obviously knew exactly that. “When we do, we will find a place to land and unload. We will be the land force of this battle, while Arguile’s ship will stay in the sky, attacking what it can. When we land, each group of Hunters shall go to the Analyst I assigned them earlier and the Analyst shall remain the commander of that group for the duration of the battle.” Hardin went to list off the groups and, of course, Lukai had maneuvered to get Adam, Elise and the rest in his group. “This will be the hardest thing many, if not all, of you have faced. Keep your wits about you and you will have a chance at survival. Lose your heads and invite death. That is all.” With that, Hardin returned to his quarters.

    Everyone went to get their weapons, riled up by both the speech and the sight. Lukai handed them all flintlocks. “Choose whatever melee weapons you want,” he told them, “but flintlocks are your friends. They come in handy in more situations than not.”

    Cay tensed herself; in short order, they were less than a mile from entering the city now, and they were lined up at the bay doors with the rest of the Hunters on the ship, ready to head out the moment they landed. She looked around at others. They were tough-looking guys, all of them. Solid builds, scars on almost all of them. Some looked like they weren’t familiar with shaving. However, all of them looked at least slightly terrified. Their weapons shook in their hands with varying degrees. Cay tried to steel herself, holding her flintlock close to her. She couldn’t lose her head, or Hardin would be right. The ship seemed to jerk involuntarily and a loud scraping noise surrounded them. When it came to a stop, the doors opened before them and they knew true fear. For a second, no one went out the doors. Carcasses of soldiers littered the cracked pavement. Screeching came from the mini-dreadnaughts that flooded the air. Ogres lumbered around looking lost, although they were far from innocent, with their bloodstained hands and weapons.

    Suddenly, someone yelled and the great push forward began. She was almost lost in a sea of people, but she somehow was within sight of her group. “Ogres!” Lukai shouted. “Don’t get near them, you hear? Use your flintlocks until you’re out! Once you’re out, we retreat! Don’t get NEAR them!”

    Cay pointed her sights at the nearest ogre and aimed for his skull. Her hands weren’t shaking anymore.

    *****

    Guillermo’s and the others’ steps echoed through the sewer as they made their way towards the airship bay that Dedalus assured them was connected to this old waste management route that had been forged from stone in the beginnings of Antaross’s boom. The arched ceiling made it look like there was more space than there was, but the highest point couldn’t have been more than twenty feet. They walked along one of the walkways that lined the sides, with thoroughly putrid sewage occupying the middle. “Did you know that this leads all the way to the ocean?” Dedalus commented.

    “That’s absolutely fascinating,” Sasha said sarcastically.

    “So, how’s it feel to be betrayed by your friends, Guillermo?” Aleksi asked coolly.

    “What on earth do you mean by that?!” Guillermo exclaimed, offended.

    “Well, Anteron didn’t find us by magic…” Aleksi hinted.

    “You think Cay and the others sold us out? No way.”

    “It IS the only logical answer,” Sasha pointed out. “Those two, the Hunters, they weren’t too fond of us.”

    “But… Cay, Seek and Arc wouldn’t let them send me to the slaughter!” Guillermo claimed. “I grant you there was no love lost between the Hunters and I, but I still don’t think they’re capable of treachery that… well, treacherous.”

    Dedalus had kept quiet during all of this, walking in front of all of them. “I hear something,” he suddenly said. They stopped walking and sure enough they heard the patter of someone coming around the bend. In a moment, Ulger came rushing into view, only to skid to a stop at the sight of company.

    “Well!” he exclaimed. “If it isn’t my old friend Guillermo Avory! I’d love to catch up, but if you haven’t noticed, last one out’s dead.”

    It was then that Aleksi noticed something glittering around his neck in the shimmering light provided by the sewage. “What is that around your neck?” he asked.

    Ulger grasped the key firmly in his fist. “I wouldn’t be so nosy if I were you. There ARE bigger fish to fry.”

    “No, I don’t think so,” Aleksi said. “If it’s what I think it is… Guillermo, take it from him.”

    “Like hell I’m gonna steal just because you tell me to!” Guillermo protested.

    “Damnit, Guillermo!” Sasha exclaimed. “If I’m thinking what Aleksi is thinking, this might be the reason all of this is going on!”

    Guillermo scratched the back of his head. “Well… I guess if you say so.”

    Ulger had been inching away while this little dissention had taken place and was now fully sprinting away. Guillermo of course readily showed off his new talents and Cale’s feet weren’t nimble enough to escape. He forced something on a chain off of Cale’s neck and held it up to the light. “A key?” he queried.

    “Maybe not a key,” Sasha explained. “THE key.”

    Guillermo suddenly froze. He looked over his shoulder and turned towards Dedalus. He tossed him the key. “You’re the only one with pockets. Keep it safe. Something’s coming.”

    “If something’s coming, could you PLEASE let go of me?” Ulger asked in a breathless voice. Guillermo looked over and saw that he was still holding Ulger by the neck with his other arm. Embarrassed, he dropped Cale and the man immediately began taking in life-giving oxygen. Guillermo’s eyes began scanning the water, but it was too late. A large, bumpy reptilian tail thrashed out from the water and nearly crushed everyone against the wall. Fortunately, the tail hadn’t been a very good aim and destroyed the section of the wall before them. A large creature raised itself from the sludge. It was dark green with shining yellow eyes. Its long snout was above a mouth with teeth to spare. The rest of the body excluding the tail was still submerged underwater. Guillermo cursed. This wasn’t some small beastie. This was the real deal.
    Last edited by Big Rick Cook; 05-06-2005, 11:44 AM.
    "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

    Comment


      #77
      Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

      Next up by me. The battle continues in my addition, but I decided that Mora did a sufficient job of describing several action sequences, and so I focused more closely on independent groups rather than overall action of the battle. I really enjoy this addition, because it forms a good segue between the opening of the battle and the events to come, plus there are a couple of scenes that I just loved writing, and continue to enjoy. Arc goes through a change in this addition that will drive his character from this point on.

      During this time, the additions were fast and frenzied, and things happened quickly and we moved with great pacing and everything seemed to be going along great. The writing was great, the discussions were great, the story was well-told, there were no obstinate writers holding us down, etc. Fun time for everyone!

      _____

      77th Post – BRC 12

      *BRC12* - *seventy-seven*

      The reptile slashed its front claws out at Guillermo, while the rest of the group backed away from the fight. Guillermo was against a wall, and had no choice but to try and dodge the attack. He took advantage of the creature’s large size in their tight quarters by moving left with the same quickness he had used to escape his prison, and hopped on top of the beast to avoid its major attack points. After the creature realized its folly, it started thrashing wildly around to throttle its opponent. Sewage splashed around as the beast crashed into walls and knocked holes in the sewer top with its tail. Like a rag doll, Guillermo could do naught but hold on until the creature slowed its pace. When the reptile finally did stop thrashing, Guillermo took this as an incentive to figure out a way to take the creature out. Without my weapons, I can’t even hope to damage this hard-scaled beast…

      Then the beast crashed against another wall with its tail, and by this time, the roof of the sewage tunnel had been cracked and broken as well. Several large pieces of rock broke loose and fell towards the great beast and its rider. Guillermo heard the crack, looked up in time to see them break loose, and with great agility, hopped off the reptile, only to land face first into the sewage as three rocks pelted against the creature’s head and body. It shrieked in pain and again thrashed wildly thinking it was under attack by something bigger than itself. Guillermo crawled out of the putrid river and back onto the walkway on the ledge only to see the beast freaking out. He screamed over to Aleksi and Sasha, “I CAN’T TAKE THIS THING BY MYSELF! I NEED A WEAPON! HELP!”

      Aleksi, Sasha, and Dedalus did nothing but watch as this great reptilian beast and Guillermo went tail to toe. Sasha looked to Dedalus. “Did you bring any manner of weapon for us to use?”

      “Uh… not as such, no,” replied Dedalus, still watching the battle. Guillermo did not fare too well without any real weapons to damage this beast. “Apparently, the weapons with which you arrived were taken to the weapons facility for use in this battle. All I have is this pistol.” He held up the very plain pistol he said had come in handy during their prison break. “I didn’t even have to fire a shot, though. Just used the handle to knock the guards out, hehe.”

      Aleksi glared at Dedalus as he grabbed the pistol from his hands. “I never much liked guns, but when in a tight spot, I guess I’ve no choice.” He pointed the pistol out towards the creature and looked for a weak point. “Guillermo! Get it to open its mouth in this direction. I don’t care how you do it, just hurry!” Guillermo nodded after seeing the pistol. He hopped onto the beast’s head this time, and began kicking it as hard as he could. He heard a snap under his foot after one of his kicks, and when he looked down, he saw that he had cracked the creature’s tough hide right above the eyes. He kicked it a couple more times and exposed the fleshy underneath. The beast was infuriated by now, as well as in pain, and began throwing itself against walls again. Guillermo was slammed off of a wall and once more thrown headfirst into the sludge.

      Aleksi saw the weak point Guillermo had made, and moved in for a clear shot. Guillermo’s head popped back above the sewage, and the reptile caught sight of him. It charged forward and opened its mouth to catch its prey, but Guillermo managed to move out of the way, and pinned the beast’s head against a sewer wall using his newfound strength. His body stretched from the ledge on the other side to the beast’s head on the wall, and he started to quiver as if losing his hold. “ALEKSI, SHOOT THE DAMN THING! I CAN’T HOLD IT!”

      Aleksi took his cue and aimed for the fleshy opening. Just as Guillermo lost his hold, Aleksi pulled the trigger. Fire and smoke exploded from the barrel of the pistol as the shot blew through the creature’s skull and into its brain. Guillermo regained himself on the ledge and the beast raised its entire head in agony. As suddenly as the shot had been fired, the beast stopped its screaming and collapsed in a bloody green heap in the middle of the sewer. Gasping for breath and relieved the fight was over, Guillermo kicked the beast again. The reptile gave out one last swing of its tail, probably a leftover reaction, which knocked Guillermo back into the slime for the third time. Dedalus and Aleksi laughed hard at that, and Sasha grinned at Guillermo’s misfortune.

      Between gasps of air and laughter, Aleksi managed to say, “Hey, Hero, come on! Quit playing in the ‘water.’ We need to get moving.” Guillermo crawled out of the sewage again with a sour expression.

      He stood for a second, still trying to catch his breath, and finally said, “… Shut up. Let’s get going. I need to find some real water. This can’t be sanitary.” He began walking away towards the direction they were originally given. “And what happened to Ulger?”

      “He ran off back the way we came. He probably won’t live if there are more of those things in these tunnels.” Sasha said with no concern for Ulger’s life. They picked up their pace in hopes of avoiding more of the beasts or something worse. And they also stayed several feet behind Guillermo, letting him ‘air out.’

      *****

      Above the sewers, it was anything but funny. Most of the soldiers on the ground level of Antaross were already dead or had fled their posts in hopes of avoiding the same fate. Three dreadnaughts floated high above, still battling the few remaining airships, including Arguile’s. Everywhere Acacia turned, she saw only more blood, carnage, smoke, fire, rubble, and various weapons strewn about and abandoned. The small tunneling creatures were terrorizing a group of soldiers who were actually still standing their ground, while most of the Hunters tried to stay in close groups of four or five to defend themselves on all sides. Once the majority of the ogres had been dispatched, some of them switched to their melee fighting weapons to take on the smaller, more nimble creatures running rampant through the city. Arc, Seek, and Lukai had been separated from the major group when an ogre with two giant axes had come barreling through. They were running low on their flintlock ammo, and the ogre managed to take out several Hunters before Elise shot it down. By this time, Arc and Seek were halfway across the port chasing down some creatures about the size of a human, and Lukai reluctantly followed them to make sure they didn’t get themselves killed on their own.

      Arc and Seek managed to chase the four creatures into a corner, where they prepared to fight. The creatures had a blue tint to their skin and despite some sharp-looking claws on their hands and feet, and some abnormal hair patterns, they looked slightly human. Their eyes were grey and they looked intent on killing the pair that chased them. Lukai had just caught up with them before the blue monsters rushed forward. He looked at them and a puzzled expression grew across his face. “Seek, I’ve never seen these creatures before. Be careful! Don’t get too close until you know what they’re capable of.” Seek nodded and aimed his flintlock at the one closest to them. One shot and the beast collapsed and rolled with a splatter of crimson blood. The other three began running on all fours towards the two.

      “I’m out of shots! Arc, do you have any left?”

      “No, I’ve been out for awhile. Get your saber out.” Arc appeared ready to take on monsters for the first time since Jaegar. He was calm and was not at all freaking out like he had done several times before. Seek noticed this right before the blue creatures reached them and felt more confident in himself with Arc by his side. The first beast to get near them leapt straight for Seek, arms outstretched and mouth ready to tear away at his flesh. Seek reacted and sidestepped next to Arc, but not before the blue-thing connected his claw with Seek’s arm, tearing his shirt and ripping his skin.

      Seeing the creature’s weak point, Arc turned back to where the beast was just landing, and struck it down with a hard blade to its neck. While the beast was regaining its footing, it was vulnerable to all manner of attack, and Arc took advantage. Lukai yelled out to them to do the same with the other two. The two remaining creatures attacked just the same as the first, leaping forward to knock their prey down and kill it at the same time. Seek dodged just like before, this time missing the claws completely, and doubled back to finish off the creature just as Arc did. He killed it in the same way, and smiled for a second until he realized Arc had not reacted fast enough, and the beast had tackled him. Arc had managed to cut off one of its hands in the preliminary jump, but he could not fight it off effectively enough to kill it. The beast’s claws on its feet dug deeply into Arc’s legs as it tried in vain to bite and slash at his face and neck. Seek yelled at Lukai to help - as he was closer – but Lukai defected away. He seemed terrified at the prospect of engaging in battle, and he backed off behind a wall to let Arc struggle alone.

      Lukai’s cowardice enraged Seek, so he took off full speed towards the monster and sliced its head off, another spray of blood flying into the air and settling onto Arc’s face. The beast tensed up for a couple seconds and then went limp. Arc pushed the main portion of its body off of him, while Seek struggled to remove the claws from Arc’s upper legs. After pulling the claws out, he dragged Arc over to the remains of a building and began tying his wounds. Seek yelled out in anger, “Lukai, get your scared ass in here!” Lukai sheepishly came into the building seconds later, but didn’t say a word. Sweat and tears dripped from his face and Seek hesitated in yelling at him, but did so anyway. “What the hell happened just now? I know you aren’t a fighter, but when push came to shove, why didn’t you punch back?! HE COULD HAVE DIED and you just stood there.” Seek punched a leftover wall, which crumbled abruptly. “Why, God damnit, why?!”

      Lukai backed up against a wall, buried his face in his hands, and slid down the wall into a crouching position. “I… I don’t know.” He looked up, but his voice trembled as he spoke. “I mean, I do, but I just can’t tell you. I just can’t fight. The thought alone paralyzes me. That’s why I don’t. I can’t force myself to engage an enemy. I want to fight those blasted beasts… but you saw me. I do my part by helping others defeat as many monsters as possible through intel, because I can’t do it any other way!” He wiped his face off and put his silver hood up, lowering his head under his arms in his crouched setting.

      Arc looked up to Seek, who was still fuming about the whole ordeal. Seek was about to start yelling again, but Arc apparently understood Lukai’s problem. “Seek, wait. Don’t yell at him. I get it. Lukai… what you did today was natural. I felt the same way after seeing the demolition and death in Jaegar. I didn’t handle it quite the same way, though. I just flipped out and screamed about everyone dying, and I was so scared that I was of no use to anyone. Whatever happened to you to make you this scared, you can get over it. At the time, I thought I lost the girl I loved, but as some time passed, I began seeing things differently. You can love and lose, and then love again. If you spend your days being all depressed about those you lost, and never trying to get over your fears, you’ll always be stuck like that. Through their actions, my friends helped me to see this. I entered battle today sure of myself and what I was doing, and that’s something you should shoot for as well.”

      Lukai didn’t respond verbally. He just half-smiled under the cover of his arms. Seek looked at Arc, who was holding his legs now. He said, “Now that was impressive. I don’t think you’ve ever said anything like that before.”

      Arc laughed. “Heh, you spent so much time away from me, that you missed the whole thing. But hey, bygones.”

      “I suppose you’re right.” They could still hear crashes, booms, screams, and yells, but it seemed as if the battle was dying down. “Hey, can you walk? We need to get out of here and find the rest of the group.”

      “Agh… yeah, I think so. Help me up, will you?” Seek grabbed Arc’s arm and pulled him up. “Ouch. Ouch. Ouch. Ooh. Ow. Ah… yeah, I can walk. I’m gonna need some pain killers before long, though. Let’s get moving.” He started wobbling to the entryway. “Lukai, you coming?” Lukai finally stood up, and with reassurance from the pair, he walked out with them.

      *****

      “Look out, Acacia!” Elise warned as they battled what appeared to be the last of the ogres near Hardin’s ship. Acacia looked back and saw the giant swinging his mace around. She dropped to the ground just as the mace would have pummeled her from the left, and then rolled away as the ogre swung straight down with the mace this time, crashing a hole into the ground. She got to her feet, and began running towards Adam and Elise, who were the only ones around who still had flintlocks with ammo. Adam and Elise took separate shots and took the ogre down just before he reached them. “That’s it. I’m out,” Elise said as she threw her flintlock behind her shoulder and drew her staff. “Adam, how many shots do you have left?”

      “Just two. Maybe you and Cay should retreat back to the ship.”

      “No way. No freaking way. We aren’t going to leave you out here alone. Look around you. Most of the Hunters have retreated, and the ones that didn’t are DEAD,” Acacia blurted out. “So use your shots and let’s get back on the ship.”

      Elise intervened. “Wait, what about Lukai, Seek, and Arc? Did anyone see them come back after we got separated?”

      “No,” Adam and Acacia answered together.

      “We should check the ship, and if they aren’t there, we’re going to find them.”

      Acacia shot back. “Lukai ordered us off this rock when we were out of ammo. Adam’s only got two shots…” BOOM. “…One shot left. We need to get back on the ship and stay there!”

      “Adam, what do you think?” Elise looked disgruntled. “Should we abandon our friends for our own safety and jump back to our hiding place, or should we go and find them?”

      “Well, since you put it that way… Cay, go check the ship. See if they’re on it. If not, we’re going to find them.”

      With revered defeat in her eyes, she agreed and ran off towards the ship. After a couple of minutes, she had not returned. Elise flushed red with fury. “How could she abandon us out here for her own safety!? Adam, come on. We have to find them. They’re inexperienced and out of ammo by now.” Adam and Elise took off down the port towards the last place they saw Arc, Seek, and Lukai.

      *****

      “Arc! Seek! LUKAI! Are any of you here?!” Acacia shouted in hopes that they would in fact be on board. She spotted no one in the main parts of the ship, and yelled down to the lower areas for them, but to no avail. Frustrated, she decided to head back out and help find them. On the way out, she found a rapier on the floor, adorned with silver and crimson on the blade and hilt. Acacia knelt down to pick it up, but stopped when a large shadow overtook her own, and she heard and felt heavy breathing right behind her.

      *****

      On what was now the tallest structure in the city stood Gjigrajheth; the tallest building, though, was now only the size of some of those seen in Danu or Jaegar. He departed his dreadnaught in favor of terrorizing the city personally. Enveloped in black, he laughed and jumped down from the top.

      *****

      “Hey, Dedalus! How much longer until the airship bay? Guillermo is starting to stink something awful!” Aleksi sneered as the group had yet to surface from the sewers. Guillermo glanced back with annoyance and was about to speak when Dedalus answered.

      “Well, actually, we’re right underneath where we need to be. Now it’s a matter of finding the exit…”

      “What if there isn’t an exit to the airship bay?” Sasha recoiled. “These are sewers, by the way, and they probably sealed off the exits to prevent things like that big reptile from getting in so easily.”

      Dedalus shifted nervously. “Oh… hadn’t thought of that. Hmm… well that’s to be seen, isn’t it? We’ll get out, trust you me.” He laughed and they walked a few more steps when Aleksi made another ‘Guillermo smells’ comment. Guillermo had had enough of that; he turned around and stopped Aleksi.

      “What right do you think you have to make fun of me? I may smell like sewage, but only because I was saving YOUR ass.”

      Aleksi was feeling pretty prideful because he was the one who had actually killed that monster, and so he shot back with his own words: “If I recall, Stinky, I was the one who killed your monster, so I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

      Very aggravated, Sasha broke up the fight. “Please, you two. Enough of this childish bickering. We all know that without Guillermo, that thing would have killed all of us, and without Aleksi and the pistol, that thing would have killed Guillermo, and then the rest of us. So stop it and let’s go. I will not be in this sewer in these clothes without my weapons for much longer before I hurt someone.”

      “I can agree to that if he can,” Guillermo shrugged and began walking again. Dedalus and Sasha took up stride again as well. Aleksi once again felt the pain of undue gratitude given to someone other than himself. Sure, give him and that gun the credit. I’m just a useless bystander…

      He picked up his pace to catch the group when they heard a muffled shout above them. “Look ..t ac..ci..!” followed quickly by a loud crunch above head, and some crumbling rocks. Then the rocks gave way and they could see above ground, along with an ogre’s mace being pulled out of its new hole.

      Dedalus laughed hard. “Looks like we found our exit!”

      Realizing the inherent danger, Sasha stopped him from throwing a hooked rope up. “Why don’t we wait until the battle dies down? We have no weapons and there are ogres up there, besides gods know what else.”

      “Yes, we should wait a little while,” Aleksi agreed and they all leaned against the wall to wait out the battle.
      "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

      Comment


        #78
        Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

        The final *LE-GASP* surprise, Magik rejoins the fray! When he called the position directly after mine, I was shocked: literally in awe that someone had jumped back into the story from so long ago, and with such a great addition to boot. Magik deals almost entirely in the Scooby Gang's subplot, but there's no drop in the action.

        Radames is introduced here, and he's a minor character. He plays a bit part in the battle at Antaross, and then he's done. The man is a gigantic weaponsmith with an unbreakable bond to his home city. This will drive his character, and he remains a minor character because he lacks round development. Still, he is a decent bit player, and circumstantially, he fits the needs of the story quite well at this point. On to the second addition of Magik!

        _____

        78th Post – Magik 02

        *Magik2* - *seventy-eight*

        In the stench that drifted around Guillermo, each minute seemed like an eternity. He was anxious to get out of the sewers, but he tried his best to contain his discomforts. In an attempt to pass the time, he took to observing his surroundings. The sewers were filthy at this junction, though that was to be expected. The water was a dark green and it was thick. Aleksi stood to his left, holding the pistol that finished off the huge lizard creature what seemed like hours before. Dedalus paced up and down the walkway a bit. He shivered with cold and fear. To Guillermo's right was Sasha. He noticed that she, too, was shivering and he instinctively reached his arms out to hold her. In this quiet moment he thought of Acacia. It was to her that he reached out to hold.

        "Hey! Hands off," Sasha yelled, jumping back from Guillermo, "You smell worse than rotted meat.” Her face was stern, though her eyes were soft.

        Guillermo's face was red, and he was thankful for the darkness that he stood in. Aleksi looked over and his face turned red as well, but not with embarrassment. He clenched his fists. Guillermo stammered an apology and slid his back down the wall so that he was sitting on the walkway. Sasha and Aleksi exchanged glances, and Dedalus, whom had looked up with interest, went back to pacing the floor. The battle sounds slowly began to die down. Guillermo was now thinking of the powers he had demonstrated earlier. His body, not prepared to use so much energy, was beginning to feel sore. It was then that Guillermo realized he must limit his use of his newfound skills until his body could adapt to them completely. He was thankful for all the rigorous training with Aleksi and Sasha now, and he wondered if his body could have survived without it.

        Yes, he thought, I must limit myself and take note of my body.

        His thoughts were true, yet deep inside he yearned to feel that powerful again.

        *****

        "Damnit!" Elise shouted, "Where are they?"

        Elise and Adam stood close to one another as they crept through the ruins of the battle, which had now moved on towards the northern part of the city as the ogres hunted down the fleeing soldiers. They were on their guard as they passed by the wreckage: bodies strewn across the streets, useless weapons that lay in disrepair and abandon, and the smell of smoke that hung on the battlefield. Elise looked upon each of the dead bodies hoping that she wouldn't see her comrades among them.

        "Seek! Arc! Lukai!" Adam cried. He turned to his sister, "Where could they be, Elise?"

        "We'll find them. I know it," she replied.

        "The battle has moved a bit. Should we regroup with Cay, or find the others?" Adam pondered.

        "Acacia should be fine hiding in the airship," Elise muttered. "We'll find the others, then decide what to do from there."

        "We should stock up before rejoining the fray," stated Adam. Elise nodded and they continued up the road towards the heart of Antaross. Up ahead, about fifty feet, was an intersection. They walked toward it, slowly.

        *****

        In another part of the city, Arc, Seek, and Lukai crept along the streets desperately avoiding any confrontations. Twice they had to slip into a nearly destroyed building or pile of debris to avoid an ogre that seemed hot on their trail. They knew that with Arc being injured and Lukai emotionally 'unfit' for battle, they would never stand a chance, especially without any ammo. They meandered around this part of the city looking for their friends. Arc's condition was gradually getting worse as they walked along. With each step he felt blood trickle down his legs, despite Seek's attempts to bandage Arc's wounds. The pain increased every second and Arc feared he might pass out or be unable to walk. Seek could sense his pain and tried to console him.

        "You'll be fine once we get you treated properly and all. Don't be such a baby," he said jokingly.

        Arc leaned against Seek and hid his pain as best he could. Lukai picked up a finely crafted spear as they walked, knowing that he could never use it in a real battle. What they witnessed on that day had given him a new perspective. He felt small, afraid, and fragile. He saw grown men impaled with huge rods or crushed under heavy maces. He felt angry at Hardin for sending him here, but moreso he felt angry at himself for being inadequate. He stood among the remains of valiant men; why hadn't he died? He became quieter and more reserved then usual as they walked. All he wanted to do now was be useful, and he kept his eyes and ears open for any chances that might come his way.

        Lukai suddenly stopped short and whispered, "Wait."

        He turned towards a building that looked different from all the rest. It was shorter and wider, and the large door was made of heavy wood.

        "I hear something in there," he said quietly.

        "Let it stay in there, then," Arc said with a wavering voice.

        "What if it's someone who needs our help?" Seek queried.

        Arc turned to him, "And what if it's our good friend, Mr. Ogre? We won't stand a chance."

        Lukai gulped. "I-I'll go check," he stuttered. Seek and Arc looked at each other, then at Lukai. Seek nodded shortly.

        Lukai walked slowly to the abandoned smithy. His whole body was trembling, but he had to do this. He just felt inside that he must face whatever demon or beast or person that was standing behind the door. The space between the door and himself seemed to get longer as he crept toward it, but finally the thick oak door was right in front of him. He heard the sounds of metal against stone inside and he believed he could smell smoke. He tightened his grip on the spear, and then prepared to burst through the doorway. He took a deep breath, braced himself – then it stopped. The sound was gone. Lukai faltered for a moment. His heart was racing.

        In the next second he was knocked onto his back. The door burst open before he could get the courage to even touch it. The person within the building had beaten Lukai to the punch, flung the door open, and knocked Lukai off his feet. That very person – a tall, broad man – was now standing over Lukai brandishing a barbaric-looking stone axe. The man looked at Lukai, then at Arc and Seek.

        "What in the hell were you thinkin'? Sneaking up on a man durin' a time like this?" roared the man. He lifted Lukai to his feet with his huge hands by the front of Lukai's shirt. When Lukai was placed back on the ground, his legs had the stability of jelly and he nearly fell over again. The gigantic man stood him upright and said, a little gentler this time, "Hey now, you alright?"

        Lukai backed away and rejoined Arc and Seek, both of whom were still in a state of surprise.

        Seek managed to pose a question, "Who are you?"

        "The name's Radames. I'm a soldier here."

        "What were you doing in there?" Lukai whimpered.

        "What now? A man can't enter his own place of business without being inquired upon? I was sharpenin' my axe. Those damned beasts just kept coming. I fought off as many as I could but I can't do much with a dull weapon. Now, who are you?"

        Lukai could hardly imagine this man using such a primitive looking weapon to decapitate the thick skinned beasts. It seemed impossible.

        "My name's Arc. This is my pal Seek and," Arc gestured to his third companion, "that's Lukai. We're looking for our friends. We got separated in the hustle and bustle of the fight."

        "You're not goin' to get very far with wounds like those," Radames nodded at Arc's shredded body. "I can help you find your friends, then I'm off to protect my city."

        Lukai looked down at his feet, "I'm sorry, but it's a futile battle. There's no way the city will stand through all of this. And if it does, even more will come. I've heard stories of monsters that could swallow a whole army in one gulp."

        "Perhaps so, but I'll be damned if I turn my back on my people. When this city falls, may the walls crumble upon my dead body." Radames' voice was stern and intense. Lukai looked up at him with wide-eyes. Could this man really feel so attached to his home?

        Radames walked toward them and hoisted Arc's body up on one of his broad shoulders, "I'll carry this one." He turned to Lukai, "Are you goin' to be able to walk?"

        Lukai nodded. They headed forward, facing an intersection, only to hear the sound of a gunshot and then Elise's scream.

        "MURDERER!"

        Seek looked up at Radames, "That's our friend up ahead!"

        *****

        They ran now, not thinking for an instant to be cautious. Seek beat Radames and Lukai to the corner. He turned to find Elise wildly attacking one of the largest ogres Seek had ever seen. She held a flintlock loosely – Seek guessed it must have been empty – in one hand and was beating the ogre's legs with her staff. Seek realized how comical the sight could have looked, with Elise trying to take down this behemoth using her bare hands, had there been different circumstances. Seek saw a mutilated mess of a body lying beside the ogre’s foot and realized that Adam was nowhere in sight. By this time Lukai had caught up. He took one look and gasped violently. The ogre turned its attention away from the hysterical Elise and began to trudge over to Seek and Lukai. Seek drew his sword. The ogre stopped moving, but the pounding sound of footsteps continued, from behind him. Another ogre was approaching, and this one appeared to be rather popular. It carried two grotesque monsters on its back. They were quite a foil to the ogres, being small, thin, and bony. Ivory spikes jutted from their joints at their elbows, wrists, knees, and along their spine. Their skin was a putrid shade of yellow. They stood about waist high to Seek, and they demonstrated their agility as they jumped off of the ogre that carried them and landed only ten feet away from Lukai. They must have jumped over thirty feet! Seek thought. He could now visibly see their spikes, which were sharp protrusions of their bones, and their faces. Their mouths, full of teeth that looked awkwardly too large for them, took up most of their narrow faces. Their eyes were solid blue.

        Elise had noticed the others by now and she ran to their side, throwing down the useless flintlock and sprinting past the ogre; still in hysterics she cried, "Together we might stand a chance against these bastards!"

        Seek was unsure. Elise's facial expression changed from rage to surprise when Radames's thundering footsteps finally reached them. She turned around quickly, "Who the hell is that?"

        "Just a soldier, ma'am," Radames answered, "My name is Radames and I'll protect this city until the day I-"

        Seek cut him off, "No time for that, Radames." The ogres were continuing their advancement towards them. The small, spiny creatures seemed to be waiting for Seek and the others to make a move.

        Radames's visage was fierce. "Get the small ones," he roared, "the big ones are mine!" He laid Arc down and ran towards the opposition.

        Elise looked over at Arc, and it was plain to Seek that her face brightened up a bit; she was thankful that he was all right. Arc looked up at Elise and smiled sheepishly. They looked into each other’s eyes, and for a moment he noted a mutual relief between them. Breaking their eye contact, Elise turned to Seek quickly, "Adam should be here soon."

        "What?? He's okay?" Lukai yelled, looking at the mutilated body lying between them and the first giant.

        Lukai was ignored as Seek and Elise were already running at the smaller creatures. They jumped high into the air and landed behind them. Elise, armed only with her staff – blades extended - swung at them. Seek attacked wildly with his sword. The creatures deflected the blows with their spines and thrashed at Elise and Seek, who were now standing back-to-back in the middle of the street. Radames had reached the first ogre and with a single slash split open the creature's thick thigh. Adam arrived finally, emerging from an adjoining alleyway. He was panting and holding two flintlocks. It didn't take him long to realize what was going on. Now, in the long street, Lukai watched from one end, while an ogre ambled towards them from another end. Adam stood in between the two ogres. He put down one of the flintlocks and aimed the other at the ogre Radames had cut. His aim was true and the bullet was now lodged in the titan's head. He swayed a bit, then fell as Radames gave him another swift blow. The creature let out a deep groan as a puddle of its body fluid began to form at its head and thigh. Seek and Elise weren't faring quite as well. The creatures deflected each blow they attempted to make, and then they had to try and defend themselves from the swift movements of the two beasts. Lukai had an idea, but he couldn't get himself to move. Arc, sitting at the corner propped up against a wall, looked at him and stated simply, "Do it, Lukai. You have to."

        Adam sent two more bullets into the air. One of them missed narrowly, while the other made its mark in the knee of the ogre, which had finally come within range. Radames joined Adam and they did their best to disable the ogre. Meanwhile, Lukai steadied his spear like a javelin. He took a deep breath, and this time he didn't falter. The spear caught one of the bony creatures off guard and nicked the back of its head. It turned around quickly, allowing Seek to impale it with a swift piercing motion. It whimpered and was rendered unconscious while it slowly bled to death. The other one tilted its head in interest, then jumped out of sight in retreat. The fallen ogre began to roll over.

        "Adam!" Elise yelled out, "Let's get out of here. They won't catch up if we hurry."

        Radames gave one more swipe at the monster then followed Adam back towards the others. Arc was picked up by Radames and they ran down the street towards Radames's shop.

        "Where are we going?" Adam called out as he ran.

        "We can hide in my shop for now to catch a breath," Radames panted.

        They arrived at the building and hurried inside, leaving behind the roaring of the ogres. Lukai could contain himself no longer by this point and he excitedly cried, "Did you see that? I hit him dead-on! You two would have been killed without me!"

        In between hurried breaths, Seek praised him.

        *****

        Now reunited, the companions began to explain what was going on. Adam and Elise looked at Arc's wounds as they re-bandaged him using spare cloth inside the large weapon room. Elise explained that she had gone to help a young soldier – the one who had been crushed – while Adam stocked up on ammo that was left in the possession of other dead soldiers. Elise had taken Adam's flintlock with her and fired at the ogre as it killed the young man. Lukai and the others were relieved that Adam was in good health. The fact that they now had a fully loaded flintlock and another that had only fired three shots augmented their excitement.

        "Wait!" Seek yelled, looking around, "Where's Cay?"

        "She went back to the airship, don't worry," Adam reassured him. Elise rolled her eyes disdainfully.

        "We should head that way, then," Arc said weakly. His wounds were bothering him even more now.

        Radames, who had been sitting with them, stood up and said, "If you'll allow it, I'll accompany you to your ship, but I won't be leavin' the city. Once you reunite with your friend we can go make ourselves useful in battle. Antaross is a big city; it'll take a while to track down all those baddies."

        "I'm afraid this battle is far from being over," Adam frowned. It was agreed that they would return to the airship now. Radames joined them, carrying Arc. They took an alternate route to avoid as many confrontations as possible, much to Radames's dismay. Once they finally reached familiar ground, Adam pointed in the distance and yelled out, "It's Guillermo!"
        "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

        Comment


          #79
          Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

          Another Ryu addition, and with this one, he starts to bring the battle to a close. He also focuses attentions on every party perspective available, except for one, but we'll save that for a couple additions down the road. I have a particular affinity for this addition because of how Arc reacts to Radames in one specific moment - it's just funny, I guess. :b

          _____

          79th Post - Ryu 12

          *ryu12* - *seventy-nine*

          The beings scrambling within the shadows of the city appeared as windblown specks of sand from the view of the sky where the battle over Antaross’s corpse perdured. A paltry four airships endured, at every moment evading the powerful sweeping waves of the dreadnaughts’ wings and the gates between their eager rows of teeth. Half of the locust-like dispatch of the smaller, tunneling reptiles with the V-shaped heads had flocked to the aerial battle to beat against the hulls of the ships with their claws. A heavy host of the airborne armada was previously lost in the atramentous streams that first burst from the dreadnaughts’ mouths; the burning shards of metal and men sprinkled across the land like shattered stones. But breathing forth this dark energy to destroy these and the high towers of Antaross had caused the mammoth beasts much exertion, allowing the remainder of Antaross’s air force to get within firing range. The smallest of the three dreadnaughts suffered serious trauma to the head under a savage counterstrike of cannon fire and dropped like a bird divest of its wings, landing explosively outside the city walls like a misaimed bomb.

          Presently the ships still aloft encircled the two abiding giant targets in wide radiuses as they flew: an operation that appeared much like a pair of planets orbited by their moons. The dreadnaughts could only see beyond and to the immediate sides of their gigantic heads because of their long bodies and vision-blocking wings; sidestepping and ducking beneath both wing and tail, the ships struggled to stay within these lucky blind-spots. Hurriedly and desperately aimed rounds of ammunition cracked against the rocky skin of the dreadnaughts’ armored backsides like stilettos thrown into a brick wall. Veering with confused frustration, the dreadnaughts furiously attempted to turn quick enough to get a good look at their attackers, while blindly slicing with their wings and the blades on their powerful tails. Finding time for accurate shots proved difficult for those working the cannons, as the dreadnaughts steadily tore through the air and ships steered turbulently to avoid being skewered; and many of those gunmen were needed on deck to fire flintlocks at the plagues of the V-headed reptiles that threatened to breach the ships’ armor. And in the darkness, firing into the billowing shadows of the dreadnaughts’ mass was like fighting night itself. The fighting raged miserably on.

          Suddenly, the cutting edge of a dreadnaught’s tail struck straight into the side of an airship, which stood there stunned like a gutted pig as the sharp protraction cut back and forth like a knife through parchment. Men spilled off the deck and into the ruins below as the great beast dragged their punctured warship across the sky. In close view of this event, Captain Arguile, still commanding his ship, was not about to waste an opportunity. Preoccupied with the wreckage sticking to its tail, the dreadnaught flew unawares of the airship which had followed it just below its raised, tilted wing.

          “Give him a round to remember, lads!” Arguile bellowed as explosives drowned out his prolonged voice. The bombardment tore through clouds of small, pesky reptiles before blasting into the soft tissue under the dreadnaught’s wing. The hellish salvo continued almost to the point of frivoling away ammunition; some of the smaller creatures were smothered with the skin and fleshy clumps that blew apart from the dreadnaught’s bulk. At last the ship pulled aside to steer clear of the damaged foe as it gave a ponderous moan. A whole beach of terrifying wounds stretched across its side, from which blood poured down to the ground like a grand velvet curtain and spread across the city streets like broken buckets of red wine. Slowly the juggernaut lost altitude and began to tumble awkwardly to the earth. Arguile stared in amazement, and then with an abrupt curse demanded that they pull up—the battle had led them dangerously close to the fallen superstructure of the city.

          *****

          Not more than ten seconds had passed after Adam had spotted Guillermo before an outrageous chorus of cannon rounds had added itself to the head-crushing noise of war. Contemporary with the hazy dawn of twilight, the battered dreadnaught fell, fell, fell seemingly as slowly as sinking in water and crashed back-first into a tall building roughly tangent to the space between Guillermo and Arc, Seek, Adam, Elise, Lukai, and Radames. The crew stared upwards, half-doubting the situation as its massive frame struck the building partway down its height so that the top peak caved inwards to follow it afterwards as it plummeted, and metal leapt off from the point of impact like sparks and soared to the streets.

          Roused by the deafening cry of destruction, Arc instantaneously sprung out of a fit of wincing and sweating at the pain of his heavy leg wounds and exclaimed at the sight from Radames’s hold: “Oh ****! ”

          The colossal amalgamation of beast and building dramatically hit the street with the sound of tectonic plates clapping. All six of them could smell the anticipatory wake of dust and wreckage with the blowing of the wind through the alleyway as a huge tidal wave of pale peach cloud swept between the structures left at either side.

          “…Fighting is not going to help us now!” Elise gestured to Radames, who was furthest from the cataclysm, “RUN! ” Radames shortly grunted in agreement and took off to make way for those behind him.

          “But what about Guillermo?” Adam cried through his panting, his words melding with the sounds of rolling rubble. He was confident he had seen “the Cultists” with him.

          “He’s-uncaptured-and-he-always-could-take-care-of-himself!” Seek shouted shortly in one rushed breath. At last they turned the corner and ran a little distance further; the dust slowly weakened while they took time out, gasping for breath. Finally, they could see that a swamp of twisted wreckage had followed them almost to the intersection at which they turned. Radames caught his breath first and noted aloud that there was no use trying to navigate through that—unless they were assured with the prospect of losing more than a few digits.

          “So now what?” Seek said in disbelief. Adam was staring back towards the path they had just run from.

          “We can’t abandon Cay,” Arc reemphasized with stifled groans, “And we have to stay together.” He half-believed that Adam and Elise would be torn between going with them to find Cay now and leaving by themselves to pursue Guillermo and his Dobbel-savvy cohorts before they escaped on a ship.

          “Oy, well I guess we have no choice but to take the main route again after all,” Elise said, standing up straight while scratching the back of her head.

          “Yeah!” Radames said deep and heartily, working himself up into a restive anticipation of combat while rearing for a few practice swings. Arc looked at him uneasily, feeling a bit more “handy” than he’d like, as if the stalwart soldier was about to use him as the weapon. Lukai waxed pale for a second, and then slowly eased himself into a cool, grim determination.

          Once they had collected themselves, they dashed off again, this time along the main path, still in search of Cay.

          *****

          BOOOOOOOOOOMMMMMMMMMMM!!!!!!!!

          As they were set much nearer to the carnage, to Guillermo, Aleksi, Sasha and Dedalus the sound of the fall of the dreadnaught was like being locked in a closet with thunder. Chunks of debris licked at their feet like artillery shells even as the dreadnaught hit the building. Aleksi and Dedalus had been out of the sewers longer and were trailed by Guillermo and then Sasha, even further behind, who both looked up in alarm as the monster and several floors of falling tower cast a foreboding shadow over where they stood. An overwhelming downpour of cement, metal and glass shot down upon them like hail. Guillermo frantically leapt back and forth to dodge as falling projectiles often guarded the way out, and turned back to a weary Sasha stumbling about as if in daze. The chunks fell more heavily now, promising both a free burial and a tombstone. And everything got louder and louder.

          A triangle of glass shined past Sasha’s arm, drawing blood, whereupon she tried to outright flee. But it was clear to Guillermo at least that there was no way she’d muster enough energy to escape in time.

          “Sasha!”

          Guillermo did what he had to. Jumping to where Sasha stood poised to collapse in bewilderment and exhaustion, he grabbed her with one hand on her waist, holding her close, and then proceeded to dash and jump through the treacherous storm.

          “Guillermo—watch where you’re grabbing me!” Sasha cried.

          “Shut up! I’m trying to save our lives, damnit!” he shouted a shared sense of exasperation.

          Meanwhile, Aleksi and Dedalus had capitalized on their first chance to run, Aleksi sprinting on his tip-toes as deftly as he could in his weakened state, and Dedalus scrambling forth, wildly flailing his stubby limbs. When the massive creature landed, they were already a safe distance off, with Dedalus bent with his hands on his knees and wheezing, “I’m…not…cut out for this…uh…stuff,” between breaths; Aleksi cast a sidelong glance at him with disdain. They both stared into the coming wan sheet of dust that raced in their direction, hailing from far in the distance, not knowing what had become of their partners. Aleksi’s left eye twitched more and more rapidly as the distance between he and the shaft of cloud closed tighter and tighter. He was on the borderline of deciding to turn towards Dedalus for which he would for sure be sealing himself to the fate of exchanging awkward glances, when an intense, long yell could suddenly be heard muffled from within the shifting blanket of airborne debris. And out of the chaos came Guillermo, riding faster than the vapors out of which he sprang, carrying Sasha, with her arms crossed in front of her face, at his side. He kept coming at them, and Aleksi and Dedalus made ready to gain way, when at last he bounded forward as he felt the clouds catch up and tap his heels, releasing his grip around Sasha. They split trajectory like the branches of an olive tree and bounced like skipping stones across the ground; Sasha achieved a halt at a dumbfounded Dedalus’s feet, but Guillermo uncontrollably rocketed forth towards Aleksi who gave a yelp of resignation as he realized he wouldn’t be able to dodge in time and Guillermo collided with him.

          “Ugh, damn! Now I’m going to smell like those sewers for weeks,” Sasha muttered with distaste from the ground while gingerly rubbing her back. Dedalus helped her up.

          Aleksi shot up and dusted himself off as if nothing happened.

          “Whew, I guess the battle hasn’t worn off quite as well as we hoped,” Guillermo said from the floor, grasping his aching arms. Aleksi glared at him. Guillermo staggered to his feet, reaching for a helping hand up that was not there.

          “Okay—now that we’re all here,” said Dedalus with emphasis after a nervous chuckle in order to move along and skip any awkward silences, “We’ll continue to the port. Hmmm…that path was the quickest route, so we’ll take a detour. Don’t worry, though, I know this place inside and out. And if we’re quick about it, just maybe we’ll avoid any more monster encounters, eh?”

          “Do you still have that key?” Aleksi said in unamused tones to Dedalus, failing to comment on Dedalus’s pronouncement. Dedalus felt his pockets, then pushed the key out so only the tip shined, and gave a wink. Satisfied, Aleksi started hurriedly forward in the direction that Dedalus was pointing. The others went to meet his quick pace, and Guillermo walked alongside Aleksi.

          “Get away from me, Guillermo. You still smell like ass,” Aleksi said coldly and pulled Sasha to his side, displaying a willingness to endure whatever stench Guillermo had transplanted her with. Guillermo said nothing, not wanting to get into this argument again, and moved aside. His circumstances were demanding much from him and his body—he did not feel like himself. Viewing the catastrophic environs about him, he felt more disconsolate and alone than ever. But he did not catch the glances Sasha cast upon him from behind Aleksi’s shoulder.

          *****

          Acacia turned at the sense of labored breathing to see a disfigured ogre, lowly hunched so as not to rub its back on even this highest ceiling of the ship, ready to bear down on her with its two-sided axe. She screamed, partly at her own sense of danger, and partly at the grotesque state of the ogre. Its left arm had been roughly hewn off above the bicep and its black dusty skin and the edge of its axe were splattered with blood; obviously, a particularly brutal clash had carried itself out near or within the ship: the ogre victorious at the cost of hideous wounds. Acacia prayed that the blood on the ogre was not her friends’, before the ogre swung its weapon in a wide arc that nearly grazed each side of the room. Acacia fell flat to the floor and instinctively snatched the rapier beneath her, then made to crawl towards the exit. But the ogre lurched forth, enraged with blurred vision and delivered an angled chop into the floor that cut her off from her escape as she fell on her back to avoid being split below the knees. In desperation she thrust the fine point of her rapier into the arm of her assailant, which recoiled in pain, then reacted by dragging the axe, kicking up floorboards, to tackle the creature that hurt it. The ogre shuffled to face Acacia as she scampered to avoid the shredding axe, now blocking the entrance entirely with its girth, its long reach allowing it to strike the ground before her no matter which direction she tried to run.

          Acacia was at the end of her wit when suddenly a humongous crash resounded, deafening even from outside the ship. The ogre shook as if in an earthquake as it crawled forth while Acacia covered her head as the ominous vibrations caused planks from the ceiling to drop on their heads like jagged icicles. Great foggy tufts of debris surged into the ship like a sandstorm, and all Acacia could now see in the chaos was a huge, vague lumbering shape still pressing towards her. The axe could come out from anywhere in the cloudy disarray as surely as a guillotine—it looked like the end. Yet even as the ogre drew nearer, Acacia heard the sharp snapping of wood coming from high in the wall behind her, and out of nowhere some sort of dart whizzed past her and into the neck of the ogre, which landed unconscious with a moan at her feet.

          Acacia started to turn when a thin hand caught her by the wrist.

          “I thought I heard a scream in here…” a voice said softly and resolutely. It was Hardin, crouching upright with one knee bent, appearing out from a hole in the wall like a ****roach that the dust had stirred out of hiding. He pulled her to him and up through another opening in the ceiling above the dark ducts of the ship from which he materialized. At last they both emerged onto the upper deck of the ship, and from that high vantage point, Acacia could see about a half mile away a mammoth beast in the heart of wide radius of obliteration and a vile sea of destruction pouring forth to enter and spread around the lower decks of the ship. They ran across a bridge connecting the deck to the top of a building, then entered and descended rows of stairs to relatively safe ground.

          It all happened so fast that Acacia then finally got a good look at Hardin. She couldn’t remember the last time she had seen him, and certainly hadn’t seen him since the beginning of the battle. He had donned his helmet and appeared completely unharmed, as if he had been peacefully sleeping up until this point of the battle.

          “Now that things have cleared out a bit…I have business to attend to,” Hardin said, and silently started walking. Acacia took a step to follow him.

          “You’ll only get in my way. Go find your friends,” he said, hearing her footstep. And with that, he treaded through the quieted carnage that lined the streets in the direction of the opposite end of the city, his cape slightly jostling at the dead, subtle wind.

          *****

          At the other end of the city, a small portion of the Antaross soldiers and King Ordic’s army still fought blue-skinned beasts and the other half of the V-headed reptiles that attacked the ground troops on the buildings and streets. The Antaross soldiers had used their advanced pistols to dwindle down the hordes of creatures, yet the monsters had proved too swift and plentiful and scores of gunmen ended up as feasts for their claws. Many had died when the dreadnaughts had annihilated Antaross’s highest towers. Though they had slain far fewer monsters, a great percentage of King Ordic’s forces remained by warding off monsters with their long spears. King Ordic still lived, traveling with his ground force.

          “Hee-yah!” the Highness grunted with low, vigorous reverberation as he twisted and hew a wiry, gobliny creature in half. The combat had become more tiring for his men as more of Antaross fell and the front of the monsters targeted them. But his most trusted polemen still fought at his side. At last a particularly concentrated wave of the flying reptiles swooped down on them as one. Several of them were skewered where they flew by the extended weapons but a handful glided through unharmed. King Ordic sliced one at the back of the neck as it plowed through army lines, but yet another leapt at him, piercing his flesh at the shoulder with a large foreclaw. Ordic submerged himself in his army while grasping his wound while several weapons thrust into the creature that injured him. Ordic turned to see that the assault had mowed down many more of men like trimmed lawn, but that the winged reptiles had all in the end been taken down and no more within sight had come. The army stood dumbfounded, for this was the first time in hours that there was nothing within sight to attack. All was silent for a time, when without warning they heard a violent series of smashes coming from behind the nearest tall building, some two hundred feet away. Then the noise ceased for a few seconds before the entire structure cracked into pieces and shook the earth with its collapse.

          The whole remaining army stood watch with alarm and readiness as they gazed at the rubble, wondering what had caused it. Soon they had their answer, when a tall black figure rose unharmed from atop the wreckage, carrying a gigantic spear.

          Could this be…? thought Ordic in terror. The black silhouette glared straight at them and suddenly blazed down the pile on which it stood. Ordic’s men all braced themselves at the knees, preparing their guard for this new onslaught. The creature leapt powerfully into the air once half the distance had been crossed and landed with crushing weight not five feet before the army lines. The soldiers looked up at him, more than a head higher than the tallest warrior on the field. His great limbs were long yet solid, and before them he stood like a tower of iron. This could be none other than Gjigrajheth. With a great shout the army charged towards this single foe.

          A spear thrust straight towards Gjigrajheth, yet with a parry of his own black spear the offending weapon shattered down the shaft and the spearhead flung uselessly to the ground. With a single swipe, the long edge of Gjigrajheth’s weapon cut six spears in half, rendering them harmless, and a follow-up thrust impaled two soldiers through at the stomach before they were thrown aside like hooked fish. Still the men rushed ahead as Gjigrajheth took to walking forward, butchering as he went. Eventually Gjigrajheth’s grim shadow frowned down upon the wounded Ordic, who watched helplessly as his disheartened men died numerously with every blow. He met eyes with his most trusted soldier at his side, and he remembered the degree to which all his men looked up to him. He stared at the daunting figure before him, who was busy demolishing troops, and decided that without courage there was no way any of them would come out alive.
          With that he gathered his resolve and with a mighty battle cry charged Gjigrajheth, the warriors at his side following suit. Gjigrajheth turned in time and rocketed his spear into the neck of Ordic’s favorite soldier, which took off his head outright, then slashed at Ordic himself. The cruel edge of the spear split straight through Ordic’s huge breastplate as if it were tin and carved deeply into his chest as deep as the lungs. Ordic went soaring backwards and landed harshly onto the ground; and Gjigrajheth slaughtered what was left of the small force.

          At last, the area was bereft of the cries of war, and Gjigrajheth continued as he walked towards the core of the city, searching.

          *****

          “Have you found Avory?” Copeland said sternly, eyeing the officer before him.

          “No, sir, but we have worse things to inform you of.” The officer gulped. “The aerial force has been reduced to three ships; the naval units have been destroyed entirely; uncertain, but dismal, ground troops remain; and the creature, Gjigrajheth, has personally landed in the heart of Antaross and seems to be heading for the shelters. Our lines of defense have been breached. Nothing but that steel door stands between that monster and this very base—the messengers have said he is invincible. Sir, we request your orders.”

          Copeland looked at him with a doleful grey cloud over his eyes, and sunk into a distraught, meditative haze. He and all the others had already grown accustomed to Carper’s steady stream of whimpering and weeping: the only sound that complemented the impersonal rumblings heard coming from above. Suddenly, Carper, who had been holding his head as if it might burst, bolted for the steel door, muttering loudly to himself.

          “Carper! What the hell!” Magpie shouted after him, motioning to an officer to fetch him. But he had already slammed the door shut.

          *****

          Deep within an underground military base, adjacent yet hidden to the underground civilian shelter, a panel of military officers with worried visages sat in a box before windows that looked further into their facility. Suddenly the door flung wide open, and in rushed a wild-eyed Carper with an officer at either side.

          “General Carper!” one of the military officers cried with hope in his eyes.

          “Officer,” Carper commanded, mustering a rational-sounding voice from within his flushed face, “It is time to execute project H.U.D.”

          The military officer gasped. “But General, the cannon hasn’t been fully optimized yet. The accuracy is….”

          “That’s an order, officer!” Carper shouted with a threatening glare. The officer summoned his nerve and quickly grasped a heavy lever and pulled. The lights dimmed as if depraved of power and an urgent siren blared. Somewhere in the darkness beyond the glass of the window, the beginning of an operation stirred, and red lights flashed all around.

          Carper stared into the window with adoration as the whole facility started shaking and the red lights traveled across his face.
          "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

          Comment


            #80
            Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

            The end of the third Book, and one of the best additions to date, in my own humble opinion. =þ One perspective is still missing, but we needn't worry about that. I won't ruin anything going on in this addition, but I will say that up to this point, it's the 4th longest addition in the story. Omni has the longest one, by far, while Ryu has one that shadows this one by 2,000, and another that is only 60 words higher. Shortly after this addition, one of mine is #5 in length. Once the story is updated in full, I'll post up the 'Useless Statistics' that Ryu had originally been in charge of, including nonsensical awards.

            _____

            80th Post - Mora 10

            *Mora10* - *eighty*

            Cay still stood at the bottom of the stairs, stunned by the events that had transpired what seemed like hours ago, but in reality, was only a few minutes. She could barely believe how close she’d come to dying in the airship with that ogre. She could almost still smell its putrid stench. She looked down at her right hand to see it shaking, clenching the rapier with a grip so hard it had stopped hurting and had turned numb. She took a few deep breaths and tried to calm her nerves, which was quite a task due to the adrenaline running through her system. Cay loosened her grip on the rapier and saw the marks from the ridged handle etched in her hand. She switched the rapier for a moment to her left and shook her right until feeling seeped back into it.

            Some independent woman she had turned out to be. She hadn’t even been in mortal danger an entire day and she’d already been saved by the dashing prince from the hands of a hideous beast. Her heart sank. She thought she had been made out of stronger stuff. She thought she was strong-willed, determined, tough… but she had shrieked at the first sign of a danger where no one stronger than herself could save her. Her thoughts went to Elise, her only role model as to how a woman in battle should act. She’d been fearless. No, Cay knew better than that. There was fear in her, all right. But it didn’t rule her. She used it to slay the monsters, to make her a better hunter. Cay still felt soft on the inside.

            She felt her sweat run from her brow down the incline of her nose. A drop dangled from the tip and its tingling caused her to sneeze. Aside from the distant rumblings of the battle in the heart of the metropolis, the building had been silent. As her sneeze echoed off the walls, she heard something from the hallway to her left rustle. Cay immediately brought her right hand to her mouth, as it grimaced in horror at her situation.

            At first it was a faint gargling noise. This was enough to tip Acacia off to make her edge her way towards her right, where she saw the doorway outside, towards the light. She heard another sound from the other side of the hall, this time an almost inquisitive-sounding squawk. Cay knew that at this rate, whatever was in there with her would catch up, so she threw caution to the wind and began sprinting towards the door. As soon as a few of her footsteps resounded through the building, a horrifying screech came out from behind and made Cay redouble her efforts to reach the outside.

            In a few moments, she was outside again, but any illusions of comfort were instantly dissolved by the sudden thunderous cracking of cannons overhead. She momentarily forgot her situation and strained her head upward to see the sight of Arguile’s ship locked in mortal combat with the remaining dreadnaught, directly over her head. Give him hell, she told Arguile in her thoughts, hoping her sentiment would reach the captain, somehow some way.

            She was brought back to the immediacy of her situation by crashing sounds coming from back inside the building she had just exited. She quickly tried to judge which way would be the best escape and weigh it against where she knew the others might be. South of her was the grounded airship she had just escaped. She knew it was no longer a safe haven, thanks to her new friend, “Lefty.” She had seen the others take the road to the north and west earlier, but the road north was now completely blocked and demolished by the dreadnaught that had fallen earlier. That left one option in her mind: find a sidestreet that leads west and take it until she can find another northern road. Hopefully, that would set her near the others. For an instant, she considered how cowardly it was to want to go back to the others at the first hint of danger, but then she realized the difference between bravery and foolishness. She was an inexperienced civilian armed only with a rapier against gods-knew-what. She simply wasn’t equipped to deal with whatever it was following her. Her best bet for survival was to find others; it was as simple as that.

            Once she had decided her path once and for all, she began her sprint anew, looking to the west in hopes of some tributary that would transport her to a northern street. She finally saw one, but it was nearly a hundred yards ahead of her. She narrowed her eyes and focused only on the goal at hand: to make it to that street. She leaped over dead bodies when necessary, trying to tune out the distractions surrounding her. She couldn’t tell how long it had taken her, but she finally reached the sidestreet. She slowed for the turn into it when she saw out of her periphery vision a fury of red.

            She tried to reach within her for some extra reserve of power. She had to outrun these things. She had to. If she didn’t, she’d never get to sit underneath the warm spring sun again as a cool breeze ruffled the plainsgrass rhythmically as she lie there, peaceful, content. Her heart was begging for a rest, tackling her ribcage in order to signal her to stop. She couldn’t pay attention to that now. Only a couple of yards until the sidestreet poured back into a main road. She had to survive, at least until then. If she did, she could prepare to tackle the next leg of her escape.

            As she rounded the corner to face north, Cay thought she felt something scrape at her ankle. She tried to ignore it; she had finally gotten to a main street. As her eyes scanned the road ahead, she thought she saw a group of people headed her way. She thought she could make out Adam from the distance she was at. Time seemed to slow down as she began waving her arms, yelling at the top of her lungs, trying to warn them of what was coming. As she got closer, she could discern Elise, Lukai, Seek and an unfamiliar hulk of a man carrying Arc on his shoulder. Their faces at first seemed to express recognition and joy at finding her, but then her frantic gestures seemed to sink in as their eyes seemed to focus at something behind her. In that moment, Cay was knocked to the ground.

            *****

            “How close do you think we are to where the ship landed?” Arc wondered out loud to the rest of the group. Being slung over Radames’s shoulder like a sack of potatoes hadn’t put him in the greatest of moods.

            “I’m not sure,” Adam said. “After that dreadnaught fell, our original path got blocked. I figure we’re gonna have to find a way back to the main one, soon.”

            “We’re all assuming that Cay will be at the airship if we even find it,” Seek noted. “It’s possible she got sidetracked, or had to leave. How’re we gonna find her if she’s not there?”

            Elise sighed. “How am I supposed to know?! It was her idea to get mixed up in all this, anyways. All over some man; girl doesn’t have a single shred of sense in her head.”

            Adam s******ed. “Reminds me of someone else I know.” He looked over to see Elise’s reaction and got the Gaze of Death. “Er, not you, of course,” he amended quickly.

            “This a battle or a social?” Radames asked. “We’re here to kick some monster tail, not make jokes. Good men died out here today. They don’t need outsiders makin’ light of the situation.”

            Lukai agreed. “How can you just act like we’re all gonna get out of this fine?!”

            Adam shrugged. “Sorry. It’s just that I’ve been through some extreme circumstances lately. Kinda numb to it, you know? Plus we haven’t had any action for a few minutes now.”

            That comment triggered Elise’s thought. “Yeah, what happened? We were up to our armpits in monsters a second ago, now look. The entire street as far as I can see is completely empty.”

            “Minus the debris and dead bodies, I hope you mean,” Arc pointed out.

            “I think one way or another, we’re near the end of this battle,” Radames commented.

            “Maybe…” Seek said.

            Elise shook her head. “That’s just wishful thinking.”

            “Wishes come true once in a while, don’t they?” Arc asked.

            Elise rolled her eyes. “Spare me.”

            “The monsters went somewhere else,” Adam surmised. “That means the sooner we find Cay, the better.”

            “What we NEED,” Lukai pointed out, “is a whole platoon.”

            “Who needs that when you’ve got me?” Radames bragged, thumping his chest with his arm.

            Elise gave him a withering look as she muttered under her breath, “The sooner this battle is over, the sooner we can ditch Captain Barbarian.” The moment she finished saying that, a dreadnaught flew over them, being harried by what they recognized as Arguile’s ship, releasing a torrent of fire upon it. The sound of the cannons was close to deafening. They took it as a reminder that while they were lucky, the city was still under attack and battles raged elsewhere.

            As the scene above traveled further away, they resumed their southern journey down the road, hoping for a route back to the airship. After a minute or so, Seek paused. Lukai turned back to him and asked, “What is it?”

            Seek looked to the southeast. “I think I hear something?”

            “It’s probably the ringing in your ears after you lost your hearing a moment ago,” Arc explained glibly.

            “No… Can’t you guys hear it?” Seek asked. “It’s like… a screeching…”

            Adam closed his eyes and tried to focus his hearing. Faintly, over the white nose of the faraway sky battle and ever further away echoes of flintlocks, he could hear what sounded like a reptilian squawking. “Yeah, I think I can begin to hear it, too.”

            “We move forward,” Elise ordered. “We’re not here to hide from battle. Come what may, we still have a plan.”

            Just then, Radames thought he saw something come running full tilt out between two buildings far in the distance. “I see someone.”

            “Where?!” Arc asked, anxiously. Radames pointed and indeed, Arc could see a dark blur running towards them. He could just barely make out who it was. “It’s Cay! She found us!” He noticed she was wildly flailing her arms and trying to say something. To say she looked panicked would be an understatement. “I think she’s trying to signal to us.”

            Lukai blanched. “I think I can see why.” As he said that, racing around the turn behind her was a small swarm of the red-scaled v-headed reptiles. Most skittered across the ground after her, but a few glided above. All were making a terrible racket. One of the gliding creatures swooped down and gave Cay a headbutt to the back that sent her skidding to the ground. She frantically turned around and in a blind rage, thrusted her rapier at the monster that had planned on taking advantage of her weak position. It cut modestly into its flesh and it reeled back, shrieking.

            Elise had been taking aim and fired her flintlock at one of the monsters that had been scampering its way towards Cay. It fell lifelessly as its brain was pierced. Adam took his own aim while Radames deftly lowered Arc to the ground, saying, “This isn’t a fight you can help with, little guy.”

            Arc was miffed at the comment, but he could see how it was correct. He could barely stand, let alone hold his own against a swarm of monsters. “Don’t worry,” Elise said between shots, “we’ll keep them off of you.”

            Radames, Seek and (against his better judgment) Lukai rushed to Cay’s aid. Radames swung his great axe at one of the flying creatures and sliced its v-shaped cranium, sending it limply towards the ground. Lukai was swinging his spear around, trying to give Cay a radius of protection from the provoked beasts. Seek bravely tried to do the same with his sword. Cay got back up to her feet and tried to slice at one of the beasts’ neck. Her rapier found blood and it oozed thickly out of its throat, limping to the back row.

            The damage to the monsters was mostly being done by Adam and Elise, who were scoring one-hit kills left and right. The swarm was thinning out, but a couple of feisty specimens still remained, undeterred by the fact they were close to being outnumbered. Seek tried to get closer to one of them and strike it in the head. It saw it coming and reacted by pulling its head back, then jumping into the air and clawing at Seek. He couldn’t react as fast as the monster and its claw cut his face diagonally from the upper left. Seek screamed in agony as the sword fell from his grasp and he fell to his knees.

            *****

            Gjigrajheth sauntered about the town square, surveying the extent to which his attack had crippled Antaross. A wicked grin grew on his face that knew that even if his forces were ultimately repelled, Anteron as it once was would never again be. Half-eaten corpses were scattered about the debris that had fallen from the buildings. In fact, about half of the area was covered in a layer of stone and twisted metal. The ornate fountain in the center had broken and no water flowed.

            “I hope you’ve enjoyed yourself, Abomination,” a voice behind him called out, “for this will be your grave.”

            Gjigrajheth slowly turned around, unthreatened. Standing atop the rubble stood what seemed to him a ludicrous image: a knight in shining armor, a cape flapping in the wind behind him and in a stance that he considered laughably dramatic. “I think it is a little full,” he responded.

            The “knight” was unfazed. “Don’t you think it’s a little odd, that you carry with you at all times one of the only weapons that can kill you?”

            Gjigrajheth seemed to study his adversary more closely. “You know of the Thorn, do you? Come, tell me who it is that is so wise as to know that. No ordinary fool knows such a thing.”

            The “knight” brandished his sword and spoke, “I am Crown Prince Hardin Ordic of the great country Lerandelia. It is my mission to destroy you and all those like you.”

            Gjigrajheth sniffed the air. “Ah, you are related to that man I felled earlier. He was of the Great Bloodline, as well. In fact, I remember your scent from much earlier. You were in Her Majesty’s court.”

            Hardin’s eyes narrowed, “Felled? You mean my father?”

            Gjigrajheth smiled. “Yes. Cut down like the mangy beast he was.” He pointed to the battlefield where it had taken place. “He’s still there. I didn’t cut deep enough to kill him instantly.”

            “That won’t work,” Hardin replied icily, “my only concern at the moment is you.”

            “You must realize no mortal can raise the Thorn against me.” Gjigrajheth motioned toward his immense spear. “I doubt that you could even wrest it from me, weakling.”

            Hardin’s eye twitched. “Slander all you like, Gjigrajheth. Nothing you can say will keep me from my destiny.”

            Gjigrajheth saw the hilt of Hardin’s sword catch the light and recognized the symbol. “You’re with that wretched lot? Now your knowledge makes sense. You think a being such as me feels threatened by spawnlings pretending at piety?”

            “You DARE compare me with those scum?!” Hardin bellowed, his pulse raised, eyes on fire. “Those packs of hyenas will be swept from the earth along with you, Beast! All of you, aberrations, sowing chaos wherever you please… Yes, purification is at hand.”

            Gjigrajheth was unimpressed. He had grown tired with Hardin’s ramblings and was readying to put the Thorn through his opponent’s heart when a glint of some incredible power entered his consciousness. A look of enlightenment crept across his face as he turned his head in the direction he sensed it emanating from. He tensed his dense muscles as he crouched and leapt up to the top of a three-story building so blindingly fast that Hardin could barely trail after him with his eyes.

            Within seconds, Gjigrajheth had gone beyond his sight. Hardin stood silently for a moment, dumbstruck by the fact that his showdown had been cut short. Slowly, indignation crept up into his consciousness. He had barely been more than a nuisance to Gjigrajheth. He tempestuously swiped his sword at no one and vented his frustration with a grunt before leaving.

            *****

            Copeland rushed after Carper as fast as he could, gathering a smattering of security of personnel with him. “When you find him, arrest him! Carper has lost his mind!” In actuality, Copeland was surprised that no one had lost their mind any sooner. Their current situation didn’t exactly lend itself to a great deal of mental stability, but they had all mostly managed to keep sane. Carper, however, had broken down the moment the full extent of the attacks became known. To tell the truth, Copeland had noticed Carper acting increasingly anxious and abnormal in the days leading up to the attack, but had placed the blame mostly on the unusual circumstances. But according to the gibberish Carper had been spouting earlier, he believed that he was the reason things were happening. No matter, Copeland thought, all this can be sorted out after he’s locked up.

            As they rounded a corner in the underground passageways, Copeland suddenly remembered where the path led. “Hurry! He’s going to activate the HUD!” A look of realization spread over the soldiers’ faces as they doubled their efforts to get to the control room before Carper did. As the facility came into view, though, it looked as if they were too late. The entrance to the facility had been closed and locked, presumably with Carper inside it. Copeland blanched. He knew the security on those doors made it nigh-impossible for anyone to force their way in. But he had to try; otherwise the consequences would be so grim that he’d rather not contemplate failure.

            “I don’t care what it takes; get a team of welders down here, now!”

            *****

            “SEEK!” Arc cried out in panic, watching his friend fall. Radames quickly turned towards Seek’s anguished cry and beheaded the v-headed reptile before it could attack again. The cry had also distracted Cay and Lukai, but just as their adversaries were about to pounce on their moment of weakness, Adam and Elise fired and scored a hit directly at their heads, causing their brain matter to be strewn across the ground. This left few monsters remaining, and sensing that they were outmatched by the Hunters, they fled, screeching.

            Cay had rushed to her fallen comrade, who was curled up on the ground, cradling his face in his hands, making whimpering noises. She could see blood dripping through the cracks of his fingers copiously. She wanted to help, but knew of nothing she could do. Her hand wavered over Seek, wanting to comfort him. “Is he dead?” Radames asked, almost as if asking for the time. Cay shot him a look that told him that he was next on the menu if he kept it up.

            It had taken Elise a moment to register what had happened to Seek, she had been so wrapped up in picking off the monsters. “Adam,” she almost breathlessly said to her younger brother, “look after Arc.” She dropped her flintlock and ran to where Seek had fallen. “What happened?” she asked to the three that were looking over him.

            “I-I-I’m not sure,” Lukai stuttered out. “I was so busy looking out for myself…”

            “I think one of those things clawed his face,” Cay told her. “At least… that’s what it looks like.”

            Elise bent down to Seek, who was still whimpering incoherently, covering his face, blood beginning to dry on his skin and clothes. “Seek,” she gently said, “let me look at the wound.” Seek’s head shook wildly in the negative. Elise took on a firmer tone. “Seek, if you don’t let me see it, I can’t help you and it’s only going to get worse. Please.”

            Seek slowly uncovered his face, eyes closed tight in pain, which was by now smeared with his blood. Elise could make out four definite claw marks running from the upper-left corner of his face to the lower-right. Blood was trickling from each cut. She noticed one of the cuts was along his left eyelid.

            “Can you open your eyes?” she asked. Seek attempted what she asked and after some wincing was able to open his right, but all his left eyelid could do was flutter. “Okay, thank you. We’re gonna get you some help, okay?” She reached out and tried to rub Seek’s back in a soothing pattern.

            “Is he…” Lukai began to ask.

            “The cuts are shallow,” Elise said matter-of-factly. “The skin has lots of capillaries close to the surface, that’s why he’s bleeding so much. It’ll make some pretty scars, no doubt about that. He won’t die, I think, but we need to get the wounds sanitized. Otherwise…I don’t know.”

            “There are shelters for the civilians,” Radames suggested. “I think you can get help there.”

            “Thanks for the offer,” Elise said, “but we’re probably closer to our airship. There should be some people left there to help-“

            “There’s not much left,” Cay said, with a hint of despair in her voice. “Last time I checked an ogre was having his way with the place.”

            Elise shut her eyes and frowned in frustration. The silence was broken by Lukai. “Shelters it is, then,” he said, with what determination he could muster. The effect was broken by an incredible flash of light from the south and a near-deafening shockwave that followed a millisecond afterwards, shattering glass and causing small tremors in its wake.

            *****

            What Hardin saw was not a battlefield, it was a graveyard. Fallen warriors surrounded him, all wearing armor in the style of his home country. He had almost dismissed Gjigrajheth’s mentioning of his father as a ruse to distract him, but now he saw that the Abomination had not lied. Left and right he saw corpses, most with black, decaying organic matter surrounding their wounds, proof that they had been cut down with the most terrifying weapon ever forged, the Thorn.

            His pace through the solemn area quickened when he thought he saw the gleam of the armor he remembered his father wore. The Royal Family had its own special, distinctive armor and he could recognize it even now, among the immense piles of men who would not be returning home to their loved ones. Indeed, there would be little evidence at all that they had even fought in this battle: all those felled by the Thorn decayed until nothing was left, not even bones.

            As he came upon his father, he could see the man obtain a spark of recognition in his eyes, eyes that were once so vibrant and commanding. Now they seemed to be dimming, as if there truly was an inner light to him that was flickering away. Blood was dribbling down the side of his mouth, onto his ashen cheeks and onto the ground. When Hardin finally stood above his father, he saw the wound that had sealed his fate. His breastplate had been torn by some impact and the Thorn had pierced him, leaving its gangrenous trail. Within a week, like the others, his father would cease to exist, even as a corpse. “My son,” King Ordic gasped, a hint of incredulity in his voice. “Is it really you? Or are you a phantom, come to take me to my forefathers?”

            Hardin hunched over (with some great difficulty, being in armor) and caressed his father’s face with his hand. “It is I, Sire.”

            A look of sadness crept into King Ordic’s gaze. “Oh, no, dear Hardin, dispense of titles. Here we are merely father and son… perhaps for the first time, I fear.”

            “Don’t talk nonsense,” Hardin calmly said, continuing his motions with his hand.

            “No, it is not nonsense. I cannot pretend to be ignorant of my failings, especially now that I am not long for this world. We always stayed away from each other; or rather I kept you away. I was a fool. It is my great regret that I could not be for you what I needed to be.” It was here that King Ordic’s eyes began tearing up with emotion. “I was no father. I was a stranger. I only hope that as you reflect upon me in the future, you see me as a kind man, as I always tried to be towards you. It is more than I can hope for to ask that you think of me as your father, so I will not try.”

            “I will see you as you always were, Father,” Hardin said with a hint of warmth that surprised even him. King Ordic’s mouth turned to a smile, tears trickling down his cheek, mixing with the blood, dirt and stone. It only took a moment, an instant, for Hardin to grasp his father’s face with his hand and jerk it to the side, breaking his neck. Hardin continued to stroke the cold face of his father, eternally frozen in non-emotion. Out of the corner of his eye, Hardin was blinded momentarily by an immense light, followed by a fury of noise and movement.

            *****

            Arguile was still engaged in what he determined was a battle the likes of which no other airship captain until today had had the displeasure of ever having to weather. Fortunately, he wasn’t completely in foreign territory, fighting off the dreadnaughts. Since they were roughly the size of an airship, he could apply the same essential strategies to defeat them. The only hitches were that their behavior was much more unpredictable than a machine’s. Add that to the fact that the air was also home to smaller, more pesky v-headed red reptiles with speed and maneuverability the likes of which he’d never seen and it was enough to keep him harried, to say the least. He’d managed to pare the number of dreadnaughts to one, but that just meant that there was one more creature the size of a battleship capable of firing incredible amounts of energy from its maw to deal with.

            “Bring ‘er up and around!” he told his crew, knowing that if he kept his present course, he’d crash the ship into what was left of the buildings of Antaross. It barely seemed like Antaross to him anymore. Gone was the metallic glory that was going to herald a new age of human achievement. All that was left was rubble, burning. His ship nearly skimmed the tops of what was left of Antaross’s buildings as they turned to face their final true challenge to taking back the skies.

            The giant creature was coming at them head-on at a speed Arguile could only describe as astonishing. Energy was crackling within its gaping mouth, leaving him barely enough time to gather the breath to order, “Hard to port!” His helmsman obliged as quickly as he could react, which left just enough time to almost send the airship careening into the horizon, but also enough time to dodge the blast, which rocked the ship. “Bring us along side ‘er!” Arguile shouted. “We’re gonna tear ‘er a new one!”

            “Aye aye!” came the shout from the rest of the bridge. The ship began to circle back and maneuver around to the dreadnaught’s flank. The creature seemed to sense what the captain wanted to do, however, and tried every move it could muster to shake him off so it could go around and attack again. The ship fought for every inch it gained and finally was able to get a shot at bringing it down, once and for all.

            “Fire at will!” Arguile roared at the top of his lungs, almost feeling like if he could will the cannons to fire with his own mind, he’d better try. A salvo began, cutting some flesh from the dreadnaught, causing it to roar in pain, but suddenly the ship was rocked by an explosion. After Arguile found his footing, he demanded, “What in the blazes just happened?!”

            A few moments later a blackened mate stumbled onto the bridge. “There’s been an accident in the artillery, sir. The rest of the ammo blew up… there’s a hole in the ship… I think I’m the only one…”

            Arguile went stiff with a look of terror on his face. His men… so many had just perished. On top of that, he had nothing to hit the creature with. A thought occurred to him, but he almost wished it hadn’t. He knew, however, it was his duty. “Mr. Defrey,” he began.

            “Aye, sir?” the helmsman asked, equally terrified.

            “We have one weapon left. It’s our duty to use it. We have a responsibility, and it is to make sure that ***** never flies again. Understood?”

            Defrey’s eyes fell, with the hushed atmosphere of doom falling over everyone on the bridge. “Aye, readying for collision with the dreadnaught.”

            Arguile gripped the railing in front of him. So this was the end. He could think of worse ways to go. In fact, he was fairly sure he was lucky to even be alive to make this choice. He had been saved by a miracle, he assured himself now. Just as the ship began to pull away to obtain more momentum in their final assault, an immense beam of light shot from behind them enveloped the dreadnaught, the shockwave sending the ship and its crew flying off out of control.

            *****

            Guillermo, Aleksi, Sasha and Dedalus continued on their way towards the port to get an airship (by whatever means possible, he assumed) and escape this doomed metropolis. “Barring anymore precipitation in the form of monsters,” Dedalus stated, “we shouldn’t be more than a few miles from the port. Look lively, then!”

            One look at the lot of them would have shown the irony of that statement. Guillermo, Sasha and Aleksi were all clothed in garments that even a street urchin would turn his nose up at. They were filthy from their treatment (and also from their sewer adventure) and did not smell terribly pleasant. Even Dedalus had sweat stains on his shirt from the exertion he’d been put through. However, Guillermo oddly DID feel energetic, almost buzzing from all the activity. The adrenaline in his blood felt akin to a drug, something he had a dim urge to have more of.

            “Do you notice it?” Sasha whispered to Aleksi.

            “Notice WHAT?” Aleksi whispered back, in an ill temper.

            “His changes, of course.”

            “I don’t know what you mean,” Aleksi stubbornly stated.

            Sasha rolled her eyes. “You can’t tell me it’s gone beyond your notice. His powers are beginning to manifest.”

            “He was strong before. Nothing’s changed.”

            “I don’t mean that. Have you noticed how he’s been keeping his mouth closed as much as possible? It’s not like he was acting before. I think he’s trying to hide some sort of dental metamorphosis from us. Also, his height. You two used to be equals, now he’s-“

            Aleksi furiously cut her off. “So he’s taller than me. We’re still equals.”

            Sasha sighed. “I meant in terms of height. Keep your pride in check. He seems also to be changing in terms of physique. His clothes are not hanging nearly as badly off of him as they are on us.”

            Aleksi turned up his nose. “Your point?”

            “My POINT,” Sasha said, impatiently, “is that he seems to be adapting completely. There’s no doubt in my mind at this point. All other evidence seems to corroborate that this is it. He’s the one that’s going to do it. Aleksi, our mission is nearly complete!”

            Aleksi was silent for a moment. “I’m not convinced. Gjigrajheth could just be acting very thorough.”

            “Razing entire cities to obtain the keys? You think he’d do that if he didn’t feel the pressure was on? His attempts to kill Guillermo can’t be overlooked.”

            “Look, I don’t want to talk about this right now. We have the one thing that maniac wants and we’re NOT having this conversation at the safe distance of half a world away from him. Besides, if Guillermo is really as evolved as you say he is, wouldn’t he be able to hear us right now, even though we’re whispering?”

            Sasha was struck with a look of embarrassment and promptly turned back to look at Guillermo. He seemed to be fidgety, distracted. She breathed a sigh of relief. This wasn’t the kind of talk she wanted him to be aware of. “What is it?” she called out.

            Guillermo’s attention came back to the here and now. “I’m not sure,” he began. “I guess… I’m feeling restless. Like something’s out there. Just…I don’t think I could sit still if I had to, you know?”

            “That’s normal, I think,” Dedalus spoke up. “I mean, we’re in the middle of what arguably is the worst catastrophe to ever befall mankind. Are you supposed to be SEDATE?”

            “It’s not quite like that,” Guillermo said with a tone of sarcasm in his voice. “It’s more like-“

            “You’re hungry for something,” Aleksi finished, not looking at Guillermo.

            Guillermo seemed absorbed with that thought. “Yeah… something like that.”

            “We can feed you once we’re far, far away from here,” Dedalus cheerily suggested, meaning to hurry them along.

            “I don’t think he meant for FOOD,” Sasha wearily explained.

            Just then, Guillermo heard a dull thump from behind him. There was something about it that made his blood run cold. He could almost feel a buzzing in his head, like sirens being set off. He turned to see something wholly unlike anything he’d seen before. An immense figure stood about forty yards away from him, swathed completely in black with what seemed like armor, but clung more organically than any armor he’d seen before. There was a golden band around his head, bringing attention to his three horns and his lidless, black eyes with irises as red as blood. It carried with it an immense spear, with handles jutting out every which way.

            “What was that?” Sasha began to say, turning around, only to become even paler than she already was. Aleksi turned around as well, a look of surprise coming upon him, while Dedalus seemed terror-stricken.

            “You seem to still be alive,” the creature spoke. “I hope to remedy that.”

            “Guillermo!” Sasha called out. “That’s Gjigrajheth! You have to get away!”

            Gjigrajheth took a few steps toward Guillermo, who seemed more transfixed by him than intimidated. “You’ve grown strong, I can tell; such a pity. I should have intervened much earlier,” Gjigrajheth said. “Sending those monsters after you did not seem to stop my creator from making contact with you. In fact, it seemed to facilitate it. You were not expected to be here today, but I welcome the chance just the same.”

            “You…” Guillermo fumed, “You are the one that controlled the monsters that attacked the airship?! You BASTARD. People suffered because of you, good people. You think you’re god?!”

            “Yes, as far as creatures such as you are concerned,” Gjigrajheth shot back, with a grin.

            “Guillermo, are you DEAF?!” Sasha yelled again. “You MUST come with us, right now! You can’t fight him! He’ll kill you!” Aleksi was motioning to Dedalus to continue ahead. Dedalus didn’t need to be told twice, as he began hobbling away, nearly paralyzed in fear.

            “Don’t worry about me,” Guillermo confidently called back. “We’ve taken on worse opponents than this. I was worried this Gjigrajheth would be a twenty foot dragon or something.”

            “Sasha, leave him be!” Aleksi commanded her. “He wants to get killed, we can’t make him change his mind. Go!”

            Sasha swirled around and a look of determination Aleksi hadn’t known possible was in her eyes. “NO. He’s the one, Aleksi, whether you want to admit it or not. If he’s gone, everything is over and the world might not get another shot. Go if you want to. I have a duty.”

            As this exchange had been taking place, Gjigrajheth had been slowly, deliberately stepping towards Guillermo, letting his presence sink in. Guillermo’s mind felt like it was seething. This creature was responsible for the pain in his life, moreso than even Dobbel. His muscles were twitching, unbeknownst to him building the strength to match his fury.

            “He’s acting irrational, leave him!” Aleksi ordered, grabbing Sasha by her left wrist.

            “I will NOT!” she yelled, slapping him as hard as she could with her right hand. The full force of her blow along with his current weakness sent him stumbling, with blood running from his mouth.

            “Fine,” he quietly said. “But I won’t be waiting for you.” With that, he quietly began to follow Dedalus’s retreat.

            Sasha turned back to Guillermo. “Gui, you can’t kill him, he’s immortal!”

            Guillermo spun back to her at this news. “What?!”

            “He’s immortal. He lives forever. No matter how badly you try to beat him, he won’t die. That’s what I’ve been trying to tell you! The only way you could beat him is by using his spear. It’s called the Thorn. It’s cursed in such a way that even the slightest wound caused by it will kill you. However, the spear is so mighty that no one but him has ever wielded it. Gui… please! It’s not for my own sake I beg you, but for the rest of the world!”

            Guillermo turned back towards Gjigrajheth, who was now about thirty yards away, holding the Thorn aloft, grinning. He considered Sasha’s words. As much as he felt he had to fight him, he knew that if all that was true, he couldn’t win, ever. Panic began to creep into him, feeling that escape really was impossible now. It was just then that he could feel a change in the air. It seemed Gjigrajheth was disturbed, too, and turned his head just in time to be enveloped in a blinding beam of light, causing shockwaves that blew him and Sasha into the air from the sheer unimaginable force contained within it.

            *****

            “HUD cannon is almost ready to fire, sir!” one of Carper’s lackeys reported. The whir and light made by the mechanisms before him had entranced Carper. He was barely there to hear what anyone else had to say. “But, Sir, something you should know is that the technicians say that they’re getting very unstable power readings. They recommend cutting power immediately and aborting. And… quite frankly, I agree. This is too drastic. If we fire this thing, and it works properly, we’ll end up destroying about a quarter of the city in its wake. This is not a subtle weapon, sir. It may bring down the dreadnaught, but there’s still the effect it will have on the forces still fighting on the ground. We could end up killing our own men! Please, sir, take a moment and just think about this.”

            Carper’s half-lidded, obsessed eyes turned to look away from the beauty of war to this man. Unlike weapons, humans were prone to weakness, such as this quivering, equivocating example of a human being. Indeed, action must always be taken. Even if the consequences were drastic. “The machines are just fine. I duly note your position on this decision, but I will not abort.”

            “Sir, this path leads to madness!”

            “YOU’RE DISMISSED!” Carper screamed. The lackey quietly backed off, recognizing how far his commander’s insanity had progressed. Carper put his hand on the glass and lovingly gazed at the HUD’s power network. “Is the cannon ready to be fired?” he calmly asked a technician.

            “Y-yes, Sir,” the technician meekly answered, not wanting to progress with this course of action. “But…”

            “Very well. Aim it at the dreadnaught in the sky. Once it is in our sights, fire the cannon.”

            “Sir…” the technician tried again, but Carper quickly went over to him and punched him, sending the weaker man to the ground.

            “DO IT!” he yelled. He could faintly hear the sounds of someone trying to come in through the locked gateway. He smiled, grimly. They wouldn’t be able to break through in enough time to stop him.

            “Target acquired!” another technician announced.

            “Fire at will!” Carper ordered. A few moments passed. There had been no indication that the cannon had fired at all. He looked at the controller and his finger hovered above the switch, torn between obeying the chain of command and doing what he thought was the right thing to do. Carper was furious. He stomped over to the controller, took a small knife from a sheath on his belt and quickly put it to the neck of the subordinate. “I said, ‘Fire at will.’” The controller, swallowing slowly and shuddering with the weight of the world on his shoulders, flipped the switch.

            A reaction occurred almost immediately. The engines in the facility discharged their loads and an almost blinding brilliance shone into the control room for an instant. The glass was blown inward towards the technicians and a shard lodged itself in Carper’s leg. He grimaced in pain as he pulled it out. Nothing would spoil the moment of glory he felt right now. He heard some commotion from the others about energy overloads and systems going out of control, but he didn’t care. He had made up for his sin by defending his city at whatever cost. He was a true patriot again! He basked in this knowledge and smiled, as a chain reaction caused the facility to explode, taking the lives of everyone within it.

            End Chapter 11

            End Book 3
            "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

            Comment


              #81
              Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

              I'm probably biased when I say this, but this is one of my all-time favorite additions. Some backstory is needed here, though, for there is a lot of ground to cover when it comes to a new story arc being started. I was initially terrified at the prospect of starting the next Book - which at the time were not called Books, just major story arcs - because I was scared to immobility by the thought that everyone would hate what I did with the story.

              The first thing I noticed when preparing to write this addition was the missing perspective during the entire battle of Antaross. That perspective was Malachai, who mysteriously was not present for the entire battle, though he was in Antaross the whole time, supposedly. This called for some backtracking to make it work that he was missing, and I take care of that pretty well in this addition, I think.

              The next thing of note is the particular way that I presented this addition. I would call this another one of those 'interesting' methods of story-telling, wherein the first thing you read is actually one of the last things to happen, and the last thing - which served as my addition finale - was actually the first thing to happen from the point Mora's Book 3 finale left off from. I make use of a journal entry to wrap up the battle, and a couple of dreams to forward the plot. In all, I think the addition presents itself in a unique way, but not so confusing as to annoy the readers. Response from the other writers swayed my opinion even further on this, so it's all good. The last thing about this addition that was different was the method I used to quickly and efficiently display several of the Scooby Gang characters in context with the other characters. If you think of the perspective as a camera, it follows one person around until finding another important character, and then focuses on them instead. It does this twice, once shifting from Adam to Seek, and then from Seek to Acacia, all in the same perspective break. I had originally planned to make it shift from every Scooby Gang character, but Lukai had already gained his spotlight in the addition, and Arc and Elise seemed better left to their means, so you don't even see those two in this addition.

              The next thing to mention is that there were two continuity errors created during the addition - one which provided a scathing problem for the future, and another which provided a stupidity sign over my head.
              1. The scathing problem came in that Gjigrajheth was originally seen leaving the city, but no one followed him, which didn't really make sense. It also caused problems for a future idea about how Gjigrajheth actually gets away. No one saw him leave, so that problem is fixed now.
              2. The other one came in the form of Guillermo's daydream, which is actually a flashback about his hometown getting destroyed. I mentioned this one in the blurb before the Book 1 finale when the Kronals attacked Jaegar - originally, the Kronals were the monsters that destroyed Gui's hometown, and my lack of fact-checking screwed this up when Kronals were not the monsters that attacked in his dream. Discussions ultimately led to back-editing Patryn's Book 1 finale because as it stood, having Kronals already attacking towns didn't really make sense in that other cities would have known the method and tried to prevent the same from happening to theirs. So it was a huge surprise for the Kronals to attack, even though they'd done it before. That was fixed to correct that problem, and the problem I had created, instead of completely removing my daydream sequence - which I staunchly and stubbornly held onto, because I'm like that.

              Anyway, Prince Hardin talks about the new destination for his ship and crew, and some locales open up anew at their mentioning. I'll save the Geography Adventure for tomorrow, since I talked incessantly about nothing in this blurb. Onward.

              _____

              Book 4

              Chapter 12

              81st Post – BRC 13

              *BRC13* - *eighty-one* *book4* - *chapter12*

              The battle raged on for little more than a full day. The once great Antaross – standing for technology, pride, and heritage – was toppled like a child’s building blocks. Nothing in this city can now relate to its previous glory. I only hope that this tragedy will spark more of the same tenacity that met the enemy that historic day.

              This is the first opportunity I have had to record my journey since the morning of the attack. Many events have transpired that I had never believed could happen. Somewhere between landing in Antaross and the end of the battle, I overcame my fear of active combat thanks to the kind words of Arc. To no one else do I owe my gratitude for surviving the battle as much as him. I pray that my newfound strength will prove useful in future encounters, though I would still prefer to be on the sidelines for now.

              During the battle, Seek, Arc, and I reluctantly separated with the main group while chasing down some creatures. These blue oddities approached in smaller numbers and caused much death with their speed, near to but not matching the ogres’ reported killing. I have coined the beasts ‘Diablumanos’ or Blue Demon for the time being until I know more about them. Arc sustained heavy injuries to his legs from one of the Diablumanos and was unable to fight for the remainder of the battle. But as luck would have it, we came into contact with a brute named Radames who agreed to help us. After finding Adam and Elise, we set out again for the ports and in search of Acacia. Along the way, Adam saw the man they had all come to Antaross to find: Guillermo Avory, a very special man indeed. Just as they had found him, a dreadnaught crashed into a building, blocking us off from him, and also blocking our route to the airship. We found Acacia shortly after, but with much dismay because she was being trailed by a horde of the flying reptiles. Everyone held their own well enough, but one of the last remaining beasts managed to slice open Seek’s face in several spots. It was about that time that the battle truly ended with the death of the final dreadnaught at the hands of a giant beam coming up from the surface of the city.

              The destruction of Antaross has officially been attributed all to the monster attack, though I have my doubts. That blinding beam of power did not come from any monster I’ve ever seen. The beam was directed at the dreadnaught, but in its wake it destroyed dozens of monsters on the ground, as well as the soldiers trying to kill them. It also managed to destroy several more buildings and led to the crash of Captain Arguile’s airship in the ocean. The large reptilian creatures that eviscerated the military’s naval force then attacked his ship, slaying everyone on board except for Captain Arguile, who managed the wreck and the reptiles with naught but a cracked rib and some torn flesh. His luck precedes him.

              After the beam’s devastating attack, the ground and air monsters fled the city, as did the sea creatures after attacking Arguile’s ship. I imagine that whatever brought them here called them back in whatever way it did. Immediately upon the battle’s end, the remaining soldiers killed what monsters couldn’t escape, and the citizens of Antaross were released back out into the city to find every soldier they could and begin to tend the wounds and collect the dead. Every able-bodied soldier – numbering less than one hundred – reported to the High Council’s shelter. Chancellor Copeland ordered every one of them out into the city to help find the wounded and dead, and also to begin cleanup of the dead monsters. Public reports after the battle claimed hundreds dead, including renowned General and Council-member Carper - slain by an ogre. The ogre was also the source of Copeland’s near fatal injuries to his chest and right arm. I don’t buy it. That beam probably caused it. Aside from that, Copeland and the rest of the remaining Council are personally overseeing the cleanup and rebuilding of Antaross. The city will never return, and Antaross is likely to end up as Jaegar has: destitute.

              Captain Hardin lost two of his ships in the battle, but he survived an apparent run-in with the cause of the attack: Gjigrajheth - a monster so brutal and massive that he killed the entire troupe of Lerandelia’s Royal Guard single-handedly. King Ordic had been among this entourage, and, according to Hardin’s report, was already dead when he got there. How devastating this must be for Prince Hardin! I expect him to return to Lerandelia to attend his father’s funeral and his own Coronation Ceremony.

              As for personal losses, Acacia seems to be taking Guillermo’s disappearance better than I was led to believe by Arc. She has taken to being alone now that the battle is over, though. Arc’s wounds are expected to heal quickly, but he’s on crutches to ease the pain until they do. Seek, however, is not doing so well; the cuts are healing, and will leave minimal scarring, but he is expected to lose sight in his left eye partially. Many other Hunters died protecting a city doomed to oblivion, several of whom were good friends. I pray that they find peace after leaving this war-torn world. I offered Radames passage on Hardin’s ship as a Hunter, as he would be a great asset, but he declined in order to stay in the city to continue protecting it. A man with great honor, that one.

              Prince Ordic is requesting everyone’s presence in the Main Hall. I suspect that he’s going to give orders and get us underway to Lerandelia.


              *****

              “Are you sure?” a fully bandaged and troubled Copeland asked the officer in front of him.

              “Sir, yes, Sir! Several soldiers reported that no one saw any sign of the creature Gjigrajheth after the battle. We searched the last known area he was thought to be in, but found nothing. It is my belief that he has escaped the city, Sir.”

              “Continue.”

              “Sir! We also have yet to find Captain Malachai. No one seems to know where he was when the battle started. His body has not yet been found, either, though.”

              Copeland thought for a moment and said, “Very well, and what of Guillermo Avory? Has anyone been able to find him?”

              “No, Sir! We checked the sewers and found only a dead sea reptile. But several holes were punched through the streets into the sewers during the battle. I would surmise that he got away and stole an airship with the two people he arrived with.”

              “That’s a fair guess, to be sure.” Copeland was dissatisfied with everything; his city was in ruin, his people disheveled and broken, Carper killed himself and several others, Malachai was missing, and Guillermo managed to escape the city. “Search the city again and report back. Dismissed.” The soldier saluted Copeland and went off with three others to do another sweep of Antaross.

              Minutes after the soldier had gone, a man came slinking into the building. Copeland turned wearily and warily to see Cale Ulger standing in the doorway. He said to the mercenary, “I don’t care to ever see you again. It’s a shame you weren’t killed instead of one of my valuable soldiers…”

              Cale was almost insulted. “Yeah, yeah, old man. I don’t give a **** what you have to say. I fought your battle and I want compensation for my troubles.”

              “The country is officially bankrupt now, you ignorant fool. You won’t get a single coin for your ‘troubles.’” Copeland was in no mood to deal with this wretched man.

              “You decrepit old bastard!” Cale was desperate for money at this point. He needed a way out of town. “Well, I think you’ll have a sudden change of heart when you learn that I know the location of your ‘Twinynus Key.’”

              Copeland’s face turned from annoyance to shock at the sound of the Key. “How do you even know about that?!”

              “Doesn’t matter. All that matters is that I’ve got the info, and you’ve got the money I desire. Now let’s deal.” Cale knew the Key was important to the Council, but he wanted it back for himself. He would find a way to screw this old man and his Council, as well as the dirty thieves that stole his Key.

              *****

              “Dedalus, we need to land somewhere close to a town.” Sasha wore a forlorn expression as she instructed Dedalus where to go. “We could all use a little break and we all need to freshen up a little. Find some clothes and some weapons…” The battle had ended two days ago, and they didn’t waste any time getting out of the city and out of the country, mostly for fear of being caught by Gjigrajheth or Antaross again. They traveled due East for the entire two days and made it all the way to a small village in Jugerian country before Sasha decided it was safe to set down and gather supplies. It was mid-day in the quiet town and looked devoid of soldiers. No one mentioned the events that had happened on the airship earlier.

              Dedalus landed their quaint airship and the four of them departed with what little money they could scrounge up. Dedalus spotted a tailor shop up the road, so they all went in to get some fresh gear. Sasha and Aleksi looked in disgust at the selection, and reluctantly purchased some plain black button-up shirts and pants. Guillermo didn’t care what they had, as he would take anything over his still stench-ridden clothes; he grabbed a plain white pullover shirt and a black pair of workpants. Dedalus didn’t buy anything but a large blue sack to carry the new supplies in. All of that took a quarter of the money they had, so Dedalus departed to get rooms at the inn, and Sasha and Aleksi went to buy a couple of new weapons. Guillermo followed Dedalus over to the inn, much smaller than the one in Kolika that he had gotten so used to. It didn’t even have hardwood floors: just dirt.

              Guillermo took the key to his room, immediately tossed his old clothes, and began to take a shower. While the hot water poured down over his hair and skin, cleansing him of all the blood, sweat, dirt, and sewage that still clung to his body even after two days, he thought about how most people would be in bed with some disease from such prolonged exposure to that rotting river, and yet there he stood, no worse off than a child with a skinned knee. In that shower he began to think of everything that had happened. Placing events together and piecing the puzzle of his evolution in a coherent form still proved a difficult task. He thought of what Sasha had said about Gjigrajheth being responsible for the attempts on his life and how far back it may have gone. Despite their attempts to hide it from him, he had heard her say that. Just how far back did it go? he wondered as his mind wandered…

              *****

              Guillermo awoke to a bloodcurdling scream. Several more followed. Through his sleep-heavy eyes he discerned a flickering light outside his bedroom window. Three shots fired off; another scream after that. “Oh, gods, the monsters!” he said to himself as he grabbed his pants and jacket. He wiped the crust from his eyes and grabbed his trusty flintlock and saber. His house was dark; it must have been past midnight. He grabbed his boots and put them on as he ran through the halls yelling for his parents. “Dad! Mom! Are you in here?!” No answer; he guessed they had been at the party. He hastened to the front door and listened intently to the sounds outside: men shouting, women screaming, monsters screeching, guns firing… He swallowed his fear and opened the door, only to find his mother face down on the ground with large claw marks down the length of her back. Panic took over his senses; he carried her into the house and turned her over. She was whimpering slightly, breathing heavily. Tears ran down her face. But then she smiled.

              “Gui… I was coming to warn you. The village isn’t safe. The monsters… they attacked so suddenly that we didn’t have a chance to react. Find your father and the rest of the villagers and get out before it’s too late.” She extended her arm to put her hand against his face. “Son… I love you.” Guillermo grabbed her hand as tears formed in his eyes. He kissed her on the forehead and she ceased to live seconds later. Now enraged and full of hate, he carried her to her bed, and left her there. He turned around and began walking to the door again. His rage took over and he began running. He didn’t bother to open the door; he just kicked it and kept running.

              Outside the house, things had grown silent. Guillermo listened for gunshots and followed them towards the airship. On the way to the ship, he saw more dead villagers than he did monsters. Children, women, elderly, and men alike – people he had grown up with and respected – the monsters didn’t discriminate. They killed everything. He suddenly found himself grateful that Acacia was not here to suffer a fate similar. Rounding a corner he watched as his only friend became cornered by two Insicor Wolves. Alain was out of bullets for his pistol and was swinging a pole back and forth to keep them away. Guillermo took aim and shot one wolf in the head, but the other charged forward and jumped at Alain’s neck, bringing him to the ground. The metal pole dropped from his hands and clanked against the ground as his eyes shut and his mouth turned into an expression of sheer terror and pain. The wolf with its oversized mouth and jaws tried to drag Alain away, but he resisted. It jerked back once more to start dragging, and Guillermo heard a loud crack. Alain’s body went limp after a couple seconds and the wolf continued pulling. Guillermo screamed: “No! You bastard!” He took off towards the wolf with fire in his eyes. Grabbing his saber, Guillermo stabbed the wolf. It let go its hold on Alain’s neck and yelped in pain. He stabbed it again, and again, and again. Blood sputtered out everywhere and the wolf toppled over, but Guillermo didn’t stop. He kept on slicing into its flesh until something grabbed his shoulder.

              Acting on instinct, he swung around to take down his assailant, but stopped in his tracks when he saw his father. “Dad, I-I-Mom’s dead. She didn’t make it to the house in time. Everyone’s dead. I couldn’t save Alain.” He broke into tears.

              “Son, we can’t do this right now. This attack is beyond us. It’s as if the monsters aren’t just attacking at random. We have to get out of here right now.” He grabbed Guillermo’s arm and dragged him to his feet. “Now wipe those tears and let’s go. They aren’t leaving without us.” He pulled on his arm once more and started walking. Guillermo fell in line and they made it to the town’s merchant vessel, only killing one monster on the way. Several of the men were alive and guarding the ship, and when Guillermo and his father arrived, his father told them, “No one else is coming. Get this heap off the ground.” He turned to Guillermo, and said, “Get on board and under the deck with the women and children. Protect them there if the wolves get through us.”

              He went under the deck and saw only twelve people, all shivering and crying. There were five men above deck, and him. Only eighteen people had made it to the ship alive. Eighteen. He dwelled on this number for a moment, but was interrupted by the sounds of more gunfire. The ship lifted off the ground seconds later and the shots ceased. Guillermo ran up to the deck and looked around. “Where’s my father?” He asked again and again but no one answered. He ran to the side of the ship and looked down. Three wolves on the ground greedily tore at his father’s body, ripping flesh and bone. “Dad! No! Go back down! We have to go get him, he’s still alive!”

              “We can’t do that, Guillermo. Your father’s dead. We can’t risk it.”

              Guillermo watched with tears the wolves bite and tear for as long as they were in sight. He would never return to that town again. Too much pain, too many sad memories.


              *****

              Guillermo’s eyes opened. He hadn’t thought about that day since leaving Renfir. “That’s it! My father said the attack couldn’t have been random. Gjigrajheth must have been behind it to get at me! But how did he know about me that long ago?” He finished his shower with new thoughts in his mind and hoped to get an answer when they arrived in Matra’s Mountains.

              *****

              “Are you sure Guillermo is safe?” Acacia looked troubled.

              Adam was getting annoyed. “Yes, Cay, for the last time, Guillermo was with those Cult members. He got free, and if I know that group, they’re well on their way to wherever they planned to go before getting captured in Kolika.”

              “A-alright, Adam. That’s all I need to know. As long as he’s doing what he needs to do, I think I can rest easier. Thank you. I’m going to check on Seek and Arc.” She turned and went off to the bunk rooms.

              Adam sighed and left the grub hall to find Elise and Lukai. Now that the battle was over, they had all reconvened on Hardin’s ship and were waiting for his orders. They were flying the perimeter of Antaross making sure no unwanted monsters made their way back, and everyone seemed to be getting impatient. Adam really wanted to follow the Cultists, but now they had no leads as to where they could have been headed. He strolled through the halls of the airship and finally came upon Lukai, writing something in his journal. “Lukai, have you seen Elise? I need to talk to her about what we’re going to do.”

              Lukai looked up from his journal and smiled. “Hello, Adam. Your sister was in the main training hall the last time I saw her.”

              “Thanks, buddy. I’ll see you in a little bit.” Adam slapped Lukai on the back and continued his walk through the halls. He didn’t find Elise in the main training hall, but rather Seek instead. “Seek, have you seen Elise anywhere? Lukai told me she was in here a little while ago.”

              Seek stepped out of his practice stance and turned to Adam. “Yeah, she was in here about a half hour ago. I showed up with Arc to practice training, and she had just finished. The two of them went to the top deck for some fresh air.”

              “Ah, thanks.” Adam turned to walk out, but stopped short. “Arc… he’s spending an awful lot of time with Elise these days. Is there something going on?”

              “Well, Arc seems to think there is, and that’s a pretty big deal for him. I’d say they’re taking quite a liking to each other.” He thought about it for a second. “You’re cool with that, right?”

              “Well, yeah, I guess so. She is only my sister after all.” Adam smiled and turned to walk away. “I’ll catch you later, ok?” Seek nodded and watched him exit the room. He turned back to continue practicing. Already his vision was beginning to flounder in his left eye. The cuts were healing nicely, but they would definitely leave noticeable scars.

              Seek began to think about how hard it would be to fight with just the one eye. It was the kind of thing he wanted to avoid by not following Guillermo. It seemed he would have no choice in the matter, though. If he had stayed in Antaross, this battle would have still happened, and he likely would be dead had he not been with his friends. “A fair trade, I’d say. My friends and my eye for my life,” he muttered to himself under his breath. After several minutes of training, he decided to take a break and check on everyone else. He went up to the deck where he had directed Adam, but found only Acacia, leaning over the edge, lost in thought.

              “Acacia, did you see Arc, Adam, and Elise while you were up here?” He leaned over the edge next to her as he spoke. She appeared not to hear him, as though she was off in her own world of thought. “Hey. Acacia,” he said a little bit louder.

              She snapped out of her daydream, and looked over to Seek. “Haven’t I told you before to just call me Cay?”

              Seek smiled and nodded. “Well, I guess I’m not altogether used to it yet, hehe.” He looked out into the sky and asked again, “So, Cay, did you see Arc, Elise, or Adam since you’ve been up here?”

              “Mmm… yeah, Arc and Elise were just leaving when I came up. Adam never came up here, though.” She was barely connected to the conversation.

              “That’s odd. I just sent him up here a few minutes ago. Hmm, he probably found them on the way down. I’m gonna go find them. You want to tag along?”

              Acacia looked over to him, and said, “No, I’m just going to stay up here for a little while, gather my thoughts, you know… but thanks.”

              “Alright, if you want to talk about anything, you know where to find me, ok?”

              “Yes, thank you, Seek. I’ll see you later.” He turned and walked back down to the lower decks to find Arc. Distractions out of the way, Acacia lost herself in thought again. She began to wonder how she found herself at this point. She remembered being in love with Guillermo back in the village, and then leaving him for a life of travel and adventure, only to find him once again that day on The Inspiration. Feelings came back that she had forgotten about, and new worries took precedent over old ones. Everything that had come and gone seemed so surreal to her; Guillermo and his new power, the cult members, Solis du Teplo, Kolika Bay, and then her decision to become a fighter so that she could follow her love wherever he was headed. Now she had survived a battle, but her true motivations for fighting disappeared on the horizon. She had no idea where they were headed, or even which direction they took to get there. She didn’t know what to do now.

              “I want to follow Gui, but I can’t. If I stay with Adam and Elise, we are bound to have another run-in with him, but they seem to want to stay on this ship and go with Hardin wherever he’s headed. I wonder where Prince Hardin is planning to go? Maybe he’s after the same things we all are.” Acacia flipped her hair back and stood up. She turned and was ready to head down to find the rest of the group when Hardin’s first mate called onto the deck.

              “Attention all Hunters and Ship Personnel. Captain Hardin wants everyone in the Main Hall for briefing. Right now! No dawdling.” Acacia guessed this was as good a time as any to find out what Hardin’s plan was, so she followed the first mate down to the Main Hall.

              Her friends all managed to be in the meeting area already, as did most of the rest of the ship. She walked over to the group, but kept her eyes on Hardin, who stood silent in his armor at the front of the room. Hardin waited until it looked like everyone was in the room, and then began his speech. “Quiet down, Hunters. I have called this meeting in order to tell you all our destination and mission from this point on.”

              Hardin grabbed a rolled up piece of parchment on the table next to him and began unrolling it. “I have here a geographical map of this continent. We’re all aware of Anteron and Jugere’s shared fate because of the monsters. They choose to do nothing while the beasts ravage their lands and kill their people. The monsters have not yet invaded Matra to the east - the mountain country - my country of Lerandelia to the far east past Matra, or the country of Joyt, north of Jugerian borders. I know many of you are expecting me to head straight to Lerandelia for His Highness’s funeral, but we have no time for that right now. We are closest to Joyt at this moment. We will sail to Joyt and recruit as many Hunters as we can, and then head to Matra to see who is willing to fight there. After we’ve gone through these two countries, we will head to Lerandelia. I will start building my military in the ways of the Hunter and the Soldier, because it is not only man that we face in these times, but beast. I fear that we may be heading into the hornet’s nest very soon. The monster known as Gjigrajheth harbors in an island castle to the south, far off the coast of our own continent. It is my intention to gather a fleet of ships and an army of Hunters, and storm this fortress to end the tyranny this monster has besieged our lands with. This is a lot to ask of you all, and if any of you want out, now is the time to disembark in Antaross and go your separate paths. Just know that there is no possible way you can survive in this world if Gjigrajheth continues to live. It is better to die saving your world than to die trying to save yourself. We leave in the morning for Joyt, and I respectfully ask that all unwilling to go are off this ship by then.” Hardin stepped down after his speech and left the room, a grim expression on his face as he did.

              *****

              Guillermo, Aleksi, and Sasha stayed in the little town that night. Dedalus took leave with what little money was left over from the day’s purchases, and Aleksi made sure to have the key before Dedalus left. Guillermo didn’t bother to ask Aleksi or Sasha any questions, as he didn’t believe they would give him any information worth having.

              Aleksi dreamt that night. He replayed Solis du Teplo, Kolika Bay, imprisonment, Guillermo’s display of power, and the events after they escaped Antaross:

              ”Dedalus, leave without them!” Aleksi yelled as he boarded an airship not much bigger than the one they previously had. Dedalus was hesitant to just up and leave half of his best customer behind to be imprisoned or die. Aleksi thought he heard footsteps coming up the ramp, but did not see anyone board the ship. “If you don’t get this thing off the ground NOW, you won’t have any customers, because dead men can’t do business!”

              Dedalus reluctantly lifted off, and began ascending away from the platform when a brilliant beam of energy shot up to the sky, sending shockwaves that reached as far as the port. Aleksi watched the beam and covered his eyes from the blinding power it had. He opened his eyes after a moment and his attention focused on a shadowy figure coming through the dusty remnants of a building near the port. It was Guillermo, carrying Sasha again much to her dismay. He watched as Dedalus flew farther away and Guillermo tried desperately to reach the ship in time. As they got closer, Aleksi noticed that Sasha looked distraught not for being carried, but for some injury to her hand she had just sustained in the moments they had been separated. Guillermo had a good thirty feet of open air between the port and the airship where Aleksi stood watching. In one swift jump, Guillermo sailed through the air and cleared the landing by five feet. He rolled by Aleksi with Sasha in tow and hit the wall with his back. The two of them collapsed momentarily in a heap on the floor, but Aleksi rushed over to help Sasha up. She, however, stood up immediately exclaiming, “Guillermo, what did I say about grabbing me?! You still smell awful!” She and Aleksi looked at each other momentarily, and Sasha looked like she was ready to tear his throat out. But nothing happened. They walked towards the front of the ship and Aleksi heard Guillermo grunting something about not getting so much as a thanks.

              “So, what happened, why are you hurt?” Aleksi asked the still aggravated Sasha.

              “Well, while you so quickly left Guillermo and I in the clutches of Gjigrajheth, betraying Dobbel, our organization, and me, we were done for if not for that beam’s shockwave. Gjigrajheth was knocked away, as was I, but Guillermo managed to stand his ground, grab me and take off towards the airship. The shockwave knocked me into a wall and broke my hand. Thanks to Guillermo, I’m still alive to have my hand heal. I have half a mind to report you to the Elder on all of this.” She slumped down into a chair and sat there, obviously very upset with Aleksi and his actions.

              Aleksi, however, seemed unfazed by her idle threats and continued to walk towards the front of the ship. Just as he was about to open the door to the ****pit, he heard a click to his left. He stopped moving and turned to look at the dark hallway. In the shadow of the hall, he discerned a figure which immediately started moving forward. Aleksi backed away towards the wall and Sasha sat upright to see what was going on. Just as Guillermo walked in from the back of the ship, out stepped the shadowy figure from the hall, a pistol pointed at Aleksi’s head. It was Malachai.

              “Well, well, looks like I’ve got all the rats in one trap. I saw you boarding this ship and just knowing that you’d be with Guillermo, I stowed away. Well, there he is, and we’re all taking a little trip back to Antaross.” Guillermo started to move forward, but Malachai pulled a second gun and pointed it at him.

              “Malachai, you can’t kill me. In fact, you probably can’t even fire that pistol before I’ve taken it from you.” Guillermo was practically taunting him, begging him to shoot. Moving faster than Malachai could even see, Guillermo pulled both pistols from his hands and knocked him down before he knew what was going on.

              Aleksi said, “Ok, Guillermo, kill him.”

              “What? I’m not going to kill him. Let’s just drop him off outside the city or something.”

              “This man has been after you since you boarded his ship. You cannot expect him to just give up and leave you alone. Kill him and we won’t have to worry about it anymore,” said Aleksi, by now very bored of this encounter.

              “We’re letting him go,” interjected an equally bored Sasha. “Remember, Aleksi, we are not murderers.”

              Malachai became enraged. “I was given a mission to bring you in. My reputation is ruined unless I can do that. I will NEVER stop chasing you.”

              Aleksi was overtaken. He could not argue with Guillermo and Sasha and hope to win. He sat down, defeated. “Fine, but it’s not my fault when he kills us later.”

              Guillermo got Malachai to his feet and walked him to the back of the ship to tie him up. After a few minutes, he came back and put the pistols on the table “So, that’s taken care of. We can drop him off in a couple of hours somewhere. Now then, maybe you two can enlighten me as to where we’re headed?”

              “We’re out of supplies, weapons, money, we need new clothes, and we’re flying a stolen Anteronian vessel. I think we should report to Headquarters and restock. They’ll be very interested to know about Guillermo’s progress anyways,” said Sasha as she picked up and twirled a gun in her good hand using her powers.

              “That’s probably the only route we have right now,” said Aleksi. “Then it’s settled. Guillermo, our headquarters are located in the Matra Mountains, so tell Dedalus to just keep flying due east for now. I’m going to check on Malachai to make sure you know how to tie a knot.” Aleksi stood up and walked off towards the back of the ship. He walked into a small room and saw Malachai bound and gagged to a pole in the middle.

              “Well, Captain Malachai, I hope you’ve made peace with yourself and your demons. If not, I’d say you’ve got less than two minutes to do so. One to walk to the edge of the ship, and the other to sprout your wings and fly away.” He smiled and with cruelty in his eyes, untied Malachai’s hands from the pole and forcibly walked him to up to the airship entrance, which they hadn’t bothered to close. He stood there for a minute and let Malachai’s fate really sink in, high above the earth. He then kicked Malachai’s legs so that he knelt down, unable to put up resistance. “Well, here it is. Say hi to the ground for me.” Just as he was pushing Malachai off the edge, Sasha walked in and watched in horror as Malachai fell out of the ship, plummeting to his certain doom. Aleksi turned to look at Sasha and only grinned. “He tried to escape.”
              Last edited by Big Rick Cook; 05-13-2005, 02:19 PM.
              "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

              Comment


                #82
                Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                Magik sticks around for another addition. The Geography lesson today comes in the form of Joyt, and I might as well fill you in on the other locations that have been alluded to, but never seen, because they all show up soon. I've mentioned that Joyt is north of Jugerian territories, but now we get the basic idea of what the place looks like, and how it works. Magik was pretty inventive for Joyt, I think. Anyway, Matra is a mountainous country that spreads all over the place in the eastern Matra Mountain-range. The Matra Mountains form an eastern border between Jugere and Lerandelia, but they also go north and then west, turning into other mountains that we've never named, which also forms a boundary between Joyt and Jugere. Further east past Matra and the mountains is Lerandelia, Prince Hardin's homeland. We'll be seeing all these places soon, as well as the cult headquarters, also located in the Matra Mountains. One other thing to note is that this is one gigantic continent, and there are possibly other continents on the planet, mostly unexplored or unknown. Gjigrajheth's hideaway Southeast of Kolika Bay is possibly just an island, but it could also be an entirely new continent, and there's one other locale the story has yet to mention, but will get to soon. I'm pretty sure at this point that we need a rough map with everything on it, rather than just what we've got now.

                _____

                82nd Post - Magik 03

                *Magik3* - *eighty-three*

                Hardin sat at the desk in his cabin holding his head in his left hand. He leaned over the map that was spread out on the desk and frowned, as he tended to do when he was in deep thought. Anteron’s borders were thickly outlined in black ink, and there was a pin stuck in the northern part of Jugere—an estimate of where they were since the last time his navigator had reported to him. He hoped to expedite his campaign as much as possible.

                Hmm, he thought, it seems to be about time for a report.

                At that very moment, there was a quick rap at his door. Hardin called for the person to enter.

                Right on time, Hardin thought as his trusted navigator stepped inside.

                “Sir, my apologies for intruding. We are much closer to Joyt than I thought. We’ll be within her borders by dawn,” the navigator reported.

                “How long before we reach Leiliras?” Hardin inquired.

                The navigator scratched his head and considered the question before responding, “We’ll reach the capital in less than two days, Sire.”

                “Good. I don’t expect this will be a lengthy venture,” Hardin stated.

                The navigator was unsure, “But, Sire, King Ephraim is known to be hell-bent on keeping his lands isolated. His old fashioned ideals might make him stubborn. Are you sure you can sway him?”

                Hardin stared at the navigator, “You are dismissed.”

                “Y-yes sir,” stuttered the navigator. He made a hasty bow and left the room.

                Hardin considered what the navigator had told him. Joyt was very old fashioned in many ways, it was true. They relied on their fire caves to provide power, and Hardin remembered his father once jokingly telling his comrade that they were bitter over the fertile lands they had lost to Jugere decades ago. Now Joyt was mostly rocky, infertile land. They had to use every inch of good land they had for agriculture, since trade had been at a standstill for generations. Hardin considered how he would address Ephraim. He certainly would need the help of the Joytian military in the future. Would he be willing to beg for an alliance? Ha! The Crown Prince of Lerandelia begging the leader of the hermit kingdom of Joyt? That was out of the picture.

                I’ll win them over, somehow, he thought as he moved the pin closer to the capital of Joyt, Leiliras.

                *****

                Arc was sitting on the cot in his quarters. His back was facing away from the door and he examined his legs. They were healing very quickly, but he would have to be careful for the time being. He also worried that his muscles might atrophy from the lack of intensive training. He supposed he would have to work day by day to stay as fit as he could. In the meantime he had a pair of crutches to help him alleviate the pressure on his wounds. He began re-wrapping the flesh wounds with a thick strip of gauze and some medical adhesive. It had stopped bleeding, but he still had to guard it from infection.

                Just as he was finishing up, he heard his door open. He looked over his shoulder to see Elise’s head poking in the doorway. She smiled when he looked at her.

                “Well, don’t just stand there, come on in,” Arc called.

                Elise did as he said and left the door open behind her. Arc patted the cot, motioning for her to join him on it. She maneuvered around his cluttered room and sat down beside him, leaving a foot of space in between them.

                Elise looked at his newly wrapped legs and commented, “How are they healing?”

                “Well enough,” he replied. They had been spending a lot more time together lately, but they still felt awkward being so close in a darkened room.

                “So, um, how’s Adam?” Arc asked, trying to break the awkward silence.

                Creases formed on Elise’s forehead, “Fine, I guess. Why do you ask?”

                “I dunno, just trying to think of something to say,” Arc admitted.

                Elise inched closer to him as she whispered, “We don’t have to say anything at all, if you want.” Inwardly, she sighed. She felt like a child with a hopeless crush. She was scared to be too forward with Arc, but he didn’t seem to make any real advances in return.

                “Okay,” Arc replied quietly. He put his hands on the bed. His left hand barely touched Elise’s right hand. He gulped, took a chance, and put his hand on hers. Elise smiled to herself and they sat in silence, enjoying each other’s company.

                Outside, Adam walked by and glanced in the room. He stopped midstride and took a double-look. He saw Elise and Arc sitting next to one another on Arc’s bed. Adam frowned a little and opened the door all the way. He started to say something, but stopped. Instead he crossed his arms across his chest and continued towards the deck.

                He had told Seek that he was fine with Arc and Elise being…’together’; yet, he was divided between wanting to protect his sister and wanting her to be happy. It didn’t occur to him that he could do both at the same time. He worried that Arc might break her heart. After all, Adam had heard rumors about his fickleness when it came to women. Sure, Elise could handle herself fine, but Arc didn’t seem like her type. He was also worried that Elise might become too attached. That could make him a liability on the battlefield. He and Elise were a long way from obtaining their—his—goal, which was still ultimately to kill Dobbel. He didn’t want Elise to get any false notions that they could settle down anytime soon.

                Then again, Adam thought, perhaps it would be best if Elise did settle down somewhere safe. He was surprised with himself, but he felt a lot more independent now. He always had the skills and resilience to fend for himself, but he had once needed Elise to be at his side. Now, it seemed that he could forge his own path without clinging to his sister for support.

                Maybe, he thought, just maybe I can destroy Dobbel on my own.

                Adam emerged onto the deck and was greeted with a gust of wind that ran through his hair. He looked around at the people scattered throughout the deck and spied two of his companions. On the left, Seek was standing at the railing, taking a smoke that he had probably bummed off of one of the soldiers. On the right, Acacia was leaning against the railing looking into the distance.

                Eh, considered Adam, she needs some alone time.

                So, Adam joined Seek on the left side of the deck. Seek coughed as he arrived, and Adam took note that, contrary to what he had thought earlier, Seek was only attempting to take a smoke.

                “Hey, man,” Seek said. He offered Adam the cigar, but Adam refused.

                “No thanks, those things make you smell pretty rank, you know.”

                Seek laughed. “Yeah, I guess so. Happy trails, little buddy,” he said to the cigar as he flicked it out into the air. It seemed to hang in place for a second, and then it descended to the earth below, leaving only a small trail of smoke as evidence.

                “You know, it might hurt if that hits someone,” Adam remarked.

                “Yeah, but everything is dead down there anyway,” Seek retorted.

                Adam understood what Seek was really saying in his own way, but didn’t comment on it. Instead he tried to change the subject, “So, how’s Cay holding up?”

                “As well as can be expected, I guess. I mean, she’s been pretty lonely, but I think she’ll come around.”

                “Yeah, I think so too.”

                “Hey, Adam,” Seek said suddenly, “What are you going to do? I mean, when all of this is over with?”

                Adam thought for a minute, “I’m not sure. I mean, I’ve never even considered that I had a future outside of accomplishing my goal. Maybe I’ll take up art as a profession. What about you?”

                “I just want to find a nice quiet little place. Maybe a secluded little cottage in a forest clearing, or—“

                Adam laughed, “What, are you some kind of romantic, now?”

                “No! And you’re not really one to talk, Mr. I-Don’t-Have-A-Future,” Seek chided facetiously.

                They both shared a hearty laugh; it was probably the first time they had really laughed for weeks.

                After a minute or two, Seek picked up their conversation again, “You know, I’ve been to Joyt before.”

                “Really?” Adam asked, “What’s it like?”

                “Well, the capital—Leiliras—is a lot different than Antaross, I can tell you that. See, they don’t have much room to spare on town development, so the capital is just one huge citadel-tower-thing that juts out of the country. I suppose you could spell it ‘capit-a-l’ or ‘capit-o-l’ since they’re one in the same, heh. It’s said to be the highest man-made structure in the world. It’s really thick and it’s separated in levels for different things. You know, like one level for citizens to live in and another for merchants to sell their wares. I was pretty young when I was there, so I don’t remember too much. I do remember hating how crowded it was. Ugh, you couldn’t get anywhere without pushing your way through swarms of loud-mouthed women or stodgy gents. We’ll probably be able to see it miles before we get there.”

                Adam and Seek both looked towards the horizon, scanning for the monolithic structure that Seek described.

                *****

                Sasha, Aleksi, and Guillermo were all sleeping soundly in their rooms. There wasn’t a sound in the little village and it was completely dark, save for the stars that illuminated the sky.

                Suddenly, Aleksi awoke. He was drowsy and rubbed his eyes. He sat up and propped himself against the headboard of the hard bed and listened. He thought he could hear some sort of humming sound. It could only be described as some kind of an electronic inhaling of breath. Then there was nothing but light followed by an ear-shattering explosion. The windows of the inn, and all the buildings within the village, exploded and some of them sprinkled glass over the streets. Aleksi’s heart was racing. He jumped up, grabbed his shirt and his pistol, and ran out of the room.

                He made it to the front door of the inn and flung it open. He let out a very uncharacteristic high-pitched scream at what he saw. Throughout the streets were hoards of monsters - all of them different shapes and sizes. He saw ogres and reptilian giants and wyrms and small imps. They tore apart the village killing everyone in their path. Worse still, he saw other men clad in dark robes wielding sharp sabers working with the beasts. They had the hoods of their cloaks covering their faces, but Aleksi thought he saw familiar faces among them.

                Sasha and Guillermo finally joined Aleksi at the threshold of the inn and both of them went pale immediately. They had little choice but to fight against the seemingly endless army of monstrosities. They used their pistols to shoot down as many as they could before they were noticed. Then, it was as if all the monsters found their enemy. They all turned towards the three companions and crept towards the inn. Sasha was shaking in fear; she hadn’t ever imagined this could happen. She wasn’t ready for this and neither was Guillermo.

                Insicor wolves pounced at Sasha and Guillermo, knocking them both over. Meanwhile, the dark-clad humans took hold of Aleksi and carried him into the midst of the beasts. One of them crudely cut into Aleksi’s chest and ripped out his heart— it dripped with black blood.

                Sasha felt for something to use against these beasts, and to her surprise found her scythe just within her reach. She took hold of it and kicked the wolf off of her chest seconds before it could have plunged into her face and killed her. She stood up and sliced in half the wolf that had pounced on Guillermo.

                “Damnit!” she yelled. She began using her scythe to clear a path through the monsters and Guillermo followed her from behind. They made it out of the village just as an earthquake struck. She and Guillermo turned to see the entire village be thrown up into the air with a shattering crash. A huge worm-looking creature tore out of the ground under the village and had caused the quake. A chasm began to form and it continued to stretch on towards Sasha and Guillermo. They yelled futilely as the earth below them collapsed into the worm-made tunnel and everything went black. A crash of thunder resounded from somewhere.

                Sasha awoke with a jolt to the sound of thunder. She was lying on her cold bed in the inn. Her small chest was heaving and she gulped down air, finding it hard to breathe. She heard a tempest raging outside and she slowly began to calm down.

                “That does it,” she whispered to herself, “No more eating before bed.”

                She held her breath and listened for a minute. There was a distinct scratching sound coming from her window—like a claw on glass. She crept out of bed and tiptoed towards the window. She slowly reached out her hand to the curtains and jumped when her fingers touched the rough fabric. She took hold of them and quickly pulled them back, yelling, “You can’t take him!” Outside she saw nothing but a tree branch, about an inch away from the window.

                “Stupid environmentally conscious townspeople,” she muttered as she opened the window. She grabbed the small limb and angrily broke it. The branch then bounced back to its place. It was now farther away from the window and hopefully it wouldn’t cause any more sleep loss. She took another look outside and noted the clear sky in the distance. She wondered absently if that was the end of the storm, or simply the eye of a hurricane. Sasha sighed and lay back in bed, scared to fall asleep.

                *****

                Below Sasha’s window crouched a strange petite creature. It had a humanoid appearance, but was faintly glowing and was completely gray in color. It had the figure of a very statuesque woman, and when the window above it shut with a click, it ran off away from the inn, giggling. It was certainly a strange monster, possibly one of a kind. It, or she, had no hair, and her eyes were clear like glass, reflecting the color of the sky.

                “Sweet dreams,” she snickered in a girlish voice as she ran out of the village, “compliments of Melisande.”

                Melisande sprinted without tiring into the clearing outside of the village to report to her master and await further orders. Upon reaching open ground, she leapt into the air as a pair of iridescent insect wings unfolded from her back. She took flight against the storm towards her destination.

                *****

                The day had hardly broken and Acacia was in the training hall. She enjoyed being alone to tinker with the different weapons that were left in the room for training purposes. She would be too embarrassed to train in front of anyone else, but here and now she enjoyed taking out her aggressions and frustrations with swordplay. Actually, she also enjoyed trying out the different weapons. She had ‘played’ with a long sword, a staff, a mace, a dagger, and even a whip. None of them seemed to be right for her, so she then took to practicing with the rapier that she had found back in Antaross. It was light and comfortable to hold.

                She swished it around back and forth pretending she was up against a swarm of those winged lizard creatures. She sliced, parried, and kicked at these invisible foes and only stopped when she heard someone clapping from behind her.

                Arc stood at the door watching her. Acacia’s face immediately turned a bit red.

                “Early morning routine, huh?” Arc yawned.

                “Likewise,” Acacia retorted, face still reddened.

                Arc grinned, “By the way, you’ve got it all wrong.”

                “What do you mean?” Acacia asked with wide eyes.

                “The rapier is a piercing and thrusting weapon,” he explained, “It’s best used for piercing weak thin metals when fighting human adversaries. With monsters, it can be used to strike their weak points accurately. Be careful about what kind of skin they have though, it might not have much effect on tough-skinned baddies.”

                Acacia looked at her weapon, then back at Arc, “Thank you for the tips.”

                Arc nodded and Acacia left the training hall, probably, Arc guessed, to train privately in her cabin. Arc meanwhile began his mundane leg exercises.

                *****

                “Sire!” called the navigator as he burst into the prince’s room.

                The prince, irritable and not dressed yet, scowled, “What is it, then?”

                “We have arrived way ahead of schedule! We’ll be ready to land in a little over two hours.”

                “Thank you. You’re dismissed.”

                “Aye!” cried the navigator as he left the room.

                Sure enough, two hours later, they reached the huge pillar-like structure of the capitol. The ship landed on the airship bay, located at the top of the tower. Military personnel and the King’s thin, spindly steward greeted them. Hardin exited the airship with an entourage of six soldiers. Hardin told the steward that he must speak with the King immediately. The steward had his message relayed to other authorities and was, in less than ten minutes, granted a counsel with His majesty. Hardin’s men were preparing to procure the needed supplies for the rest of their journey while Hardin was escorted to the King’s Hall, which was located, strangely, on the lowest level of the building.

                He entered the room with hasty steps, eager to get this over with. The court was a large, nearly empty room with cobblestone floors and walls. Against the wall opposite the door, the King sat on his large antique throne, and his Queen sat beside him on a smaller throne. Their garb was outdated by the present standards of fashion, but that was to be expected in the present environment of the capitol.

                The King, Ephraim, was a large fellow. He had a curly black beard with shocks of silver. His round nose was comically large and he looked nothing like a great king from his short stubby arms and legs and rotund belly. The Queen, on the other hand, was a model of grace and beauty. She had black hair, dark eyes, and pale hands. She, too, was large, but Hardin noticed that this was because she was with child. She looked upon Hardin with wide-eyes, while the King squinted in disgust at this visitor from the outside.

                “Who are you?” King Ephraim asked bluntly.

                Hardin knelt on one knee in reverence, “I am Prince Hardin of Lerandelia. I come before you with a message and a request.”

                “Well, let’s hear it, then,” Ephraim said impatiently.

                “Your neighboring country, Jugere, has fallen to the mercy of demonic beasts that ravage the now derelict lands. Antaross, the stronghold of Anteron, has also fallen into disrepair and chaos. What is the cause of this turmoil? I will tell you. It is the monster, Gjigrajheth, which plagues our world with this pestilence. Surely you can understand, then, why I ask for your military support against such a devious foe,” Hardin said eloquently.

                The king was quiet for a moment, but then he piped up in his usual grating voice, “Joyt is not concerned to extraterritorial affairs.”

                Hardin didn’t give up yet, “Surely, Sire, you see that this is not an extraterritorial affair. This will affect you and your people. After the world’s other great nations fall, Joyt will not stand a chance.”

                “What is this? You insult the Kingdom of Joyt! Where was Jugere during our Nine Year Famine? Where was Anteron when the gigantic wyrm attacked our capital? Where was Lerandelia when we called on the nations of the world for economic support?” yelled Ephraim.

                Hardin sighed, doubting that any of what the king spoke of had even happened. He took a different approach, “Your choice may decide the very fate of the world. Does it not honor you to know that I look to you as a haven? A refuge against the storm of monsters that is amassing even as we speak?”

                The king snorted, “Flattery won’t get you anywhere, boy.”

                Hardin stood up, fists clenched.

                “Wait,” said the Queen.

                “Silence, Justine!” yelled the King. The Queen glared at her husband, who slouched in his throne and cast his eyes downward, “I-I mean, do you have something to add, my Queen?”

                “My Lord and King Ephraim, please listen to Sir Hardin. What good will it do to bring up old grudges in a time like this? Ephraim, be wise. Our army is not big enough to fight off a world full of monsters. But, perhaps, coupled with the nations of the world, our armies can prevent any more distress caused by this Gjigrajheth, that he speaks of,” stated the queen compassionately. “What kind of world will you leave for Ephraim II to look after?”

                The King grumbled, “Oh, all right. We will form an alliance with your people, Prince Hardin. I will have half of my army and two of our greatest airships ready at your disposal should the need arise. But I expect full compensation for our losses!”

                Justine interjected, “If that number doesn’t prove to be enough we will provide the remainder of our military and resources as reserve units. And our capitol may be used as a haven to refugees.”

                “Wha-what??” the King exclaimed.

                “Thank you, your Majesties. I am greatly honored,” Hardin replied.

                “Also,” continued the Queen, “You may use our facilities free of charge for the remainder of your stay.”

                “Oh, just go! Get out before my wife gives you the whole kingdom. Go! You’re dismissed!” yelled Ephraim.

                Hardin turned on his heel to leave, when the Queen called out to him.

                “J-justine! I hope you aren’t really going to—“

                Justine cut him off, “Crown Prince Hardin!”

                Hardin looked over his shoulder at the Queen.

                “Fight for my child,” she said, “and for the rest of this world’s future.”

                Hardin bowed and exited that hall. He smiled inwardly at how easy the Queen had made this endeavor for him.
                "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                Comment


                  #83
                  Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                  Next up by Ryu, and the first vision of cult life inside the ranks. In all honesty I don't really like this addition. It's well-written and the plot is good, but I don't know, there's just something about it that rubs me wrong. Maybe I'm just retarded. *shrugs* The government system of Matra is neat, though, and Seek's deterred path is pretty good. There was one small, nearly irrelevant continuity error that I corrected - Guillermo thinks of the books in the cult HQ, and compares that thought with the book Sasha had shown him on The Inspiration, when in fact, Sasha showed him that book in Baines. So the error is corrected with one location change, and everything is fine.

                  There's one other thing to mention here. There's a concept that we had previously ignored, and that is about Cay's dark-skinned heritage, and how she was the only one in the story like that. That is answered in part in this addition, and with it arises newer problems that we had initially not thought about. That will be covered later, though.

                  _____

                  83rd Post - Ryu 13

                  *ryu13* - *eighty-three*

                  Prince Hardin had left the kingdom-spire of Leiliras with much confidence, and from his chamber in his airship en route to Taeron, capital of Matra, he considered the ramifications of persuasion he must exercise next. Matra was an exceptionally expansive and populous country, able to supply troops from its multiplicity of medium-sized towns. But unlike with Joyt, power in Matra was not consolidated. Matra was a country of trade, ruled by a loose democracy of Representatives from the various separate, though mutually friendly, city states that compiled the country itself. The present system derived itself from the series of independent chiefdoms of antiquity that decided to ally with each other to counter the burgeoning strength of neighboring countries like Jugere and their attempts to have them assimilated into their culture. Because of the division of authority, obtaining a clear answer, either in the positive or negative, could prove quite the onerous task. At Leiliras, Hardin could not absolutely expect either acquiescence or uncooperativeness—though he certainly anticipated the latter—but at least he could count on a resolute answer. That he could respect, not this…indecisiveness…weakness….

                  *****

                  “Hurry, let’s go! I’m sick of airship food,” Adam shouted to his friends behind him. Arc agreed with this reasoning and increased the pace at which he hobbled forth on his crutches; his legs had begun to heal quite nicely, but Elise’s own medical considerations and Cay’s overall concern ensured he heeded the on-board medic advice and not risk anything by strolling around town. All the passengers aboard Prince Hardin’s ship were free to explore the city while Hardin conducted his business.

                  The airship had landed in the Taeron valley without much ado after a two-and-a-half day journey from Joyt. As they had drawn over its peaks they could see the paths cut through the dark rocks in order to make friendly the journey into Matra’s cities. The network of trails all eventually connected to the great trade route in the west, which ran like the river Redhorn, alongside which it flowed into Jaegar. In the old days, endless concatenations of troupes and wagon convoys traveled up and down the trade route, but no one on that airship had seen a soul upon the hills. But maybe that was just because all the desperate bandits were hiding.

                  “Arg, I’m starving…” Arc groaned aloud to himself as they entered a pavilion. But like a team of fishermen just waiting for a catch, a small crowd of people suddenly sprung from behind the counters of their huts into his midst, as if the mere suggestion of that phrase—the hum of a belly, a lick of the lips—was enough to tickle the interest of their ears.

                  “Sir? Then how about some nice oranges ?” someone exclaimed from behind a basket of the fruits. Arc rested one of his crutches against his side and reached out with determination, trying to find a good one, when suddenly a basket of another kind of fruit rudely pushed the oranges aside.

                  “Oh, you don’t want those, sir. Have a yamma melon—only 50 shekels!!”

                  After a disharmonious chorus of “For you, half-price” and “The best deal in Matra,” a woman fell below Arc’s knees, and began begging for him to buy something from her. Arc looked down at her as if she was a person frantically drowning—you wanted to save them, but you were scared that in their anxiety they would take you down with them. At last Elise, Seek, and the rest reached him and smuggled him out of the sea of eager merchants.

                  “Come now, come now,” called a strong voice from across the street. They turned to see a tall, suave man, with black hair and a mustache, cleaning a glass just outside a door carved into the dark purple and brown mountain landscape through which the streets of Taeron stretched. Though the opening led into the mountain, plenty of light shone out from within. “Fruit alone will not satisfy the needs of a party so large and full of youth as yours,” he declared, addressing them as a whole, “Come to the historical, world-famous Fedchi-family’s restaurant, carved into the Hibaldt mountain!” He pointed to a sign alongside him that said just that. “Enter into the restaurant in the mountain, where you will find shelter from the sun—and the sellers.”

                  Definitely impressed by this sales-pitch, they migrated towards the opening by which this man stood, leaving the forlorn merchants in the street. After Lukai followed Arc, Elise, Cay, and Seek into the restaurant, Adam stopped down by a young woman, the person who had tried to sell an orange to Arc.

                  “This belongs to you,” he said, taking an orange and handing her a payment with a serene smile. With that, he followed his friends inside, and the black-haired man entered also and closed a stern wooden door after them.

                  Ironically, the atmosphere within the walls of the mountain proved much less muggy. The man, presumably the owner, sat them all down around a table and then went behind a counter to clean more glasses. The actual seats had been sculpted out of the bulwarks of the mountain, but the smooth stone felt surprisingly comfortable. Lukai looked about him. Sturdy pieces of wood formed the rafters below the stone ceiling; the architects had strategically cut a series of small holes through the superstructure to allow air movement; and pleasantly dim streams of light echoed about the walls from just the right amount of lanterns. The room could sit up to about twenty parties of their size. Currently, the room was far from crowded, yet not at all lonely. Lukai rubbed his hand across the fine top of the heavy, wooden table; this place breathed an aura of coziness and safety.

                  Once they were situated at the table, Arc struck up a conversation.

                  “Man, I’ve always known that Matra was quite the bazaar—I’ve been here before—but what was with that ?”

                  “Hard times,” Cay said softly, “like in Danu, but things could only have gotten worse since. And at that time making a living was tough.” She thought of her time in Danu: she was livelier, and things were much simpler then.

                  “It’s what you’ve got to do, if you want to live….” Seek muttered, staring down at the table.

                  “Yeah, but I don’t see why…” Arc began, but stopped himself short when a waitress appeared at their table, ready to write down what they wanted. She had long black hair and her facial features betrayed an obvious familial resemblance to the owner. Fedchi-family’s restaurant, alright, Arc thought. The woman would be just the type he’d have hit on in the past, had he been so dumb to miss that her father was in the room. But he couldn’t hold a gaze too long—Elise was sitting right next to him.

                  After she had taken the orders, the waitress suddenly said, “It’s because we’re running out of people to sell to.”

                  “Wha…?” Arc replied, surprised that she must have overheard the beginnings of their conversation. The waitress looked strong, but very concerned.

                  “Since Jugere was destroyed, we can’t trade with them anymore, and less and less people come by here.”

                  “And the ones that do are all looking for work; to set up shop,” said the owner from behind his counter, hearing his daughter speaking and dropping the advertising tone he had taken to solicit their business out on the street to join the conversation, “It’s just raising the competition—a hundred people trying to sell something for every one person looking to buy. People like you are quite the commodity.”

                  Cay looked at Arc and then they both looked at his crutches sitting on the stone seats. None of them had to pay for them; it had been merely provided by the personnel on Hardin’s ship. And they had been given free food and places to stay while on the airship. For a moment, Arc, Seek, and Cay shared the same thoughts. They had been incredibly lucky over the past few months. Eluding death on multiple occasions, they escaped rot and ruin by joblessness and homelessness (or slaughter by monsters) by always having someone to take them in, under a variety of coincidental circumstances. They had the money to eat at this restaurant only because they hadn’t had to spend it all just to survive . They weren’t skilled and resourceful like the monster hunters Adam and Elise; if Prince Hardin were to suddenly have no use for them, where would they go? Would they be left all alone to fend for themselves? The thought was more than humbling, almost embarrassing.

                  Where would I…where would I….go? Seek thought to himself, his head hung so the dim light swam past and above his face.

                  They all sat in silence for a time, enjoying the warm peace of the restaurant, and ate their food once the owner’s daughter brought it out. If there was another Fedchi working at the restaurant they didn’t ask.

                  *****

                  Meanwhile, Hardin had taken to the Capitol building with his officials. Officials from Joyt accompanied him in order to coordinate any potential military strike, and his airship now held a few small Joyt runner vessels to serve as temporary relays until he returned to Lerandelia to reorganize his forces. Clad in his brilliant armor, he may as well had golden skin as so much a target those at the marketplace marked his presence. His guards swiped their arms shouting “Make way, make way!” to cleave a path through the streets, and finally up a path on a hill to the Capitol building. The structure itself rested, embedded, partway into the slope of a looming mountain. He marched up the marble stairs with his tidings; and the sentinels directed them to a room to await the standing leaders on this matter of urgent business.

                  After an hour of patient waiting, the hall directors at last administered Hardin and his officials to a large meeting room, where three Representatives sat like statues at the other end. Hardin marched down the center of the room; a rug of a very light tint of gray lay beneath the path of his feet. The walls, too, were of a light, grayish, whitish cast—a notable contrast to the deep, rich browns, purples and indigos of Matra’s frowning mountain walls and dismal shadows. The effect was like walking outside from a dark room into the sun, though in fact he had entered a building.

                  He looked up at the three Representatives before them, who sat atop a large throne with three seats; one higher than the other two that rested at either side at equal height. Hardin knew the faces of these men: they were Nitra Ghaestus at center, Hyclid Bolraen at left, and Faber Kaltras at right, the Representatives of Taeron. If he had more time, he could have scheduled to meet with a more complete assembly of the Representatives from other towns, but hopefully the three from the capital would prove enough influence for his purposes. Each was a flabby man in white uniform, and seated on their chairs, their bloated heads drew the shape of a triangle. Hardin found their image peculiarly disturbing. But he began promptly nonetheless.

                  “Nitra Ghaestus, Hyclid Bolraen, Faber Kaltras: I am Prince Hardin Ordic of Lerandelia. I come before you with a message and a request,” he said formally.

                  “If you mean to inform us of the destruction of Antaross; indeed, we already know,” stated Ghaestus in a slow, drawn-out voice, almost like that of a ghost’s.

                  “Indeed,” Hardin replied.

                  “What then is your request?” Kaltras queried.

                  “The perpetrator of assault on humankind is the monster, Gjigrajheth, with whom I now rage war. I beseech you to lend me your military assistance in this time of great peril, that we may end this scourge once and for all. I already have the support of Joyt in this historical endeavor.”

                  “Interesting….” Ghaestus said, but trailed off into silence, as if taking some time to think.

                  Hardin waited in silence.

                  “…Interesting that you would ask such a thing, when our concerns lie chiefly here,” he continued at last.

                  “But clearly no one, not even this country, is safe while this demon and his beasts still strive,” Hardin stated with resolution.

                  “The citizens are starving . We’re swamped with immigrants from all over trying to make a living. But we have no one to trade with; the economy is on its knees. What would you have me do? Fund a war? With what will we pay the soldiers and workers? Or maybe it’s just that you want me to split families that can’t even make it now and send off the men on this little crusade, leaving the rest to fend? No, to oblige your request would mean the fall of Matra.” By now Ghaestus was leaning forward in his seat, his bulky body pouring forth from the cramped space of the chair.

                  “And I don’t think the other city states will agree to this, either,” Bolraen added in a quick, busybody-like voice.

                  “But Matra will never survive while the threat of Gjigrajheth hovers, poised to fall upon you at any moment. Join me now, and rebuild your country with peace of mind,” Hardin persisted.

                  “The people will not see it like that,” Ghaestus said in hushed tones, “They will see us as thieves of their husbands, sons and brothers; their wives, daughters, and sisters. They’ll think us unfit to govern; unconcerned about their daily struggles and deaf to their pain. And then they’ll come, pounding on my doors with weapons! Ohhh!” Ghaestus put his hands to his head, as if a mob was already pounding on his skull.

                  “The other Representatives are not here, anyway. We cannot decide without them,” Bolraen said further, “What do you think, Kaltras?”

                  “I think our concerns lie here, not with the Prince of Lerandelia,” he replied, “And every Representative is required to agree for Matra to make a positive decision.”

                  “I agree,” said Ghaestus, “Prince, you may now leave. We have business of our own to attend to.” The sentinels who had stood aside watching this whole encounter shifted forward to escort Hardin out and into his accommodations. Hardin could see that he could reason no further with these Representatives.

                  “You’ll be grateful to me when I destroy this monster and make your lands safe!” Hardin called as the sentinels stepped in front of him and walked forward. The sound reverberated throughout the hall, but fell on deaf ears.

                  *****

                  After the meal, the group decided to brave the merchant-sellers and survey what they had to offer in order to kill the time. Umbrellas, clocks, bread, guns, bandages, berries, cheese, books, medicine, all sorted in the booths in front of the grey-bricked buildings that lined the roots of the mountains—one could find just about anything, but food items were the most common. The sun of the mid-afternoon steadily concentrated on them, but the oceanic shadows of the mountains dampened much of the heat; nonetheless, Lukai bought a new canteen of water.

                  They spent two hours swiveling through the crowds, losing each other at times and then regrouping a few minutes later. After about an hour, Elise, seeing after a hiatus the cast of familiar faces, noted that they had better find an inn to stay in for the night while workers cleaned and maintained the needs of the airship. But then Arc noticed something.

                  “Hey, where’s Seek?” he said suddenly, ashamed he hadn’t noticed his absence.

                  *****

                  A lone soul walked the empty dirt path through the mountain plains. Tan dust, beaten heavily in decades past, but now long still, shifted amenably under his quiet footsteps. The trail was wide enough to allow two lanes of wagons to pass by each other, close enough to allow its drivers to good-naturedly exchange greetings, but such images faded away as the happiness in prosperity drifted into the forgotten past.

                  Seek walked silently down the path, watching the short wooden poles that held up the meager fences at either side as they passed. The afternoon sunk into early evening as the sun silently tugged it behind the peaceful mountains. Calm wind caressed the grass like a tender hand over a pet, the rich greens growing deeper in the coming night. He would be returning home ….

                  He had fallen behind while following Arc and Cay through the Taeron marketplace, lost in thought and not keeping his eyes forward; he had taken this time to compel a decision. And now, having left the town and heading across the silent plains, he believed he had come to the right conclusion.

                  “Old”—that’s the word he felt described himself. He already suffered weariness under this load of futile adventures. Everything was disappearing. Nothing left but to resign—find what makes you happy before it’s too late. He could not tell Arc where he was going; he would not understand. Nothing happy dwelled aboard an airship. Just travelers incapable of their goals. Just a restless youth torn asunder by passion. Just a heartbroken girl unable to relive lost memories. And only the chance to spend one’s days observing it like a transparent bystander. No, he could not explain this to Arc; he was tired of living in the shadow of his only friend. He wanted something for himself; he had made up his mind.

                  He hiked upright, but emotionally he felt as if he was crawling. He had seen no one since he left the city, and now the sky darkened. Only the fields, mountains, and moon could see his face as he continued his pace. He admired the softness of light that spread across the grassy fields, a vast blanket across the soil. Finally—peace.

                  After unknown hours, he came to the edge of a hill and looked down through exhausted eyes, waking out of a sleepy meditation with a shiver at the touch of a chill wind journeying past him over the hill. There lay a small scattering of houses—purple in the dark—overlooking a small pond, with subtle beams of orange humming from their windows, lit like torches from a distance. Not exactly a “secluded little cottage in a forest clearing…” Seek thought to himself. He took the time to stop and gather his nerve before heading down the hill.

                  In the surreal light of the lanterns and windows, all of the houses appeared the same to Seek as he strolled alone down the narrow pebble streets. But he knew where he was going; he read the letter where it all was described to him many times. Over the hill and into the street, past the rose garden…. Crossing past some groves, Seek bubbled with nervous emotion. The last thing he had written in a letter addressed to here was, “The next time I’m in Matra, I’ll come for you.” Now as he was closing in on the door of his destination, he wished with anxiety that he had a little bit more time to think everything through again, but the promise of that which stood in front of him and the light shining out of the windows lured him forth.

                  That inducement led him all the way to steps leading up to a porch. He hesitated and straightened his shirt. He lifted his right arm to look at the six pink flowers he held tightly in his hand. He had bought them on impulse in Taeron and carried them all this way. He took a moment to straighten them out; they weren’t much, but at least they were pretty. At last he put his foot onto the first step and made the climb.

                  A large ornate wooden door stood before him. Unable to wait any longer, he took a deep breath and knocked on the door. Time threw knives at him while he waited and knocked again. Shortly after the second knock he heard footsteps and the door measuredly crept open—Seek could feel the glowing warmth coming from within the home as it did.

                  Then there she was. Long black hair down to her back, beautiful, innocent eyes, slight frame—he could see these even as the new weakness of his left eye blurred the sight of whatever he tried to focus on. He did not think of it then, but seeing that black-clad cultist on The Inspiration for the first time had reminded him of the woman who stood before him. He had first met her while she was temporarily staying in Jaegar, but the return to a sailor’s life after a brief station in that capital city kept them apart. They wrote letters even after she returned home—here—to live with her well-off family. She was a very decent person, Seek thought, not like the cast of floozies Arc always picked up; indeed, Arc never knew about her. Seek gulped.

                  “Hello,” Seek said pleasantly after forgetting whatever eloquent thing he had to say. The pink flowers rustled behind his back, and he made to present them.

                  “Hello,” the woman said kindly with a bewildered smile, “….Do I know you?”

                  A rush of breath stopped halfway out of Seek’s lungs and he thought the wind would soon come spraying through his clenched teeth while he choked on it, as the woman stared straight into his face. The haggard ribbons of pinked, puffy flesh seemed to draw the bars of a jail cell across his face. The scars still had to heal completely—he hadn’t dared to examine himself in a mirror yet, and he hadn’t caught much of it in blurry glimpses. She…doesn’t recognize me? he thought. It had been such a long time—and she wouldn’t recall knowing a man with scars running across his face. His mind raced. Or maybe…she remembers…but with these scars… Looking deep into her face, he made out what looked like winces as she eyed his injury. He felt weak and inferior, and hid his flowers even further behind his back. N..no…she, deserves….better…. He sensed himself breaking up even in the thoughts of his mind.

                  “S, sorry….wrong house,” he somehow managed with composure. With a smile, the woman gently closed the door, cutting him off from the breath of warmth.

                  He turned with a gag of held breath and almost stumbled down the stairs into the darkness. Retreating with his back hunched and arms up, he didn’t even notice as the pink flowers loosened out of his grip and fell scattered at the base of the steps. Small pools of tears welled up in his eyes; stinging droplets leaked and dribbled from the cut in his eyelid. He winced as his scars caused him a dull pain as they stretched with his skin to meet his grimace. The cold of night snapped at his contorted face.

                  Meandering out of the town, the soft song of nature was replaced by a sense of a horrible, chaotic wilderness. Every patch of darkness seemed to chain a starved beast dying to get its claws on straggling travelers. Broken and limping through the night, he had to make the trip back now or else the airship might leave without him; even as “home” sifted incorporeal through his fingers.

                  *****

                  Guillermo walked briskly up the dark, craggy mountains. It had been a hassle, but finally they had reached the peaks of Matra, the site of Aleksi and Sasha’s group’s clandestine headquarters. Rain too turbulent to fly safely through had crashed down upon the town of their inn. They could only gingerly move their stolen airship to an even less visible site, and stay huddled inside. Waiting inside a pilfered ship for a day and a half for seemingly ceaseless rains to clear proved exceedingly nerve-racking, but then again, Antaross wasn’t in the best of shape to search for them. At last the downpour died down and they could take off; one and a half more days later and they arrived. Having finally eaten in the town, Aleksi and Sasha were back to their brooding selves.

                  They navigated through deep cracks in the mountains traversable only by foot. Even in the afternoon the high canopy of rock obstructed their vision of the sun. After about an hour of hiking, they came to a very marked fork in the path ahead. Aleksi turned to Guillermo.

                  “Alright, you can’t see the way starting from here,” he said, producing a hefty blindfold from the pack he had been carrying. Guillermo looked at him quizzically.

                  “Are you sure he won’t be able to feel the way we’re going to take?” Sasha suggested.

                  “What if I peek?” Guillermo added.

                  “We have to take all the precautions necessary,” Aleksi stated after a slight frown, “But we have means of dealing with those who rat us out.” He held up the blindfold an inch from Guillermo’s nose. Guillermo could see the situation from their point of view and obeyed the rule. Led by the shoulders from either side, he sensed that his confreres must have led him in circles and zigzags just to throw him off. At any rate, the path seemed a confusing trip up and down slopes and helixes, and he soon lost interest in tracing the convoluted path, opting instead to pay attention to the distilled air brush past his skin. He had grown quite used to his hypersensitivity; it felt as natural as using his arms now. The inkling of gradually cooler temperatures and less light allowed Guillermo to anticipate an eventual descent into unknown worlds embedded far below the earth’s surface. Everything grew darker and darker as in a coffin within a coffin ensepulchered in some lightless cavity.

                  Then suddenly, a stone door closed behind him as if it had just appeared out of nothing for that purpose. Loose ends of the blindfold fell past his ears, but things grew barely less dark. Only the tiniest bead of light hovered ahead of them; even with keen senses of awareness, Guillermo had a frustrating time pinpointing from how far ahead it beckoned them. They headed through what must have been a long corridor in the direction of the glow; Guillermo turned his head to either side along the way sensing open space and wondering what lied in that nothingness. In time, the light had grown to the size of a chamber door; they entered into it and turned the corner into a staircase that corkscrewed into a new room from which the light had its origin.

                  In the pale light, Guillermo saw a medley of dark-clad figures sitting hunched over slate desks, with scant candles shedding small amounts of light on their robes and barely illuminating what appeared to be their workspaces. Guillermo heard soft scratches coming from long pens, as well as the occasional tap of glass as the tools withdrew from bottles of ink. Two ragged books lay on each table, one from which the quiet scribes read from, another in which they wrote. Guillermo instantly thought of the ancient book depicting concepts of Dobbel that Sasha had shown him while in Baines; he fought an impulse to snatch any one of these tomes to see what he could discover.

                  The shadowy persons stayed devout to their work, turning to face Guillermo only as the three of them maneuvered past. With hooded cloaks hung over visages, Guillermo could not see their eyes—only expressionless mouths that he could not decide if each were either male or female. They must have had keen vision accustomed to darkness, for the dim gleam of the candles provided them with enough light to read from their texts, even though Guillermo could not delineate any more than soft curves from their eyes. He passed this room and into the next, in which a hulking shadow sat upon a pedestal towards the center back of the room, with a desk at its side.

                  Aleksi and Sasha plunged further in front of him, and both stooped to one knee; Guillermo could see two other figures working in the upper-left and lower-right corners of the room, while more ominous corridors twisted out of it.

                  “Elder Talus,” Aleksi and Sasha said in reverence to the looming figure in front of them. The mass leaned forward from a reclining position into candlelight so that Guillermo could see the Elder clearly from his position in the room.

                  With alarm, Guillermo saw that the figure wore an extravagant red mask across his face, with black lemon-shaped holes for eyes and exaggerated protrusions for the nose, brow, and chin. The vizard bore strange markings that mingled with gaunt shadows. Around the mask shot strands of white hair, forming a set of jagged blades assembling a mane-like beard. Over the owner of the mask’s frame hung heavy black robes that opened over the torso, revealing a wide chest. Guillermo did not know this, but all of these Elders received new names upon their enunciation, as Bastraglon had; but judging from the mask and his location, this Elder appeared the greatest Elder of them all. Talus put a fist to his chin to observe the entrants into this chamber, if indeed he could see through that formidable mask.

                  “Aleksi. Sasha. So. Is this the subject from Jugere?” Talus said in a methodical, commanding voice that seemed almost completely unobstructed by the cover of the mask.

                  “Yes, Elder,” Aleksi said, rising from his knees and Sasha soon after him. Guillermo could only wonder how this Elder had heard of him—and for how long he had known of him. It appeared that whatever else Aleksi and Sasha had to say to the Elder, they had to address his questions first.

                  “Interesting. Interesting indeed,” Talus replied, signaling the scribe to his left to travel down a corridor behind him, “For we also have a competing candidate, from clear across the world.”

                  What?! Guillermo thought, noting that Aleksi and Sasha also visually reeled at this news. How desperate is Dobbel?—Guillermo hadn’t expected anything like this. He hadn’t even thought of it at this stage. But considering his unique position as one of the “Chosen,” it seemed only inevitable that he would come to have knowledge of whoever else had the same calling as he. In any event, a group of only two people like him on earth, himself included, proved a very small minority indeed. For now he only could contain his innervation while he waited to size up his rival.

                  The scribe returned quickly while carrying a torch—whoever Talus sent him for apparently heard the preceding conversation and already started making their way down the hall to meet the nameless scribe halfway. Guillermo detected ponderous footsteps rolling down the hall. An enormous shadow lurched towards the chamber—only the footsteps rumbled far too raucously for it to be a shadow merely.

                  Before Guillermo realized it, a mammoth shape ducked under the frame of the chamber door and now stood to its full height. Guillermo thought the dim light was deceiving him, for a huge man, built even as powerfully as Gjigrajheth, stared straight at him under a solid brow. Guillermo gasped. The man before him had the same chocolate-colored skin that Guillermo had found so unique in Cay; wild, feathery strands of dark brown—almost black—hair hung over his face and came to a long queue at the back of his head that hung, braided, over his bare shoulders. Tattoos of foreign origin spanned across his muscles. He wore a white shirt that covered his torso, but not his shoulders or arms. Leggings tied to his waist with rope, both made from animal skin, hung to just above his knees, and his lower legs stretched into heavyset boots. At his left arm clung a woman in a black, hooded cloak. Strands of rich, blonde hair hung from below the folds of the hood, and the woman’s full lips folded into an amused smile that complemented playful emerald eyes. She held onto the man beside her, prizing him as if he was a golem she fashioned out of clay.

                  “Hello, Aleksi and Sasha,” she said with a husky accent and cunning grin, “I have someone I want you to meet!”
                  "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                  Comment


                    #84
                    Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                    New chapter by Mora. Now that things have settled in with the new story arc, things begin changing again. Lots of stuff happens and two characters are officially introduced. In yesterday's addition, I failed to mention that Elder Talus was a new character, but his role is minor at best. But in today's addition, we get the lowdown on Valeria and Magnus, rival trainer and candidate to Aleksi/Sasha and Guillermo. Valeria's quite the sexy individual, apparently, and the pair is more than arrogant. There will be another geography update again in the future, what is to be the last known geographical location of interest, but as you can probably guess, it's from whatever 'halfway across the world' island or continent that Magnus comes from. And Dedalus is deceptively clever.

                    _____

                    84th Post - Mora 11

                    *Mora11* - *eighty-four*

                    Hardin stormed into his office on his airship with an attendant trailing him. He had never imagined he’d have been as completely refused as he had been by Matra. His plans required their cooperation; there was no way in hell he could pull off an operation the size it would take to bring down Gjigrajheth without as many nations cooperating as possible. Joyt and his own small forces couldn’t even hope to put a dent in his vast array of monstrosities.

                    “Your Highness?” the attendant timidly asked.

                    “What is it?!” Hardin spat out, uncharacteristically moody.

                    “Well,” the attendant began, even more timidly than before, “what are our plans now? Shall we travel back to Lerandelia as planned, or…”

                    “How should I know?” Hardin spat again. He sat at his desk and covered his face in his hands. He really didn’t know what to do now. After a few moments, he lifted his head and said, wearily, “I’m sorry. It was unbecoming of me to snap at you like that. It’s just… Matra was one of the linchpins. We can’t do anything until we have their support. Nothing short of a sword at their throat will make them join me, however, and…” His voice trailed off as a thought dawned on him. He realized that he was in the position of weakness in this bargaining, not they. What did he have, after all: a title given to him solely by birth, an unproven ability at leadership, an ally that seemed to have been thrust under his command against its own will and a hired bunch of thugs? He must appear as a petulant overgrown child in the eyes of the seasoned rulers of Matra. Obviously, it was a question of authority. He, despite his current standing, had little at all. But he knew where to get it.

                    “Your Highness?” the attendant asked again, after a brief period of silence had transpired.

                    A look of enlightenment had overcome Hardin. “I think it was a mistake to delay my coronation. We shall continue on to Lerandelia as originally planned. However, once we land, immediate preparations are to be made for my coronation. It has become clear to me that no one will take me or my cause seriously as long as I keep the title of ‘prince.’ Once that is done, we will continue anew in our quest for allies… willing or not.”

                    The attendant looked confused. “What do you mean, Your Highness?”

                    “Simply, if some countries are unwilling to make the decision to fight the Beast, we will just have to make it for them. All it takes for some people to change their tune is to put a sword to their throat.”

                    “A…ha,” the attendant nervously said, trying to sound like he went along with the Prince’s philosophy.

                    “I want you to gather the rest of the staff and bring them here, we have much to discuss. I want to leave immediately.”

                    *****

                    Guillermo stood flabbergasted. Not only had he just been informed that he wasn’t quite as unique as he thought he was, but his “competitor” had turned out to be about twice his size. He heard Sasha curse the name “Valeria” under her breath. He assumed that was the name of this somberly dressed, but otherwise very attractive-looking, woman who seemed to be associated with the brute.

                    “Magnus,” the woman named Valeria announced, “this is Aleksi and his… ‘companion,’ Sasha. And with them is the other one we’ve been hearing about.”

                    “My name,” Guillermo said coldly, “is Guillermo Avory.”

                    Aleksi turned to give Guillermo a dirty look. “You are not to speak unless you are directly addressed!” he whispered harshly.

                    Valeria just smiled. “Then Guillermo it is.”

                    It seemed to be the enormous man’s turn to speak. “I am Magnus Aemilius,” he said in a rumbling voice. It was obvious that he was going through similar dental metamorphosis to Guillermo. He smiled, as if to welcome attention to his more advanced changes. “It warms my heart to see there is someone that understands the burden I carry.” Guillermo didn’t smile back.

                    “We also appreciate you keeping Gjigrajheth busy for us,” Valeria added, in an almost haughty tone.

                    “That is quite enough!” Talus called out.

                    “Yes, Elder,” Valeria replied, reverently.

                    “If there is no further business…” Talus said, hoping to continue with events.

                    “There is another matter that concerns you, Elder,” Aleksi stated. He fished out the key. “We found what we believe to be one of the Keys.”

                    It was impossible to see any expression on Talus’s face with his mask, but his voice noticeably showed shock and excitement. “You what?! Bring that to me!”

                    Aleksi walked forward to Talus and kneeled before him, offering the key in his hand. “We don’t know which one it is. We were hoping the more exhaustive volumes here could clarify.”

                    Talus snatched it in his hand and studied it carefully. “This is a most fortunate windfall for us! I see you had not been nearly as careless as I thought. Where did you encounter it?”

                    “A mere hired thug had it upon his person,” Aleksi explained. “We commandeered it from him and kept it under guard until we came here.”

                    “Twinynus or Grimymus, eh?” Talus said to himself. “We’ll have to run some tests on it, to make sure it’s legitimate, of course.”

                    “With all due respect,” Sasha began, “I think we deserve to know what is going on. We were not given any indication that there were multiple candidates.”

                    “Dobbel revealed to us that another should be found,” Talus calmly explained. “We do not question him, although I imagine this fixation Gjigrajheth had on your Guillermo might explain it.”

                    “Obviously this ‘Magnus’ was chosen before ours,” Aleksi mentioned, alluding to Magnus’s advancement.

                    “Actually,” Talus said in an amused voice, “he was found shortly after I sent you two to recover Mr. Avory.” Guillermo seemed to take this news rather badly, frowning even more at Magnus. Magnus merely grinned in pride. Guillermo couldn’t believe it, it was almost as if Magnus seemed to like what was happening to him. He looked away. “At any rate,” Talus continued, “it seems that both have reached us without injury. However, we hardly have use for both. There shall be a duel; the last one standing shall be chosen to move forward in our plans.”

                    Guillermo and Sasha looked shocked and appalled, while Valeria and Magnus seemed to be amused. Aleksi seemed to consider the turn of events more intellectually than the others, looking like he was deep in thought. “Elder,” Sasha began, trying to inject some reason into the proceedings, “don’t you think this course of action is hasty? We’ve only just arrived and you’re talking about getting rid of one of the candidates. Shouldn’t we wait until we hear from Dobbel in this matter?”

                    Talus seemed to be growing impatient with their impudence. “Let it be known that I am humoring your endless questioning. As a matter of fact, Dobbel is the one that told me to do this, my dear Sasha. You would have done well to spend your time training your candidate instead of getting mired with the Anteronian military and getting one of us killed, not to mention risking the security of this entire endeavor! It is a testament to my patience and mercy—although the Key helps—that I don’t have the both of you under lock and key.” Talus paused after he said this. “You are all dismissed until further announcements.” Magnus led Valeria out back to the corridor, stooping once more to fit through the entrance. Talus motioned to one of his lackeys to come forward. “Escort our newly arrived friends to their quarters,” he ordered.

                    Guillermo couldn’t believe this. Even when he had arrived to the one place he thought he might be accepted, he was being forced to fight. Was this his life, his meaning? To kill or be killed? “We’ll find a way around this,” Sasha said to him as they were being led out, “don’t you worry.”

                    *****

                    Adam trailed after Elise in search of Seek. They had been doing so for a few hours, having split up into groups. Cay had oddly enough insisted that she would be fine to search by herself. This left the remaining four to form into groups. Elise had initially decided on herself and Arc, which meant the last group was Adam and Lukai. After some prodding from Adam, however, the grouping had changed to Adam and Elise. Elise simply shrugged to Arc as they went in separate directions. They could talk later, anyways.

                    “I wonder what got into Seek in the first place, taking off like that,” Elise wondered aloud to no one in particular, but of course Adam heard her.

                    “I dunno. He’s been through some rough times lately, you know? I mean his face and all. I don’t wanna find out how much it must hurt, getting scratched up like that.”

                    Elise looked towards the ground. “I feel… sorta guilty about this though.”

                    “About Seek’s face? You couldn’t have done anything more than what you did. It was war, there’re sacrifices. You know that. Hell, you’re the one that told me that in the first place.”

                    “I don’t mean about what happened in Antaross. You’re right, that was out of my control. I can deal with that. It’s… everything that happened afterwards. We haven’t really been there for each other lately, have we?”

                    Adam paused for a moment and chose his words. “Well, you and Cay were real nice about helping him get healed.”

                    “I’m not sure we were. I mean, after all the excitement of the battle and its aftermath was gone, I… I hadn’t really thought much about Seek at all. As a matter of fact, I never really thought much about him before, either. And this afternoon…how long was he gone before we noticed?”

                    Adam shrugged. “Some people just don’t stand out in a crowd.”

                    “I just feel like I’ve been taking him for granted, you know?” Adam stiffened up at this. “I mean, this really goes to show you. If Seek had dropped off the face of the earth, we would have barely noticed. Even Arc, and they’re supposedly best friends. He hadn’t been spending much time with Seek, either.”

                    “So I saw,” Adam replied, coldly, scratching an imaginary itch. “Seems he had other appointments.”

                    Elise looked back at her brother. “And just what does that mean?”

                    “Saw you two looking pretty friendly, that’s all.”

                    “Look, Arc and I are friends. We talk to each other and, gods forbid, enjoy each other’s company. Am I not allowed to have that? Are you saying you’re actually JEALOUS, Adam?”

                    Adam looked away and sniffed. “Don’t know what you mean by that. It’s just that it’s pretty new for you to take to someone like that.”

                    “You mean someone that isn’t you.”

                    “Would you get off that subject? It’s grossin’ me out.”

                    Elise almost had to laugh at Adam’s immaturity. He was the baby, and when it came to matters between the two of them, he tended to act like it. But, she thought, looking back at him, he wasn’t really the baby she carried in her mind from all those years ago. He was striding along, much taller than the rest of them in their group, even Guillermo when he was with them during their stay in Kolika Bay. His rigorous training schedule had shed any resemblance to the boy she had grown up with. He was more like the other Hunters on board their ship: a disciplined warrior with a powerfully muscled build. He certainly looked older than his age, but Elise knew that she did, as well. It’s what their lifestyle did. It made people old, toughened the skin, and hardened the heart. That’s what she foresaw for Adam’s future: a grubby lonewolf, unable to understand people. But there were moments like these where she saw that little boy shine through the grime and dirt, a child jockeying for his big sister’s attention.

                    “Don’t worry, Adam,” she replied, with a strange sort of grin on her face. “We won’t ever be separated. At least, not really.”

                    *****

                    Hardin sat behind his desk looking at his officers, who stood at attention in his office, waiting for their meeting to begin. There were some he knew from Lerandelia, who had followed him after his initial vow to follow Gjigrajheth to his lair. They had actually been his caretakers since he had been a boy, older military men appointed to him by his father, but as he had matured, they had evolved into advisors. They helped disseminate orders down to the monster hunters. Speaking of them, a few of the primary Hunters that had spread word to recruit others were also present, as the other Hunters looked to them and respected them as authorities.

                    “It has come to my attention,” he started, “that the plan we have devised to collect the military power needed to wage war on Gjigrajheth is a failure. Matra refuses their assistance and without such an ally, we would surely fall against the Beast’s great hordes. I have had time to ponder why they would do such a thing. I have come to the conclusion that we, as we are now, are nothing more than a haggard, motley band of would-be crusaders with a man-child to lead them. At least, that is what they see. So, I accept that. But I also vow to change it. Therefore, I am throwing the old plan to the wayside.”

                    The men in front of him cast anxious glances at each other in preparation of the news they knew Hardin was about to reveal to them. “We shall leave Matra at once and return to Lerandelia. There, I will undergo my coronation. I, however, will not be using the title ‘king.’ The concepts of kings and kingdoms have become antiquated. As my father and aunt exemplified, such a passive birthright no longer commands authority in political circles. Instead, I will become Emperor and Lerandelia will be my empire.”

                    This caused quite a ruckus. “But sir!” one of his advisors spoke up. “This change will most certainly prove too drastic for both Lerandelia and her allies. Joyt may very well revoke its assistance if it sees such radical action.”

                    “Joyt allied with us BECAUSE of our radical action. They won’t say anything,” Hardin said.

                    One of the monster hunters stepped forward and rubbed his chin in thought. “What I don’t get is how this is going to change things. Matra won’t join up with us just because you change your title or whatever.”

                    Hardin smiled. “No, they won’t. Unfortunately, it has become clear that Matra has become blind to the dangers the world poses to its own safety. A stronger nation must rise and lead the way to the future, a future where human beings are not the puppets of that vile creature. I am of the mind that no other country is better suited to the task than Lerandelia.”

                    Another advisor spoke up and said, “But the others are right! Taking such an aggressive stance in world politics is certain to vilify Lerandelia and her leader in the eyes of other nations.”

                    Hardin took on a very serious look. “Leave the other nations to me.”

                    *****

                    Cay strolled along through the outskirts of Taeron with a joyless look to her face. She had had the feeling lately that she was losing something, slowly; something important. If she could have looked at herself that moment, she wouldn’t have recognized herself. All vibrancy had left her; there was hollowness to her presence. She sighed. Everything felt so… so heavy lately.

                    She scanned her surroundings with her weary eyes. Seek wasn’t in her immediate area. She thought back to the moment they had realized that he had gone missing. She had felt a dull ache somewhere inside of her the moment she realized they had failed to keep track of him. She felt responsible. Seek was going through gods-knew-what lately, after the trauma to his face. She called herself a friend to him, but she had avoided him after he had been able to take care of himself again. She had been avoiding the others a lot, actually. She didn’t know why. It wasn’t a conscious decision. She just had a compulsion to be alone. That’s why she insisted to be the odd one out on this little manhunt.

                    She looked at the gravelly path beneath her feet as she kept walking. Things had gotten so complicated, ever since that day. Honestly, it was what she had wanted at the time. She wanted change, complexity, freedom. Here they were, at her fingertips and they weighed on her more than she thought they ever could. Although… maybe they weren’t the real reasons she felt so awful lately. He came to her mind. When she imagined him, he seemed so real. His smells, his sounds, his touch; he felt there. But it was always only a disappointing phantom of the mind, fog and smoke when she tried to touch it.

                    Guillermo… it had been a spiral ever since the last time he left. She had tried to rein in control with her new focus on independency, but here she was, mooning over the man that had pushed her away. She remembered when she had been on the other side of the pushing. Cay wondered if Guillermo had felt this awful, this lost after she had abruptly left their hometown.

                    “…Cay…” she heard someone say in front of her. She looked up and saw Seek standing there, perfectly innocent, as if he hadn’t run off at all. He looked like crap, but she supposed he couldn’t look great with those scars running across his face. His eyes looked irritated.

                    Cay sighed. “Where on earth did you go off to, Seek? You left without saying anything. You had us worried.”

                    “I had business,” Seek meekly replied.

                    “And?” Cay nudged.

                    “It’s done, now; for good.”

                    “All right, then,” Cay said, turning around back towards Taeron. “It’s getting dark; we need to head back right away. Don’t do something like that again, all right?”

                    “…Okay,” she barely heard Seek respond. She sighed inwardly and turned back around to face him.

                    “Look…” she began, trying hard to be compassionate, “I know things have been difficult for you lately. We haven’t really been there for you much at all, since you recovered. How…How are you holding up?”

                    Seek smiled. “I’m fine, Cay. You don’t have to worry.” His face began to appear slightly in pain, while Seek kept his smile. “I’m really, really fine!” he exclaimed, his voice cracking at the end, turning his smile into a grimace of anguish. “I’m fine!” he began sobbing. Cay looked at Seek. She walked over to him and he embraced her, weeping. “I don’t know, Cay! I just don’t! Where am I going? What am I doing? I’ve screwed up so bad!” he cried into her shoulder. She held him, placing her arm on his back, looking forward, despondently. She would never tell him, how she could stand there holding him in his moment of weakness, and not feel a thing.

                    *****

                    “So exactly how is this place set up?” Guillermo asked, once they had settled into their room. There were three cots, barely big enough for one adult and a small table with a chair. Guillermo was sitting on his cot at the moment, with Aleksi inspecting his fingernails with a look of such intensity on his face, that Guillermo knew he had to have his mind on something else. Sasha was pacing about, anxiously. “I saw on our way down that things seemed to get smaller.”

                    “The structure is that of an inverted casle, if you have to know,” Aleksi said, annoyed. “The largest rooms are by the top, which you saw, and spires reach downward.”

                    “Huh,” Guillermo said, not quite getting it. A few moments of tense silence flitted by. “What’s up with that Magnus guy?” he finally asked. “I mean… he seems way more advanced than I am. But you guys said…”

                    “I know what we said,” Sasha interrupted, with a tone of nervousness. “It looks like we weren’t being told everything. That… that man shouldn’t be here. I have no way to account for his development either. And you just know Valeria is laughing about us behind our backs, bragging about how she trained him better than we trained Guillermo, calling us lazy, stupid and…”

                    “Calm down,” Aleksi finally said, bringing Sasha’s rambling to a halt. “What does it matter? Valeria’s a *****, what’s new? We have ‘Miracle Boy,’ don’t we? Hasn’t died on us yet. And even if he does, that just means Magnus was better suited to the job.”

                    “It matters because we risked everything to get Guillermo to them, and this is how they thank us?! ‘Sorry for the trouble, but yours isn’t good enough’?”

                    “We’ll see, Sasha,” Aleksi said. “He’s not dead yet.”

                    “I’m not planning on losing, either,” Guillermo said in his own defense. “It’s just that… damn, that guy’s a brute. And he’s not stupid, either, I bet. With monsters, you have the advantage of being smarter than them. This one… I’m not sure what I’m gonna do. Is it really gonna be a fight to the death?”

                    “Didn’t say,” Aleksi curtly said. “I imagine it’ll last until a clear winner can be declared.” That didn’t help Guillermo’s mood, as he sighed and looked down at the floor.

                    “That’s it, I can’t stay cooped up in here for the rest of the night,” Sasha declared. “I’m going out. I don’t care what I do, but I’m going out.”

                    “I agree. I have better things to do than to lie around and watch Guillermo sprout a tail or whatever,” Aleksi chimed in. “I’ll probably chat up a few acquaintances, see what I can find out about Magnus and Valeria. Will that turn Little Gui’s frown upside-down?”

                    “Go to hell,” Guillermo growled.

                    Aleksi smiled. “Guess not.”

                    “And what am I supposed to do all by myself in the meantime?” Guillermo asked as they both headed out the door. They didn’t say anything, but Aleksi could think of a thing or two.

                    *****

                    Adam tapped his foot against the cobbled ground as he sat on the edge of a fountain in the middle of a square in Taeron. Lukai, Arc and Elise were also waiting there with him, as dusk had already gone by, with it turning hurriedly to night. The streetlamps had been lit, causing a glow to settle over them. He sighed. They had all agreed to meet back here at sunset. Cay hadn’t shown, so now they had two truants.

                    “Wanna split into groups again?” Arc asked.

                    “Yeah, because that worked so well the first time,” Adam hostilely retorted.

                    Arc was taken aback by the sudden, unmerited burst of sarcasm from Adam. “Sheesh, sorry, big guy.”

                    “Look, we’ll wait some more, then head back to our inn, okay?” Elise offered. “We still have curfew.”

                    “I can’t believe Seek’d pull something like this in the first place,” Lukai complained. “I mean, the other Hunters are gonna see us arrive late and they’ll figure out what happened. Seek is gonna get a rough time from the others. Hate to say it, but we’re not exactly beloved, you know. Taking on a bunch of novices really made their respect for you guys’ slip.”

                    Arc felt self-conscious, and Elise could tell. “They don’t matter to me. They have something to say, they can say it to me. Arc and the others wanted a shot, and they had the determination. I admit they could’ve chosen a better opportunity than this, but they stuck through with it. Maybe… maybe Seek was just having second thoughts after…”

                    “Yeah…” Arc whispered. He looked around some more, and saw two people climbing the hill towards them. “Hey! It’s them!”

                    Cay trudged forward, helping Seek along by holding her arm around his shoulders. Seek had stopped crying and was now quiet, with a look of shame on his face. Cay looked tired. She eventually was able to guide Seek over to the rest of the group. “Found him,” she said.

                    “We’d like an explanation,” Adam irritably said.

                    “Sorry, I just…” Seek replied, seeming on the verge of tearing up again.

                    “He’s just had a bad day. Let’s lay off him,” Cay said. “We’re all tired, right? Let’s just go to bed.”

                    Lukai shrugged. “Can’t argue with that logic.”

                    They began to head for the inn, but Arc couldn’t help but keep looking over to Seek. He seemed so alone, even though he was surrounded by them. It made Arc very sad, sadder than he had been for a long time. This must be what Seek feels, he thought, whenever we’re together.

                    *****

                    Valeria leaned her back against the stone wall. She brushed some hair out of her face as she sighed. This was the last thing she wanted to be doing at the moment. She had received word from another member that Sasha had wanted to meet with her in a certain location at a certain time. So she had come out of curiosity, but, naturally, not unarmed. She put a hand on her nunchaku. If Sasha thought she could threaten her into giving up the duel, she had another thing coming. Sasha had always been contemptuous towards her, even though Valeria had been a member longer. She couldn’t think of a reason why, besides her obviously greater beauty.

                    But it was one thing to be jealous; it was quite another to be tardy. Valeria had arrived before the appointed time, but it had already been a quarter of an hour since the time had passed. She thought of forgetting about this whole arrangement and returning to Magnus, when she heard footsteps coming down the hallway. She turned and saw Sasha; the same old Sasha. “Would you mind telling me what I’m doing here?” Valeria asked.

                    “Hardly anyone uses this part of the facility anymore,” Sasha answered. “What I have to say I want to say in private.”

                    “That’s not what I meant and you know it. What exactly could you have to say to me, huh, Sasha? If it’s about the duel, forget it. I’m not the one that decided on it and I’m not the one that can stop it. And if you think for one moment that I’ll let Magnus throw the match…”

                    “I need your help so that Magnus can win it,” Sasha suddenly, and surprisingly, said.

                    Valeria was caught off guard and didn’t know quite what to say. “Would you… mind… saying that again? Because I’m not quite sure I heard you correctly.”

                    “I don’t want Guillermo to win, Valeria. I want your help to make sure Magnus does.”

                    “But isn’t Guillermo your candidate, the one you trained?! Why on earth do you expect me to believe you would want your own candidate to lose?! Your little ruse won’t work, Sasha. Goodbye.” Valeria began to turn to leave.

                    “Then I suppose you don’t want this, then,” Sasha announced. Valeria turned around at this and saw Sasha produce a small bottle from a pocket on her belt.

                    Valeria cautiously approached it. “What is it?” she asked.

                    “A poison, naturally,” Sasha explained. “Quite deadly. Odorless, tasteless and colorless. Almost undetectable once in the bloodstream, too. A few drops of this can kill an ogre, so one of our guys shouldn’t be too challenging. Poison a needle or whatever small piercing weapon you can conceal. Give it to Magnus and during the duel he discretely pricks Guillermo with it. The first symptoms are fatigue and disorientation. No one will suspect poisoning. While Guillermo’s in this state, Magnus can have his way with him. If anyone thinks foul play was involved, there will be no trace of the poison in Guillermo’s corpse. The perfect way to ensure victory, don’t you think?”

                    “Again, why should I trust your help?”

                    Sasha got a very vicious look to her. “A man like Guillermo doesn’t deserve the honor of being the candidate! He has no concept of its importance, unlike you or I. He merely does what Aleksi asks of him, like his lapdog. I never wanted Guillermo to be chosen in the first place. But as you know, Aleksi has pull with Talus and Talus has the ear of Dobbel. I put up with him while he’s around, but now is the perfect opportunity to get rid of him.”

                    “I still don’t buy it,” Valeria said. “If what you say is true, you put on quite a show for Talus back there. Although I admit there has been talk of strain between Aleksi and you.”

                    “Th-there has?” Sasha suddenly stammered.

                    Valeria nodded, wanting to string out the embarrassment for as long as she could. “Oh, yes. They say you two are a pale shadow of what you once were. You two were quite infamous, you know, carrying on like that…”

                    “I’ll thank you not to bring my private life into this,” Sasha prickled. “Especially since I’m not the one fooling around with my charge.”

                    Valeria grew enraged with this. “How DARE you?! What on earth makes you think that Magnus and I are…?”

                    “I didn’t need you to tell me,” Sasha explained. “The clues were all there. The way you clung to him, the way he led you, it’s love, isn’t it? Wouldn’t that information be interesting in the wrong hands?”

                    “If you’re threatening…” Valeria warned.

                    Sasha smiled. “I shouldn’t have to. After all, we’re partners now, right?” She held out the bottle. Valeria looked around at the deserted hallway and grudgingly snatched the poison from Sasha. “There. I thought so.”

                    “Why does Magnus need this to beat Guillermo? Magnus is probably twice his size. Using this is just overkill.”

                    “Overkill is precisely what needs to be done. Guillermo has a nasty habit of surviving; otherwise he probably wouldn’t have become a candidate, unlike the two of us. The poison is insurance, I’m sure that Magnus can do a fine job on his own. You should know best, right?”

                    Valeria shot Sasha a sour look. “I can’t believe I’m doing this.”

                    “We never met, understand?”

                    “Yeah, yeah,” Valeria muttered, leaving down the hallway.

                    Sasha smiled as she saw Valeria disappear down a corridor. It had all gone according to plan. With any luck, Valeria would do as she was told and never find out that she wasn’t…

                    Suddenly a blinding pain entered. The force of it caused Aleksi to sprawl on the ground, rendered incapable of screaming because of its searing intensity. As he looked up, he saw a familiar figure stripped and bound in chains. The gaunt, dirty man fettered to the wall was bloodied in the face, coughing up even more amounts of the fluid. Simply looking at his body, one could tell he had been beaten severely, and not just recently. There were marks from several months ago, as well as recent wounds. Aleksi could even begin to remember the smells, the fecund mixture of the smell of his blood, rotten leftover food and his own waste. He heard someone coming and remembering the scene knew the man in chains would flinch and look away. Aleksi looked toward the sound and saw a familiar face.

                    Suddenly the pain was gone and Aleksi was back in the hallway, on all fours, panting. What in the world had just happened?! That had been… Without further ado, Aleksi collected himself and left as well, careful not to let anyone see him. The incident would have to be investigated later. He had plans to take care of.

                    *****

                    Arc tossed and turned in bed. Things had been tense the entire way back between everybody. For the first time since they’d left Antaross, he could see how distant everyone was from everyone else. Even the affection between him and Elise had been tempered by the events of the days. How could they stand around and enjoy each others’ company when others seemed to be in anguish. Even though Cay had practically forbade the topic, he knew that Seek had meant to get lost that afternoon, and that he had been crying. Who was Arc to judge? Things were tough all around. He probably would have done the same thing if someone had treated him like… It was hard for him to even think of directly, it cut him so much on the inside.

                    Arc opened his eyes and wondered what time it was. Obviously some god-forsaken hour, though. He looked across the room to Seek’s bed. They had shared a room together, as had been tradition between them ever since Seek had joined back up with them. He remembered how they used to joke the night away together all the way back when they had first met, before the airship crash. That closeness had dissolved lately. He noticed that Seek’s bed was empty. He wondered where he could have gone, and if he’d tried to leave purposely again, not to come back. He saw Seek, however, standing outside on the small balcony the inn had. His back was to him, but Arc could tell that Seek was thinking about something.

                    He got out from under the covers and pushed open the glass door to the balcony. “Hey,” Arc hesitantly greeted. “It’s late isn’t it?” Seek didn’t answer. Arc could smell something awful as he noticed smoke rising from around Seek’s still-hidden face. “Are you smoking? Is that a cigarette?”

                    “Yeah,” he answered. Arc couldn’t tell which question that was supposed to be answering.

                    “Who’d you get it from?” Arc asked.

                    “Guy down the hall, traded him for some.”

                    “Since when do you smoke?”

                    “Since when do you care?”

                    Arc flinched at that. He knew that he had to say something. He couldn’t continue what he’d been doing. “Seek… I’m sorry. I know it’s probably too late to undo it, but I’m sorry. I’ve been taking you for granted. We…We all have. When you left this afternoon, you don’t know how much it hurt to find out that you had left, and I hadn’t noticed. I don’t know how this all started, but you really are my best friend. Am I still your best friend?”

                    Seek just stood silently, still with his back to Arc. Smoke languidly curled through the air. He finally leaned forward over the railing and supported himself on the railing with his arms gripping it. “It’s gotten confusing lately, hasn’t it?”

                    Arc smiled weakly and tried to find the most upbeat tone he could. “Yeah, it has. But it’s gonna get better. You’ll see. Everything like it was before.”

                    “You and I both know that everything is not going to go back like it was before. I was a fool for too long, believing that. Maybe that’s why this happened to me; to show me that some doors close forever.”

                    Arc walked closer to Seek. “Man, don’t say things like that. Things aren’t over yet, you don’t know how good or bad your future is gonna be. None of us do. No one knows the future, so don’t presume things won’t get better.”

                    “You’re really clinging to that thought, aren’t you? That everything’s gonna turn up swell in the end. Well, how has it gone so far? Guillermo left us for good, Cassidy and Avery are dead, Antaross is a pile of rubble and my face… I’m not stupid enough to ignore the signs. Not anymore. You shouldn’t be, either.”

                    Arc was quiet for a while. He looked at the man that was in the form of his friend, that he’d been with through thick and thin. It almost didn’t seem like him, anymore. Finally, he turned back towards the door. “I’m gonna prove to you that there can be a happy ending to this. Just stick around, you’ll see. I have faith.”

                    “You do that,” Seek muttered, tapping his cigarette on the railing, watching the ashes fall to the ground.

                    *****

                    Valeria returned to her room and shut the door behind her. Magnus stirred from his cot and smiled. She smiled back. “I’ve got news from the higher-ups,” she said. “The duel between you and the other one will be tomorrow morning. They’re not giving him a chance to train. I think that’s a sign that they favor us, don’t you?”

                    She walked over to Magnus, who outstretched his large hand. Valeria gently put hers in his, and Magnus enveloped it softly. “That’s good, but what of that meeting?” he asked in his deep voice.

                    “You won’t believe it. Sasha, of all people, offered me an edge; a poison we could use to disable Guillermo during the fight. It would make it very easy for you to win, and we’d never get caught.”

                    Magnus looked at her askance for a few moments as the conversation turned to silence. Valeria’s eyes gazed downwards, giving away the shame she felt. Her free hand was in her cloak, playing with something. She looked worried. “You agreed to it, didn’t you?” Magnus asked, less of a question than an accusation.

                    “I can’t risk us not winning. Guillermo’s survived not only minor monster attacks, but Gjigrajheth’s assault on Antaross. Gjigrajheth wanted him dead and he lived, do you understand what that means? It’s not that I don’t have faith in you, it’s that Guillermo… he’s been tested much more brutally than you. If I’ve had one weakness in my duty, it’s that I was too lenient.”

                    “I wanted to best him fairly. You know that. I also know you aren’t one to be this anxious. Before the meeting you said I would crush him. You heard something, didn’t you?”

                    Valeria bit her lip and looked back up tenderly into Magnus’s emerald eyes, set deep under his brow and began to tear up. “She knows.” Magnus didn’t seem to understand what she meant. “She knows about the two of us. That we’re lovers, that… we’re in love.” As she said that, a tear rolled down her cheek.

                    Magnus used his free hand to wipe it away, as carefully as he could. “Why does that matter, beloved? Our affairs are our own.”

                    Valeria turned her face away. “You don’t understand. The Elders, especially Talus, if they found out, they’d take you away from me. Say I’m unfit to train you. They wouldn’t let us see each other ever again. On top of that, there’d be my punishment. I was never supposed to feel for you like this.” She looked back at him and reached her arm out to stroke his face. “But I love you, and I will keep on loving you, no matter how wrong it is. That’s why this relationship is so dangerous.”

                    “I would never let them keep me from you,” Magnus stated, with vehemence.

                    “That’s another thing you don’t understand. You may think you’re very powerful, but you still can’t defeat any of the Elders one-on-one. And as a group… they’d break you before you could raise a fist. You can’t take them on. No one can. I had to agree to this. If I don’t, she’ll tell, I know she will.”

                    Magnus gently pulled her to him with his arm and they embraced. As he consoled Valeria with his body, he could only think one thing about this whole duel. How dishonorable.

                    *****

                    Hardin had gotten up at the crack of dawn to supervise the last-minute preparations to take off. These required everyone to pitch in, and the airship was a flurry of activity. There had been questioning of his decision, but he had largely been able to maintain obedience in his officers. The monster hunters didn’t care what happened as long as they were cared for and paid, while his own advisors knew him well enough to give him the benefit of a doubt.

                    Hardin was in the process of walking around surveying the progress of the preparations, when he saw a lone man standing with his back to him in the middle of an open area, doing nothing. This annoyed him slightly and for a few moments, watched this man himself, noting how he seemed to be doing no job at all. Finally having enough, he went over to the man, still facing away from him and said, “Hey there, you!”

                    The man turned around, surprised, and Hardin nearly flinched as he saw the face before him. The man had horrible scar marks, running along his face, one over his bugged-out eye. The wounds looked relatively fresh and the healing hadn’t completely taken place yet. This disfigured face, framed by long black hair, was less than easy on the eyes, Hardin thought. “Yes? Oh, Your Highness,” the man said in almost monotone.

                    Hardin composed himself. “Are you waiting for someone?” he asked coldly.

                    Seek paused. “No, not really.”

                    “But you ARE a part of this group, aren’t you?” Hardin was getting more annoyed.

                    “Yes, Your Highness,” Seek answered.

                    “Then you should be working, shouldn’t you?”

                    Seek’s eyes got a spark of realization. “Oh, I’m sorry, Your Highness! I guess I…I just… zoned out.”

                    Hardin looked sternly at him. “Well, here’s a tip: don’t.” And with that, Hardin stormed off. He had enough to worry about without some layabout shirking his duty.

                    Just then, one of the leading monster hunters came up to him, seeming to have some urgent business about him. “Sir, we have in custody a man by the name of Dedalus who claims to know you personally and is asking to have an audience with you. Should we assume he is lying?”

                    Hardin had frozen at the mention of the name “Dedalus.” In a rather sudden change of mood, Hardin said, “No, of course not! I want him in my office by the time I get there, understood?”

                    The monster hunter saluted. “Yessir!”

                    Hardin stepped at a leisurely pace towards his office. This day may prove to be more fruitful than he thought.

                    ******

                    People had filled into the small arena in the headquarters. The area had been used in the past for friendly martial arts exhibitions between the group, but now it would be used to decide which of the candidates would go on to be chosen by Dobbel. Talus was seated on a small throne surrounded by lesser Elders. Sasha and Aleksi sat together on one end, while Valeria had chosen one directly opposite from them. Valeria looked at them with a sense of apprehensiveness and anxiousness. “Look at her,” Sasha said, “you’d think Magnus wasn’t the favorite in this match. I guess she’s a more anxious person than I thought. Gave her too much credit, I suppose.”

                    “Well, it just goes to show you,” Aleksi said cryptically, “that you can never really know someone.”

                    Sasha could hear the others murmuring around her, raucously laughing. They were excited to see a bloodbath. She heard that one of them was eagerly awaiting seeing “the little one’s” brains smashed on the ground. He was quickly hushed up by his friends, mentioning quietly to him that the “little one’s” keeper was sitting not too far from them. Sasha fretted some more. “Aleksi, I’m worried.”

                    “Why are you worried now?” he asked, calmly. “He’s survived worse than some overgrown brown-noser from halfway around the world. Why are YOU of all people worried?”

                    “So you think he’ll win,” she dubiously stated.

                    “He has as good a chance as ever. After all,” he said snidely, “he’s Guillermo; wouldn’t be much of a golden boy if he lost now.”

                    Suddenly the two entrances to the ring at the bottom were opened and the crowd hushed. Guillermo went out first, clad in his usual garb. He had a stony anger in his look. He looked around the crowd and saw Valeria. She looked at him guiltily, but couldn’t keep eye contact for long before she looked away. There were some loud thuds coming from the direction of the other entrance. The footsteps of Magnus echoed loudly as he sauntered through the entrance into the ring. Magnus had discarded of his shirt and boots, leaving his tattooed torso exposed. The crowd cheered, but Magnus was as somber as Guillermo was.

                    They moved towards each other slowly, as they had been instructed earlier. Once they were no more than a few feet away from each other, they both reached to shake hands. Their gaze hadn’t left each other the entire time. As Magnus’s paw closed around Guillermo’s, the giant said, “I’m sorry I have to do such a dishonorable thing.” Guillermo said nothing.

                    The two turned and took a few paces, then turned back around to face each other. The tension had reached the breaking point. Guillermo had actually begun to perspire and Magnus didn’t look too comfortable either. Once Talus was satisfied with the level of suspense, he declared in a clear voice, “Let the fight begin!”

                    Almost immediately, Magnus had rushed forward at an incredible speed with his powerful legs and slammed into Guillermo. Guillermo was thrown so hard into the air, he smacked into the wall of the ring. The audience seemed to think it fantastic. Guillermo slowly got up, his legs wobbly and unsteady under him. Magnus lunged before he had a chance to right himself, grabbing Guillermo in a devastating bearhug, his arms wrapped around his rib cage, squeezing all the air out of his lungs. Struggling with the locked arms, Guillermo felt a jab on his side. Trying to ignore this, Guillermo bit down with as much force as he could on Magnus’s arm. He yelled in pain as Guillermo got loose and did a sweep kick with his leg to make Magnus lose balance and fall. He just barely was able to force Magnus to one knee with his kick, and Magnus recovered enough to punch Guillermo so hard, he went flying halfway across the arena.

                    Magnus was merely biding his time. He had managed to sneak the needle injection onto his person and had jabbed Guillermo with it during the hold. He was looking for any signs that Guillermo might be weakening, and he noticed, along with the rest of the crowd, that he hadn’t picked himself up off the ground yet. Magnus wondered if he had won the match in that one blow, and carefully stepped over to assess the situation.

                    As Magnus stood over Guillermo’s apparently lifeless body, he sensed something was wrong. Before he could evade, Guillermo burst up from his position with a surprising amount of ferocity and strength. Magnus lost his balance and fell backwards, as Guillermo made a series of incomprehensible growls. Guillermo landed on top of him and began wildly throwing punches at Magnus’s head, stunning him. Blood began pouring out of his mouth and nose. Eventually, it looked like Magnus was about to pass out, and Guillermo actually hefted the man above him and threw him surprisingly far. He landed with a thud that shook the dust in a shockwave around his landing point.

                    At this point, Guillermo was panting heavily, as if he were feral. He kept shifting his eyes around, looking with wild, hungry eyes at the spectators. Valeria had a look of panic on her face, looking to Sasha, only to see that she was as confused as she was. If she had bothered to notice, Aleksi was looking right back at her, with a detached interest. “Oh gods,” Valeria whispered, as she looked back down at Guillermo to see him almost perceptibly changing in front of their very eyes. He filled out his shirt and pants little by little, fresh blood dripping from his mouth. His hair looked a slight tint more silver-grayish. He stepped slowly towards the bulk lying limply near the edge of the ring. He positioned Magnus face down and with a jerk raised his left arm up so far that with an excruciating rip and scream, it tore from his shoulder, bloody flesh exposed to all and blood pumping excessively from Magnus’s wrecked body. It was obvious to everyone that Magnus had passed out from the experience.

                    The crowd resembled a painting; they were so still and quiet. After a few moments of quiet horror, Talus announced, “Guillermo Avory has been declared the victor of this duel.”

                    A single voice then cried out, “I’LL KILL YOU! I’LL KILL YOU, YOU HEAR ME?” Valeria had stood from her seat and was screaming at the top of her lungs like a madwoman, with some of her fellow members trying to restrain her. She pointed directly at Sasha. “SASHA, I’LL DESTROY YOU! YOU *****! YOU LYING, CHEATING *****! I’LL NEVER FORGIVE YOU! YOU’LL DIE, I SWEAR!”

                    “Get her under control!” Talus ordered, guards hurrying over to seize her. She was carried out, still screaming, vowing her revenge.

                    The people surrounding Aleksi and Sasha were busy furiously congratulating them on their upset, with most of them asking the stunned Sasha what Valeria had been talking about. “I-I-I’m not quite sure,” she answered. “Valeria and I have always been rivals; I suppose she blamed what happened in there on me. Really, she seemed to have lost it, wouldn’t you agree?”

                    Aleksi was more aloof from the victory, scowling and looking at Guillermo, who had taken a turn to the worse since the impromptu amputation. He looked haggard and pale, shaking from what seemed to be tremors. Suddenly he collapsed and fell to the ground, covered in a cold sweat. Talus ordered doctors to go down there to haul the two of them away for medical treatment. Aleksi frowned some more. Guillermo had done it. Damn the gods themselves, he’d done it.

                    *****

                    Hardin played with a small object in his hand while sitting at his desk, a smile on his face. “You’re a miracle worker, did you know that?” he asked to the other occupant of his office.

                    Dedalus stepped forward and grinned, saluting in a mock fashion. “Well it IS my duty, you bein’ a payin’ client and all that. If you’d wanted something done half-assed, you could’ve hired someone else.”

                    Hardin laughed uncharacteristically, his spirit was so high. “True! But who would have expected you’d deliver something like this to me? Honestly, you must be the luckiest man on the face of the earth.”

                    “I’ll feel like that once I receive the rest of my pay,” Dedalus nudged.

                    Hardin felt generous. “How about an official title within my empire? You could become part of the aristocracy with the amount of money I’m prepared to give you for this. I might as well throw the title in to boot.”

                    Dedalus rubbed his beard. “Duke Dedalus, eh? Ha! I like the sound of that! It’d make my daddy proud, assuming he’s still alive. Never found the sucker, to tell the truth.”

                    “You could buy yourself ten fathers and entire families to go with them!”

                    “Now you’re just exaggerating.”

                    Hardin laughed. “True, but it’s nothing to sneeze at. After all, not only were you able to bring me information on the cult, but… one of the Keys…” He held up the Twinynus Key to the light, gleaming in the morning sun. “How on EARTH did you come across it?”

                    “Seems a grunt working for Anteron had it on him in Antaross. Maybe you’ve heard of him: Cale Ulger. Bit of a celebrity in the mercenary circuit. No idea why he had it. But once Guillermo got it off ‘im, they practically gift-wrapped it and gave it to me. I was able to make a copy at a locksmith before I left and they got the fake. True, they’ll probably find out and so long milk money, but I’m sure you’re willing to factor that into the cost as well, right?”

                    “That and more,” Hardin said. He looked at it more closely. With this Key, he was ahead of the game, even moreso than the cult and Gjigrajheth. He had one of the two objects everyone was willing to sacrifice their lives for. He’d be damned if he let it out of his sight.

                    End Chapter 13
                    Last edited by Big Rick Cook; 05-19-2005, 12:43 PM.
                    "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                    Comment


                      #85
                      Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                      Whoops. I inserted the new Chapter in the wrong spot. It makes a lot more sense to have the new chapter start after that last addition instead of that being the new chapter. Anyways, here's Chapter 13, started by me. Lots of questions are answered, and Sasha gets a backstory rush. She also has a tiff with Valeria. The Scooby Gang takes some time off to discuss Hardin's plans, and we see which direction the characters are beginning to lean. Acacia has a revelation about herself ever since Seek's breakdown, and starts another new resolve. This addition is another one of my personal favorites as far as additions go, but it's also the last one I did before dropping out of college, so this one happened sometime before mid-April of 2004. I'm going to say it happened closer to the beginning of 2004, or possibly even before 2003 ended. I could easily check the old forums for exact dates, but it's not necessary. Shortly thereafter, the story hits a huge hiatus that lasts for many months, and won't pick up again until January or February of this year - I'm pretty sure it's January. Anyway, here's the addition.

                      _____

                      Chapter 13

                      85th Post - BRC 14

                      *BRC14* - *eighty-five* - *chapter13*

                      Hardin sat at his desk pondering his newfound luck; he held in his hand the Twinynus Key; with such an ornate design and intricately crafted etching, this Key was certainly the true Twinynus. The actual unlocking part was more complex and convoluted than any other Key he had ever laid eyes upon. He wondered just where the Key had been placed for all these centuries, and just how that mercenary had come into possession of one of the most important items on the continent, if not the world. How fortunate for myself and my soon to be Empire. That Ulger fellow made my mission much easier, and yet twice as hard at the same time. I foresee trouble if anyone learns of my acquisition. ‘Duke’ Dedalus will no sooner betray his Emperor now that he can live the high life away from the threats he lived among these past few months. Cale suspects the cult members of having it, so he shouldn’t be a problem. My only concern is the actual cult; they could very well by now know the deceit Dedalus had covered them in, and they can only draw so many conclusions as to whom Dedalus answers to. We shall tread lightly through the Matra Mountains in hopes of avoiding their interest…

                      He looped a sturdy silver chain through the topmost hole of the Key, placed it around his neck, and vowed never to show it to anyone nor remove it. His plans all seemed to be falling into place, except Matra’s voluntary assistance, but even that could be remedied with a little force. Hardin’s face grew in delight as thoughts of his Empire and its new conquest played again and again in his mind.

                      *****

                      Outside Hardin’s office, the general hustle and bustle of the crew and the hunters seemed chaotic and out of the ordinary. Hardin’s sudden decision to abort all previous power-gathering plans and take off immediately towards Lerandelia not only surprised everyone, but put them all into a giant rush as well. As the crew worked hard keeping the airship moving, rumors spread across the ship like the monsters spread across the continent – unrelentingly fast - about the irrational behavior of Prince Ordic and his decision to transform Lerandelia into an empire. Most didn’t understand his actions, and understandably so. The likes of Lukai and the rest of the group under his command were just as baffled as everyone else. They had some downtime, and everyone but Cay joined up in the mess hall.

                      Lukai continued the conversation they were having. “So Prince Ordic is taking initiative by transforming his country into an Empire, where he plans to launch a campaign to ‘convince’ the country of Matra to aid in his endeavors, by force if necessary.” He sat back in his seat and stretched his arms before saying, “Don’t any of you think this at all brash? We could easily go to war against Matra if they don’t concede to Hardin’s will.”

                      Elise and Adam listened intently to Lukai’s explanation. Elise retorted harshly: “Of course we think it’s an irrational and stupid move. The last thing we need right now is bad blood between two of the three remaining war powers in the known world.”

                      Adam seemed almost offended. He said, “You’re right, but what good will the Matran military be to the betterment of humankind if all they can think of is keeping themselves safe? I don’t think the idea is so farfetched that it shouldn’t be done.” He looked over to Lukai, who obviously didn’t agree, and then over to Arc and Seek. “What do you two think about this whole mess?”

                      Looking up at Adam, Seek slowly opened his mouth and in a very hushed tone, his opinion trickled out, “… Adam’s right. Jugere is all but gone, Antaross might as well be the same; Matra, Joyt and Lerandelia are this world’s last hope, but if they don’t cooperate, nothing can happen. If Matra sustains its overbearing unwillingness, the only way to unite the forces will be military coercion. Breaking a few bones will make everyone see the true nature of the problem. I don’t see any end to this conflict that will suffice, though…” His voice trailed off as he tilted his head back down.

                      “Do you even understand what Hardin’s thinkin’?” Arc asked in disbelief. “We’re at war with Juggalo or Gigolo or whatever and his monsters right now. Hardin is dead-set on fightin’ them to their or our end. Now you want to rationalize the possibility of a new battle – against people – when there’re thousands of monsters out there just waitin’ to feed on our dead carcasses? Uh-uh, no way. I won’t do it.” He sat forward in his seat and harshly slammed his fist on the table, indicative of how serious he truly was.

                      “I can hardly draw a weapon against a monster at this point,” stated Lukai, “let alone even fathom trying to kill a human whose only fault was to be part of a military that disagrees with the military I might find myself a part of. I agree with Arc. I can’t fight people in this dire time.”

                      Elise saw the direction the conversation took, and knew that she was choosing the side opposite Adam had decided upon. “Adam, we didn’t become monster hunters or join this group to die in a human war. We fought all those years to avenge our parents. This path does not lead to our desired end. You must see that.” She watched Adam’s reaction with newfound curiosity and confusion; watched for any sign of the old Adam - the one who thought of nothing but revenge - who needed her to guide him. But she did not find her brother.

                      “I understand everything perfectly fine,” said Adam. “I don’t need any of you to patronize me or my feelings.” He looked to his sister with a new tenacity she had never seen him bear. “We can still achieve vengeance, Elise, but there are greater things at risk now than the settling of our consciences. I don’t like the idea of fighting people, but if we fight just a few, we can gather so many more to the cause. And after that, we fight the monsters. The path of the monsters will certainly lead back to Dobbel.”

                      “Adam…” Elise stopped short before continuing, “I will stick with you on this. For now.”

                      “What? Wait, Elise, you can’t be serious?” asked a very puzzled Lukai. “You just finished saying you disagreed with Prince Ordic’s actions.”

                      “Yes, but I cannot just abandon my brother.”

                      Arc thought his mind had played a dirty trick on him. “Whoa, whoa, whoa. So you’re saying now that you will go along with Hardin’s plans, despite personal objections?”

                      “Yes, Arc. Pay more attention,” Elise shot back at him.

                      His mind raced with panic: What can I do? I don’t want to fight people when we have no real reason, but I don’t want to lose Elise to a petty argument, either. “Okay then, fine. If the two of you stay, I suppose I’m gonna stick around, too. After all, my legs are healed up pretty well now, it’s about time we get back to training, eh?” He cursed himself for betraying his own morality for a girl. “Seek, what do you think? Wanna stick around and become a master of the craft of fighting?”

                      “… Yeah, I guess. Whatever.”

                      Adam took charge of the conversation. “Well then, it’s settled, we all stay.”

                      “Wait a minute, what about Cay? She’s about as new to fighting as I am,” said Lukai. “And for that matter, what about me? I agreed to be an Analyst for Prince Ordic because I want to stop the monsters from destroying everything and killing everyone I know. I will not fight people, it’s as simple as that.”

                      *****

                      Cay’s room had become her only solace in her time of emotional instability. Had she become so cold-hearted just recently, or did she always harbor such contempt for the feelings of others? As far back as she could remember, every major choice she had ever made seemed a selfish one; other people’s feelings be damned, she was always doing what suited her best. She left Renfir in spite of Guillermo’s desires because it’s not what she wanted. She didn’t even seem to care what could have been bothering Arc the day they met; it was all to further her own needs. She followed Guillermo to that icy hell not because she cared what happened to him, but because she needed him. Even on the day of his capture, her motives were to save Guillermo because she couldn’t live without him anymore. She feigned her emotional care for Arc on one or two occasions, and quickly moved to Adam for support. On several occasions after they were all gathered together on the cult members’ airship, she relied solely on Guillermo again. Once he was gone again, she knew her only choice was to become a fighter, as it was the only way to follow Guillermo. She spent so much time worrying about all the things she would have to do as an independent fighter that the others’ feelings and motives didn’t matter to her anymore. How could she be so heartless towards Seek and the others and not even care? Her own feelings became a mystery to her; her motives, decisions, everything tore at the fiber of her being, and the only thing left to her were questions.

                      Maybe she could care about what happened to her so-called friends. Maybe it wasn’t too late to salvage her own destruction by being generally concerned in the affairs and emotional needs and desires of the ones she traveled with. At this rate, Cay would not see Guillermo for weeks, or maybe even months; she needed a rescue from herself. She damned her conscience for being so inconsiderate, and vowed to remedy that which was broken in her own mind. For the remainder of the journey to Lerandelia, she would attempt to be more social and caring for the friends she had traveled with, and thus far, largely ignored.

                      *****

                      A dark crimson slowly dripped from the rag that had been tapered to Magnus’s now vacant shoulder. His huge mass of a body was far too large to be lain on a normal cot, so the doctors had tied four cots together on adjoining corners and placed him in the center. Several hours had passed since the ill-fated duel played out much to everyone’s surprise, and Magnus was still unconscious. Valeria was still absent from the side of her Magnus; her sudden outburst caused such a ruckus with the Elders that she had been immediately detained for questioning. No one knew exactly where she was or what they were asking, but Aleksi had a pretty good idea.

                      He stood in the hospital room opposite from Magnus, staring at Magnus’s crippled and decrepit form on that massive makeshift cot through a window. A very thick layer of dust and dirt had settled on nearly everything in the entirety of the hospital section of their headquarters, a sudden reminder of how often the facilities were ever used. The window through which Aleksi watched Magnus had been covered in the same thick dust as everything else, and Aleksi had had to wipe a spot clean just to see through to the other room. How despicable, he thought, remembering these same circumstances from what was probably the last time this dingy dirt trap had been used, though it was he on the cot and not his cargo at the time. He coughed harshly, as had everyone else in the area several times over; the sudden need to use the hospital afforded no time to clean it up beforehand, and the doctors and people rushing around had kicked up more than enough dirt to nearly blind everyone and cause gagging fits, though the dust had had ample time to settle now that the rush was over.

                      How in the hell did Guillermo pull that off? he questioned himself over and over while he pondered just how it happened. Magnus had obviously administered the poison as Guillermo’s condition directly after the battle and up to now had proven, but such a powerful poison should have killed him over an hour ago. The doctors determined no such foul play in their diagnosis, but Aleksi secretly questioned the credentials of these so-called doctors in the first place. A nearly untraceable poison was probably overkill as their ability to deduce actual bodily conditions had to be severely inefficient to start off with. The doctors were also baffled as to why Guillermo was in his catatonic state after so long, as his beating was not nearly as severe as the one he handed to his opponent. Like the phrases Aleksi used so often, his ‘Golden Boy’ and ‘miracle boy’ had shown once again that he was in fact the ‘Chosen One.’ God-damn him. No matter what befalls him, he seems to survive. Bastraglon, the lizard in the tunnel, against Gjigrajheth, even poisoned he managed to come out on top. Mark this day, Guillermo. You will not fulfill the wishes and hopes of this organization.

                      Just as Aleksi reached the climax of his brooding, a servant of the Elders burst through the door, startling Aleksi from his almost meditative state. The servant looked to Aleksi as if he’d been searching for him for some time, and said in an unnaturally high voice, “Aleksi, come quick! The Elders have made an important discovery! Hurry up!” He dashed out of the room as quickly and clumsily as he entered, followed casually by an utterly confused Aleksi. After the door had slammed shut behind him, Guillermo’s catatonically inanimate body slowly began to tense up and jerk back and forth.

                      *****

                      “What is it, Elder Talus?” asked Aleksi after arriving in the same area they had first met Magnus. A rather large gathering of the organization’s young and old had begun crowding around the Elders in muddled anticipation of what was so important that everyone was to be gathered for the announcement.

                      “Silence, Aleksi. You are in no position to be so informal with us,” shouted Talus in shock. “Your cohort is still absent, but we can go on with the announcement without her.” He held his hands up and motioned for everyone to quiet down. The tumultuous gathering quickly hushed and waited for his response. “As you all know by now, upon the return of Aleksi and Sasha with their now infamous Guillermo, they also brought with them what was considered to be the Twinynus Key, and as we all know, this Key is one third of the puzzle every major power in the world seems to be vying to solve by themselves. Unfortunately, our hopes have been run aground. This is not Twinynus, but a mere fake masterfully crafted to deceive its bearers. Let it be known that we still have no indication of the location of the Twinynus, much to my chagrin. We have, however, gained intelligence to a possible location of the Twinynus Key’s twin sister, Grimymus. Even now we have dispatched a small entourage to investigate this intelligence. If we obtain Grimymus, our secondary mission will be that much closer to accomplishment, as the location of the Power is known to us as well. That is all; everyone but Aleksi may return to their duties.”

                      In the same fashion expected by members of Dobbel’s organization, a word was hardly spoken as everyone but Aleksi and the Elders left the chamber to attend to whatever task they were previously doing. Shortly after the last person had gone, Sasha appeared at the entrance, approached Aleksi and asked, “What did I just miss?”

                      She was interrupted by Talus, who scolded her for her truancy. “Miss Sasha, you would gain greatly by remembering that our orders are to be followed above all else, save for Dobbel. Aleksi can fill you in later. The matter at hand is that the key you presented us with is a fake.”

                      “A fake?!” exclaimed Sasha. “That simply can’t be. Would you mind letting me see it again?” Talus threw the key down to Sasha, who quickly looked it over. Her eyes grew wide as she did, and suddenly realized that it was obviously a fake. “But, Elder, I swear to you that we were in possession of the real Key!” Horror spread through her thoughts followed quickly by rage upon realizing Dedalus’s treachery.

                      “No, Sasha. We must have been mistaken in our hurried escape from Antaross. That mercenary obviously had the fake all along, which could mean he still has the real Key, if he’s still alive, that is.” Sasha quizzically looked over to Aleksi, who was giving her the look he gave her when he wanted her to shut up and let him handle the situation.

                      “Alright, Aleksi, Sasha. I will overlook the fake key and we can determine the location of the real Key later. But we also have to discuss the absolute upset caused by your candidate’s evisceration of Valeria’s candidate, and what Valeria had to tell us after her sudden outburst after the duel ended so gruesomely. She tells us that you, Sasha, tried to convince her that Guillermo was vastly inferior to Magnus, so that Magnus would more or less throw the match based on his already beaming over-confidence. She says you wanted your candidate to lose because he was only lucky in surviving this whole time, and did not understand the importance of his evolution. What have you to say to this?”

                      Sasha was dumbfounded. “I, uh… I never said anything even remotely close to that statement. It is true that I had my doubts that Guillermo could win against Magnus, but I never even spoke to her on the matter. She must just be fighting the results in the only way she can: lying.”

                      “It’s true, Elder. Sasha was with either Guillermo or me the entire time. She had no chance to speak with Valeria about such things.”

                      “Oh? Very well, then. The only matter left to us is the condition of both candidates post-duel. Magnus is still unconscious from loss of blood, and the doctors expect his arm to begin healing by tomorrow. Guillermo, however, is perplexing us. How is it that he went from savagely ripping his opponent apart to collapsing and going catatonic? The doctors cannot give us an estimate of what is truly wrong with him, or even tell us when he’ll come to. So, Aleksi, has Guillermo been subject to these catatonic spells before?”

                      Aleksi thought for a moment before answering. “Hmm… I can’t say that he has ever physically been unable to function after a stressful bout. Might I suggest the strange feral-like rage overloaded his brain? He might not be mentally stable enough to handle his new evolutionary changes, or his mind had not evolved to the point his body had during the match.”

                      “You could be right. We are in uncharted evolutionary territory. Any number of reasons could contribute to his current state. We can only hope that he doesn’t die on us, as he is apparently the perfect candidate for full evolutionary change. You two may go. Report back to us only after Guillermo’s status changes.” The Elders all stood up together and walked back to their chambers, probably for private discussion of all the events that transpired thus far. Aleksi and Sasha knelt down and took leave.

                      *****

                      A voice crept into Guillermo’s head. “Guillermo… wake up. It’s time.” He could not discern from which direction it came. Guillermo sat up from his cot, but realized he was not in any discernible room anymore, but rather in a black emptiness without light sources or exits. He no longer felt feverish or fatigued, so he stood up and looked around a little bit more. There was nothing in the room, save for himself and his cot. No… The cot was gone now, too.

                      “Dobbel? Is that you? Where am I?” The vacancy manifested several flame sapphires as a form appeared in front of Guillermo. It was not Dobbel, but a more ghostly apparition he did not recognize. “Who are you?!”

                      “Settle down, boy. Don’t ya recognize me? No, probably not. The form I took on that everyone knew as Dobbel doesn’t exist here. But I am he. As for where we are, why, in yur mind of course. You and I are long overdue for a talk. I will answer all yur questions now because I can see that you are the true choice. I also see that you have subconsciously manifested yur new evolved form; that’s good, you’ve accepted yur fate even on the subconscious level.”

                      “Ok, forget about all of that. I need answers. For starters, who is this Gjigrajheth and why does he know all about me?”

                      “Ah, a formidable question. Gjigrajheth is for all intensive purposes my enemy and yurs. He discovered yur potential shortly after I did. You surely by now know that he is responsible for attacking yur hometown, and for attacking the airship which lost you yur arm.”

                      “So if you knew about me for all that time before the airship crash, why did you only approach me after a second near-death experience? Why didn’t you warn me before the airship, or even before Renfir was attacked by those damned wolves?! WHY DIDN’T YOU GIVE ME A CHANCE TO SAVE MY FAMILY AND FRIENDS?!”

                      “Now, now, settle down. Saving people is not my ticket, Guillermo. I identified you as a candidate, but I only approach my candidates if they’ve been given ample opportunity to show their inherent potential. So I bided my time. I watched you, as well as others, until the first candidate showed his or her colors. During that first attack in Renfir, I thought for sure you were ready. But you completely repressed the attack, it never came up again as a suitable catalyst. It wasn’t until after completely bringing another failed candidate through the process that yur airship was set to take off. I watched you on the ship, but you still did not show any true remorse or want for vengeance. Then the monsters attacked and the ship went down. I was in no danger, but due to the circumstances, that engine’d have killed you had I not stepped in. So you lost yur arm in place of yur life.”

                      “Wait a minute. You’re responsible for my arm? You are so heartless that you let the rest of the crew be in danger just to let me lose my arm? That is beyond ****ed up.”

                      “Understand, Guillermo. You would be dead now if I didn’t help you.”

                      “No, you didn’t help me. I bet you put that engine in my way so that I would lose my arm! It’s just like Sasha said before, no one’s going to believe the crazy banter of an old man. Not unless they’ve got nothing else to believe in. You let my arm be removed to act as your ‘catalyst’ to have me ready. And you healed Captain Arguile in front of my eyes so that I would know you had the power, didn’t you? DIDN’T YOU?”

                      Dobbel’s presence did not speak at first. He let Guillermo’s heavy breathing and erratic ranting settle down first. After a few moments and sufficient cooling down, he spoke: “… Yes, Guillermo. It’s true. I grew tired of yur insufficiency, and we were running out of time. All the forces of this world are gatherin’ in search of the Keys. You and all those before you exist to stop those threats and preserve the Power of the Keys. Gjigrajheth seeks this Power, and if you cannot stop him, all is lost.”

                      “That’s a load of information there. Geez, if only Aleksi and Sasha had been as forward with this information before now, I wouldn’t be so shocked.” He looked at Dobbel, and then at his hands. The musculature had increased in size and his hands had grown silver-tinted stubble. While not looking beastly, they had taken a slightly less than human appearance. “Well, I’m far enough into my transformation now, that I have no reason to get all ****ed off at you, despite your shady methods. But I have something more to ask you; Sasha once mentioned that she and Aleksi were both candidates at one point, and that the ‘catalyst’ doesn’t have to be physical. Tell me, was Sasha the one you brought in immediately before me, and what did she mean by a non-physical catalyst?”

                      “Mmm… Sasha was the one I brought in before you. I watched her closely during the time surrounding the attack on yur village, and I brought her in just prior to that attack. She was a special case, though; I’ve never before witnessed a candidate that did not need a physical loss to be ready for evolution. She certainly had the potential, and when I had begun preparing for her catalyst, the situation took care of itself. She became emotionally devastated, and she readily accepted my gift upon offering it.”

                      “Emotionally devastated…?” Guillermo kept that in mind, but moved on. “Ok, I have one last issue; what’s the deal with Magnus, and what the hell happened to me after that fight today?”

                      “Ah, Magnus. He was to be my backup in case you failed, which I expected you would after that incident in Jaegar. His potential far surpassed all previous candidates, and he didn’t need any convincing at all to become an Evolutionary. For all my purposes, he was the perfect candidate. His defeat surprised even me; you are now irrefutably the Chosen. As for yur catatonic state after the duel… Why don’t you ask Aleksi when you awaken? I don’t have all the answers, ya know.” He chuckled as he spoke that last line.

                      Guillermo began feeling dizzy, as if he had spun around in circles like a child. His vision blurred and he stepped backwards, losing sight of Dobbel and disappearing back into darkness.

                      *****

                      “What the hell just happened in there, Aleksi? You do realize you just completely falsified everything we’ve done?” said a distraught Sasha, who couldn’t comprehend Aleksi’s actions in the Elders’ Room minutes before.

                      In a hushed voice, Aleksi stated, “Don’t you remember that it’s strictly forbidden to bring in outsiders? We’d both be facing expulsion, or worse, death, if the Elders found out that we were betrayed by someone who shouldn’t even have known about us. Get it?”

                      Sasha conceded. “I see your point. Let me ask you, though; do you really believe that Guillermo’s mind isn’t developed enough to handle the stress his body just induced?”

                      “No, I doubt that. I don’t see why his body would evolve and not his mind. I’m thinking that Valeria tried to cheat by poisoning him or something.”

                      “That would make sense, but it still doesn’t explain her resentment towards me after the match. I didn’t do anything to provoke it, but I have half a mind to go kick her teeth in for even thinking I’d be the one to cheat.”

                      “Perhaps, maybe you should go confront her. She’s probably down in the hospital by now. And it would be wise to check up on Guillermo as well. Go ahead and do that. I’ve got some other business to attend to.” Aleksi quickly turned a corner and disappeared down an adjacent hallway leading to another spire, while Sasha continued down the path towards the infirmary.

                      *****

                      Valeria was indeed already in the hospital room with Magnus. She forced the doctor out of the room and tried to wake him up. It had been nearly four hours since the duel, and she hadn’t seen him for just as long. All the time spent debating with the Elders about her motives behind screaming at Sasha drove her crazy because they would not let her see if Magnus was alright. She figured of all the stories that she could tell, leaving out the bit about poison and cheating was for the best. Her anger was even greater than before, though; how could Sasha do such a thing and live with herself?

                      She stroked Magnus’s hair out of his face and examined his wound; the gaping hole had stopped bleeding and even closed up most of the way. Just a couple days and he’d be good as new, though his pride would never return. She looked over through a dust-covered window and noticed Guillermo in seemingly worse condition than Magnus. Maybe the poison really did work… But how did he manage to stay alive long enough to nearly kill my Magnus, and if it was such a powerful poison, why the hell isn’t he dead now? She tossed around ideas in her head as to how he survived, but the only rational explanations she came up with were that Sasha gave her a very weak poison, or that Guillermo’s evolution had somehow fended off the poison long enough for him to win the match. Either way, Sasha had some explaining to do when they next met. Valeria turned back towards Magnus and sat with him for a few more minutes, before he became conscious. Valeria’s face streamed with tears for a moment before she hugged him.

                      In a groggy voice, he asked her, “What… happened? The last thing I remember is Guillermo lying on the ground…”

                      “Sasha’s pretty boy went crazy and ripped your arm off, Magnus. I’m so sorry. I should have prepared you better for this!” She buried her face in his good arm and cried hard.

                      “Augh! My… my arm is GONE? Just like that? I can’t feel it at all… I failed you, my love. Didn’t the poison work?”

                      Valeria sniffed. “No. Well, yes, Guillermo is apparently a vegetable right now, but he held consciousness long enough to be declared the victor. You are no longer an Evolutionary Candidate, Magnus.”

                      “What does that mean? Do I have to give up my new powers? I don’t want to lose them; if I lose them, I lose you.”

                      “You can stay on just like I did, love. Once you’re inducted as a member and not an Evolutionary, we can probably be together like Aleksi and Sasha are. Our love will not be forbidden anymore!”

                      “Oh, Valeria. But I’m not worthy of your love anymore. I’ve disgraced my entire race by failing, and I’ve failed you by not being good enough.” He put his hand on her face before saying, “I’ll understand if you don’t want me anymore.”

                      “Do you think I loved you just because you were an Evolutionary Candidate? That has nothing to do with it! You won me over by just being you. I don’t care what anyone says about us, as long as we are together.” She embraced him one last time and kissed him passionately. “Now get some rest. Let your arm regenerate.” She got up to leave, and Magnus rested his head back down on his makeshift cot. She wiped the tears from her eyes and stepped through the door to Guillermo’s room to leave. As she tried to exit, Sasha accidentally cut her off by entering the same door.

                      “You. You’ve got some explaining to do, Valeria,” said Sasha as she looked straight into Valeria’s eyes. “What gives with all the accusations against me? I walk into the Elders’ Room to be investigated for something I never did, and I expect some answers right now.”

                      “What did you expect me to do? Tell them everything that happened between us? That you bribed me with poison to beat your candidate? Tell me, Sasha, why did Guillermo react so late to the ‘poison’ you gave me, and how did he go all feral rage just in time to win the match?”

                      “What? What poison? I never even talked to you before the match. At least not since I first met Magnus. Have you lost your damn mind?”

                      “You’re going to stand there and deny our little ‘secret meeting’ where you gave me a vile of poison because you hated Guillermo, and didn’t want to see him win the match because he didn’t understand his purpose? Ha, that’s a laugh.”

                      Sasha didn’t know what to say. “I, I haven’t the slightest idea what you’re talking about. You’re saying I gave you a poison so that MY candidate would lose the match? Why the hell would I want you to win? It would make me look bad.”

                      “That’s what I first thought, but I’ll be damned if it didn’t happen that way.”

                      “But you did cheat, and that’s why Guillermo is a hunk of potato right now, right?”

                      “Yes! I can’t believe you’re still denying it.”

                      “That’s because I DIDN’T do that,” screamed back Sasha. “Look, I’ll overlook this little poison thing for now because we did win, and it’s mutually beneficial if neither of us mentions it, but if Guillermo doesn’t come out of his catatonic state, expect your head to roll. Got it?”

                      “Fine, whatever. And you didn’t answer me when I asked about how Guillermo went feral like that. I’ve never seen anyone do that before, nor have I ever even heard of someone doing it.”

                      “Oh… I don’t know, he just does it sometimes. I guess the rumors are true. Our candidate is the Chosen…”

                      “Don’t flatter yourself, it’s probably just a fluke.” With that, Valeria brushed past Sasha and up the stairs.

                      Sasha wiped the old wooden chair of dust and took a seat next to Guillermo. He seemed to be moving slightly, which was not a usual response as a catatonic. “Maybe you’ll come out of this thing and I won’t have to slice off Valeria’s head… too bad.” She watched him anxiously for a few minutes, hoping he would just open his eyes and pop off a sarcastic remark, as was his custom these days. Why do I feel so close to him? I know all too well the rules against cavorting with a candidate, what with Aleksi and I having been in nearly the same situation as Valeria and Magnus. Ever since Dobbel first approached me, I’ve done nothing but try to be strong, to act on my own, but Aleksi held me back then, and he seems to be holding Guillermo back now, or facing him against impossible odds. Maybe that’s why I treat Guillermo differently; he’s survived, he knows the pain we go through, and more. He’s not arrogant like Magnus, and he’s not prideful like Aleksi. I’ve hidden behind this façade for over a year now. No one I associate with knows the real me. Maybe I don’t know the real me anymore… I don’t know, maybe I’m compensating for my failure as a candidate. I spent so much time teaching myself to hide my feelings and deaden them, but all I’ve done so far is bury them just under the surface behind the protection of Aleksi. All those times I related to Guillermo, tried to be his friend, to gain his trust… I didn’t do it just because it was necessary to our cause, but because I needed him. It’s so much harder to hide my true emotions as of late, ever since that night on the beach. NO! I can’t feel this way, for my sake. I joined this group because I was desperate for an escape. So many memories, I can never be rid of them, can I? Damn you, Stefan, I used to harbor so much love and hate for you that I just wanted to kill you. Though I’ve moved on, my heart still aches. Maybe I’m a failure because of that. Being special doesn’t mean it’s a good special, after all. I’m probably too tainted to ever be a real member, or too weak to overcome…”

                      The painful memories and thoughts filled Sasha to the point of exhaustion. She forced the memories back down and tried to forget all about them once again. Closing her eyes for a few minutes, she soon began to doze off, but was abruptly cut off when a searing pain entered her mind. Her eyes closed tight as she gripped the sides of the chair as if she were bracing herself from some huge unseen force. Waves swept across her vision, each one a painful memory, and she could do nothing but hold on.

                      Stefan walked along a beach, his arm around Sasha, laughing and kicking the sand happily. The vision zoomed in and it was not her anymore, but another woman who he was kissing more passionately than he had ever kissed Sasha. Her dainty figure was poised behind the two lovers, watching only in agonizing awe the scene play before her.

                      The visions came faster and harder: Stefan in the living room, Stefan in the bedroom, in the bathtub, the kitchen, and even their vacation house in Taeron. But he was never with her; he was always living the high life with some two-bit whore he picked up at the bars. In every scene, Sasha could see her figure, standing static and alone, feigning ignorance of his transgressions, sullen face, wearing the same eloquent white gown and hair pinned up. As each vision played around her, the white gown became a darker shade of gray and her hair slowly fell down. Eventually, black eyeliner streamed down her face, creating a mockery of the perfect skin she once had. Her hair had fallen down past her face, and the beautiful white dress was now an ugly black.

                      The next vision hit like a tidal wave before her eyes; Stefan placed a ring around another girl’s finger, and left Sasha to her loneliness. Her hair, now down past her shoulders, began shattering into pieces. The pieces floated away, and her face began to shatter, then her chest, and finally, the dress began to break into millions of pieces, slowly floating away into the unknown.

                      Guillermo grabbed her hand and the visions faded. Sasha’s body trembled and she breathed heavily, nearly hyperventilating. Guillermo spoke to her, “Sasha, it’s alright. You were just having a nightmare or something. Calm down, ok?” As he spoke, the words settled her down and she released her grip on the chair. A small trickle of tears had made their way down her face, more than Guillermo had ever seen her shed, but she quickly wiped them away.

                      “So, you finally decided to wake up, huh? You had everyone worried that the champion would die on us. Next time, don’t win so dramatically.” She pulled her other hand from his and stood up. “I have to go inform the Elders that you’re awake.” Sasha stood up and stepped towards the door.

                      “Sasha, wait. Are you sure you’re ok?”

                      “Of course. I’m fine. Worry more about yourself. Did you know you were poisoned? You’re lucky to be alive,” she said as she smiled a little and walked up the stairs. Guillermo lay back down on his bed, filled for once with more answers than he had questions. His main concerns for the time being were Sasha and Aleksi.
                      "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                      Comment


                        #86
                        Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                        Magik again, and it's slightly shorter than the additions have been lately. No matter, though, because it's all about substance, and Magik does a great job with that. There was one minor change that I had worked out beforehand, and Magik rewrote a paragraph to incorporate the idea. Also, in Mora's last addition I posted, it should be noted that Patryn - the creator of this CWS - helped Mora to write the duel between Guillermo and Magnus. We're all about credit where credit is due around here, and I had forgotten this fact, so Mora reminded me.

                        In today's addition, there's a scene that focuses on Gjigrajheth and his island castle. This castle is far far to the southeast of Kolika Bay, apparently, and doesn't see a lot of attention. Cay continues her self-analysis and Elise has a girly moment. Adam begins to come to terms with Arc's intentions towards Elise, but it's not going to be easy. Hardin is paranoid over the Key, and Guillermo and Magnus share words. Important stuff, nothing high-flying and fancy, but good writing nonetheless.

                        _____

                        86th Post - Magik 04

                        *magik4* - *eighty-six*

                        Gjigrajheth brooded within the semi-natural bastille that jutted out from a small mountainside on the island. It had been carved ages ago and fortified with stone; its purpose had been lost in history, though it was most likely a tactical stronghold of an earlier society. After years of remaining derelict, it had been overrun with the flora and fauna that naturally lived on the small island to the point that the main entrance, on the ground level, was camouflaged to look like a thick wall of mossy plants and ivy. There were other entrances, however, such as the hollow spires that must have served as lookout towers when the fortress was being used. These openings were difficult to reach for most creatures, save the fiends that could climb well or the flying monsters.

                        Outside of the fortress were tight thickets of tall trees and briers that would hinder any ordinary man or woman that tried to traverse on foot through them. Ordinary men and women, though, did not inhabit this island. Rather, the isle was mostly littered with monsters, from the tall ogres that trudged through the flats of the mountain to the spiny imps that could easily maneuver through the brush. Terrifying numbers of monsters migrated toward this location daily, as if sensing that this was to be the place in which the dual fates of humans and monsters would be decided upon.

                        Presently, a slender, flying shape buzzed into one of the crevices of the mountain spires and landed with little sound onto the hard stone floor of a large foyer, of sorts. This was Melisande, arriving to rendezvous with her lord and master—Gjigrajheth, himself. She walked calmly through the various corridors and chambers, all of them large and empty, opening and closing the heavy doors that separated each space. The path was winding and traveled deep into the earth, but she knew her way around and effortlessly (even in such darkness) reached her destination. Melisande stood before a great door that could possibly be barricaded against hoards of the largest and most fearsome beasts. She hadn’t even touched the portal when a voice boomed.

                        “Enter, Melisande,” Gjigrajheth called.

                        Faltering for only a second, she obeyed and proceeded into the largest chamber of the bastille. The room, unlike the others, was strengthened with metal and extra care. It must have been the cornerstone of the bastion’s plot. The air was stale and the room was almost completely dark. The only luminescence came from the few pools of light that poured into the room from tiny pinpoints in the walls and ceiling that connected to other, lighted chambers. Gjigrajheth reclined in the back corner of the room. He was in a nearly meditative pose, though he was obviously quite aware of his surroundings. The Thorn, Melisande greedily noted, rested at his side.

                        “Gjigrajheth,” Melisande started in her girlish but sultry voice, “I am beginning to believe that I have done all that I can. The fact is, I’ve trailed them many times and for many miles and they have yet to notice me. Finally, I have broken into their minds and they will now be plagued with nightmares of their past—nightmares that I could toy with at my leisure. Unfortunately, my prowess will only sustain for so long before they learn to overcome the obstacles I have laid within their very beings.”

                        “Then you have done well,” Gjigrajheth stated.

                        “But I could do so much better, master. I could send the one who thinks of himself as your champion to an early and swift grave! Then, you could give me—“

                        “My gifts are only given to those that fulfill their tasks,” he grunted.

                        “But what else can I do with smoke and mirrors? I need more!” Melisande shot back.

                        At this, Gjigrajheth stood and walked to his subordinate. Melisande shrank back and stammered apologies as he got closer. He was upon her in seconds and thrust out his hand into her head. No blood was shed, and Melisande was not injured. His hand passed through her flesh, as if she were an intangible wraith. Her body went taut and she seized slightly as Gjigrajheth probed her mind, becoming one with her for a short instant.

                        “Your task is not that of the killer,” he told her as he pulled his hand from her head, eliminating their bodily connection.

                        Melisande fell to her knees and held her head in her hands, gasping.

                        When she finally looked up at him he continued, “Continue to be my eyes, Melisande. Continue to strike fear within them, divide their spirits, unlock their secrets, and interrogate their very souls. Continue to be my messenger, my tempest angel, and I will continue to be your god.”

                        “I just want to be more, my lord. I want to be more than the monster that I was and the witch that I am,” she replied quietly.

                        Gjigrajheth reassured her, “Continue to be my faithful disciple and you shall be much more than you were; break my allegiance and I will take back my gifts. Go now. Find the one called Guillermo and alert me of any emergent changes to their plans.”

                        “Yes, Gjigrajheth,” Melisande vowed. She lifted herself up and flittered out of the room and back out of the spire from whence she entered. She was met by fresh air that lifted her up into the sky and sent her back towards the last place she trailed Guillermo and his entourage. Before getting to the sea, a gray monster, resembling a strange insect, flew past her. It caught her eye and she gasped. She had once been such a creature; a whimsical, harmless monster that was easy prey to larger predators. Those days were gone now. Gjigrajheth molded her into a new being with an essence of humanity. She feared to lose this gift, and she would do anything to insure that she accomplished her master’s goals.

                        I will exceed his expectations, she thought, I will open the way to the secrets of the Old Civilization for him, and I will rid the world of his foe. I will sit at his side as he rules over this world. I will hand him the blade that he destroys ‘the Dobbel’ with. Yes, I will remain his most loyal disciple. I will…

                        As she flew towards the continent, she suppressed her intuition, which told her that such delusions would only bring about her downfall.

                        *****

                        By midday, Acacia had, in her mind, reinforced the solemnity in her vow to act more amiable and social. She knew that it might be nothing more than a façade, but she hoped that with time she might be saved from her self-centeredness and apathy towards others. She stayed in her room for most of the morning, but now she had gotten dressed (she was now wearing a thick blouse and dark gray culottes) and was walking around the ship looking for her friends. She did her best to smile and say hello to the people she passed along the way. As she walked she analyzed her disposition, and she came to the conclusion that all her life she had mistaken her self-absorbed sentiments for strength and independence. Feeling as if she didn’t need to rely on others for strength, she focused on herself and cast out other’s opinions and feelings. Things finally changed when she was able to see how truly weak she really was. Unable to defend herself physically, or to control her own life, she crumbled as the situation grew more and more grave. Each day was a reminder that she no longer had a home or a family or Guillermo. Every morning she awoke to memories of bloodshed, battle, arguments, and sounds of weapons clashing with monstrous flesh.

                        True, she was used to change. When she was with her troupe of wanderers, making and selling baskets along the way, they were in a new place every week, but at least then her life was still stable. Her friends, Bethany and Trista were their names, would laugh and joke with her as they traveled. They were there whenever she needed them, and even when they left her in Danu to find security from the monster attacks she still felt like nothing was wrong. She had even told herself that her luck was better than ever when Arc ran into her. Then, she found Guillermo again. They picked up on a rough note, but once they let go of their pride everything seemed beautiful. It wasn’t until these last few weeks that Acacia had quickly slipped into her morose state of mind.

                        Feeling as though she was falling back into her melancholy, Acacia pulled away from her self-psychoanalysis and entered the mess hall. Elise sat at one of the tables, sipping on what looked like tea. Acacia took a seat next to Elise and quietly cleared her throat to make Elise aware of her presence.

                        Elise, who had decided to rest briefly, looked up at Acacia’s smiling face with mixed confusion and delight. She said, “Hello, Cay. You look nice today.”

                        “Oh really? It must be the necklace,” she replied putting her hand to a thin strand of colorful beads around her neck, “I bought it really cheap from one of the vendors in Matra’s marketplace.”

                        “With what?”

                        “I had a little pocket change. It was really cheap.”

                        “Yes, well it looks nice. But in any case, I meant that you looked, well, happier than you have been these last few days,” Elise stated, taking a sip of her drink.

                        Acacia cast her eyes downwards. She replied, “Elise, I’m sorry for how I’ve acted lately. I want to make it up to you, and everyone else, somehow.”

                        Elise looked at Acacia sternly. “We’ve all been to hell and back it seems, and we’ve all had to face our own demons. None of us hold a grudge against you. It’s completely understandable that you’ve needed time to yourself. Just,” she paused for a second, making sure she wanted to say this, “keep in mind that we’re here for you when you need to talk.”

                        “Thank you.”

                        There was an awkward silence following in which Elise stared into her mug and Acacia played with her hair.

                        Not wanting to leave, however, Acacia started up conversation, “How’re you and Arc?”

                        Elise nearly choked on her beverage and stared at Acacia, “What?” When Acacia simply grinned, Elise could only ask, “How did you know?”

                        “Woman’s intuition,” Acacia beamed, “Well, that and I overheard you two talking this morning. You were practically right outside my door, after all. Has he? Well, have you, you know?”

                        “No,” Elise said flatly, “We’re good friends. We enjoy each other’s company and like to talk. That’s all.”

                        “He hasn’t admitted to loving you or anything? You guys haven’t even kissed? You both look so smitten when you’re around each other lately,” inquired Acacia innocently.

                        Elise’s face was beet red, “Can we not talk about this? I get enough crap from my brother.”

                        “What? Adam doesn’t like it?” Acacia asked.

                        Elise sighed. “He just doesn’t understand that I can have, uh, friends and still spend time with him. He always takes things so personally,” then, eager to change the subject, she shot back, “Still intent on following Guillermo?”

                        Acacia’s heart sunk at the mention of his name. She simply replied, “I plan on staying with you guys for now. And, maybe our path will cross with his?”

                        Elise sensed she had stepped onto sensitive territory, but wasn’t really one to apologize for things like that. Besides, she needed to get back to work. She got up and said to her friend, “I need to go back to either working or training. Don’t tell anyone that we had such a girly conversation.”

                        She winked and left the mess hall. Acacia smiled softly and noticed that Elise had left behind her drink. Acacia took a sip of it and spat it back out immediately. With a grimace on her face she reminded herself that she disliked ale.

                        *****

                        Guillermo drifted back to sleep, still exhausted physically from the duel. When he awoke he was sweating and his mouth was dry. He had a nightmare, though it was especially terrifying for him, even if he wasn’t sure why. It had begun like a scene from his memory—his meeting with Acacia, when she left him (or perhaps when he let her go). Only, in his dream, she was bleeding profusely, from every pore of her body, right before him. Small beasts were eating at her heels, and she didn’t seem to notice. In retrospect it was a nonsensical dream, but at the time it shook him violently from his slumber.

                        It didn’t take long for him to calm down, but then he started thinking about her. It seemed like decades ago that she had professed her love for him, when she pleaded to go with him on his journey that lead to where he is now. He told her, then, that he couldn’t bear the thought of losing her because of his fate. He forbade them from being together, all to protect her. And now, he may never see her again. It just didn’t seem right to Guillermo. He’d never felt that strongly for someone before. He truly believed they were made for each other, but it seemed as if everything, including their own selves, kept them apart. And, now, why did this matter to him? She had crossed his mind only a few times, really, since they went their separate ways, but now she was prevalent in his mind. He couldn’t afford to dwell on people who could, for all he knew, be—then it hit him. She could be dead. She could be lying in a pile of dead bodies in some destroyed city or village. She could have been in an airship accident and laid to rest in the sea. What if he would never see her again? His heart began to panic in his chest.

                        “What’s your problem?” Valeria snapped at him. She was seated by Magnus’s bed, with her hands rested on his chest. She had watched Guillermo jump up from his sleep and begin to shake.

                        Guillermo looked at the blonde girl, who obviously scorned him deeply. He thought he had slept for a while, but the lack of windows made it impossible for him to determine the time of day.

                        It was Magnus, still lying in pain, who spoke next, “Valeria.”

                        “Yes, love?” she whispered. Guillermo was pretty sure he hadn’t been meant to hear her use such an affectionate term.

                        “Could you get me some water, please?” he said in a low voice. Valeria nodded, stood up quickly, and left the room.

                        When she left, Magnus turned his head and looked at Guillermo. His face was expressionless. He asked Guillermo, “Are you okay?”

                        “I’m fine,” Guillermo said quickly, in a less than friendly tone. He suddenly felt a pang of guilt in his chest. He had ended this man’s use and humiliated him, and here was Magnus, even now, being the better person.

                        “I’m sorry,” Guillermo continued uncomfortably, “about your arm, and all.”

                        “I don’t hate you,” was Magnus’s reply.

                        Guillermo sat back on his cot, still feeling guilty. Looking at Magnus, Guillermo decided it was best to put aside his personal intimacies now. He had no way of knowing if Acacia was dead or alive, and it wouldn’t help to mope over darker possibilities. He had come this far for himself. He needed to see where his gift would take him and if he could truly be the one to vanquish Gjigrajheth. He held Acacia dearly in his heart, and he wished her well, but right now he needed to put his current situation at the apex of his priorities. If he were to back down now, especially because of concerns of his imagination, it would be an insult to Magnus and everyone else he had faced along the way.

                        His head ached now, but he felt like he was well enough to walk around. He began to get out of bed, but realizing he didn’t know his way around, he decided to wait for Sasha or Aleksi to check on him.

                        They’d better hurry, he thought, I’m going to go mad with boredom if I have to lay here any longer.

                        *****

                        A small kitchen fire on Hardin’s airship, caused by a hapless crewmember that had been careless in his duties that morning, began to spread quickly; however, by a stroke of luck, someone had come to the rescue and put out the blaze before it could do any significant damage to the ship’s ability to travel. Instead, only petty repairs had to be made to the kitchen and its periphery. In the meantime, Adam, Arc, Seek, and a few other men were told to move some of the kitchen and food supplies to other areas of the ship while reparations were made. Packed in boxes and small crates, the supplies were great in number and much heavier than Adam had expected them to be. He attempted to carry two crates at once, and it wasn’t until after he had taken a few steps that he realized how heavy they were. His back was beginning to get very sore and he still had quite a walk to the alternate storage unit on the ship. His pride stopped him from simply putting one of the boxes down or asking for help from the other crewmembers, whom already held resentments towards the monster hunters that they considered vagabond mercenaries.

                        Arc, seeing the strain on Adam’s face, walked up and grabbed the smaller crate. He started walking towards the designated storage facility with a pleasant smile on his face, glad to be helpful to Adam.

                        Adam, who was already in a sore mood (still sulking about his tiff with Elise the other night, not to mention sore from the strenuous work Hardin had set him to do that morning), would not stand for it. He snapped at Arc, “What are you doing? Give that back and go get your own damned box.”

                        Caught off guard, Arc whirled around to question Adam only to make the situation worse by slamming the crate into Adam’s left hand, which still grappled the other bulky crate. Arc quickly apologized, but Adam couldn’t hear him, for at that moment, he lost his grip on the box and it landed straight on his foot.

                        Adam yelled, “What the hell are you doing? Trying to kill me?”

                        “Whoa, man, it was an accident,” Arc pleaded.

                        “Yeah right! Get your accident prone self out of my way and keep it there!”

                        “Why are you so mad all of the sudden? Geez, Adam, don’t lose your head. It’s not a big deal,” Arc yelled back.

                        “Stop going around snatching things from me and maybe I’ll be in a better mood. You could have at least let me know what you were doing,” said the furious Adam.

                        Adam bent down to pick up the dropped crate when Arc laid the smaller one on top of it.

                        Letting out a sigh, Arc said, “C’mon, let’s carry them together for the rest of the way.”

                        Arc bent down to help Adam lift the crates, when Adam retorted, “Don’t touch her. I can take care of it myself!”

                        Arc stopped short and stood up. “What?”

                        Adam replied, in a much calmer voice, “Just get out of the way.”

                        “You said ‘her’. What were you talkin’ about?” Arc questioned.

                        Adam was flushed and just looked at Arc, who in turn shook his head, rolled his eyes, and mumbled a quiet ‘whatever’ as he turned and walked away.

                        *****

                        Hardin fumbled with the Key, which was still around his neck, when his trusted navigator came to the door of his cabin. When the Navigator tapped on the closed door, Hardin quickly returned the Key under his garments, feeling the cool metal on his chest.

                        “Come in,” Hardin called.

                        The navigator saluted upon his entrance.

                        “Report?” Hardin asked.

                        “Sir,” the Navigator began, “due to the minor repairs, kitchen fire, and extended time it took to procure the needed supplies, we are currently a day behind schedule. The men are working very hard, however, and once we are well underway it is of my opinion that we will make up for lost time. That will depend on the kindness of the weather, of course.”

                        “I hope so,” Hardin replied, “we run a tight time and monetary budget, and every minute wasted the budget gets tighter. Keep that in mind.”

                        “Yes, sir.”

                        “Anything else?”

                        “Yes, sir. We need the key—“

                        “What?” Hardin exclaimed, standing up.

                        The navigator was confused, but continued, “The key to the alternate storage unit, sir. It seems to have been misplaced.”

                        Slightly embarrassed, Hardin resumed his seat. “Copies of all the keys for this vessel are kept there,” he said, pointing to a cupboard to his right.

                        As the Navigator went to get the key he needed, Hardin silently chastised himself for succumbing to such paranoia, but he couldn’t help putting a hand to his chest, where his secret was kept.
                        "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                        Comment


                          #87
                          Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                          87th overall addition, by Ryu. This is his 14th addition so far, tied for first in additions with me at this point in the story. I mentioned earlier that there was a facet of the story aboard the Hunter ship that we had all kind of neglected to utilize. There was a small mention of it earlier on by Lukai in the story, but it comes full swing in this addition. It has to do with Cay's skin color and the Hunter's way. There are several characters introduced in this addition, none of whom have special significance right now, save for the assassination attempt. There is a guy in the Hunter group that saves the day, but I don't know what his purpose is. I can't remember, or I was never told what the cloaked guy had to do with the story. Onward.

                          _____

                          87th Post - Ryu 14

                          *Ryu14* - *eighty-seven*

                          “So what’s Lerandelia like?” Cay asked suddenly. Her conscious decision to act more socially cordial sponsored this question, which Arc and Seek besides had to be thinking. Almost everyone was somewhere within the ship’s dining lounge for this evening’s dinner, the sign that everything had returned to a comparable state of normalcy after the kitchen incident earlier in the day. Cay sat across a small table from Elise; and Arc and Adam stationed themselves a few tables over, as Adam cut Arc off from sitting anywhere near Elise with a “subtle” glare and they both took their seats with their food, pretending that they did not hold any grudges. Arc had not seen Seek around in awhile, but he figured he’d come for food sometime.

                          “Well, it’s got lots of trees…and hills…which are arranged so that…” Elise scratched the side of her face. She hadn’t actually ever been to Lerandelia. Though she thought she had pieced together a suitable and accurate conception of the place from descriptions of other Hunters and voyagers, the overall idea proved rather vague when she actually attempted to put it into words, if Cay’s now-quizzical expression was any indication. As widely-traveled as she and Adam had become, their quest had never led them into the far east, though it was a pet territory of a good handful of other renowned monster hunters.

                          Perturbed by a case of a deficiency in her own experience, Elise resolved to obtain an apposite answer to this query. She turned in her chair to face those lounging at the table behind her, from whom she knew she could acquire pertinent information.

                          “Hey, Jahan, could you describe Lerandelia for my friend here?” Elise said muscularly, like requesting another shot of ale from a barkeep. As with the bounty hunter trade, most monster hunters had at least an awareness of others of their skill: they ate at the same restaurants, drank at the same bars, and turned in monster skins and horns to the same bounty offices, and the last news of the whereabouts and exploits of their contemporaries always stained those locales for weeks on end. Through this web, any involved Hunter could know the names and descriptions of Hunters that they only might run into once or twice in a lifetime. Elise had briefly brushed across this Jahan and some of his cohorts—known for roaming the vast mountains and forests occupying the long stretch from Jugere to Lerandelia—on several occasions before, and now spotted them a number of times a day on the ship since their enlistment with Hardin’s forces; but of course, these were extraordinary circumstances.

                          The three men at the table shifted their heads or their bodies appropriately to face their addresser. “What, miss chocolate there don’t know for herself? But I guess you’ve come to expect that when takin’ in greens,” said the one closest one to Elise—apparently Jahan—in a low, scratchy voice.

                          What the hell does he mean by that? Cay thought to herself, reacting to multiple parts of the retort with embarrassment as she stared at these Hunters. Jahan wore a purple headband out of which sprung a rough roll of blonde hair. Small, triangular eyes had glanced up at her momentarily from under his heavy brow, which then turned back to Elise. His bristly face wore a thin, self-satisfied smirk. At his right, a dangerous-looking individual with long, shaggy dark hair that fused with his heavy, brown scarf leaned over his drink, with his head tilted slightly to get a sidelong view of the spectacle before him. And across the table, a heavier man in a beast skin—probably the oldest and definitely the largest and most boisterous of the three—reclined in his seat with his hands behind his head, throwing entertained comments over the side of his face towards the group of Hunters behind him who had taken eager interest after he had signaled for them to “get a load of this!”

                          “I asked for an answer to a question, not some stupid comment,” Elise growled. She did not know much of Jahan’s personality prior to this, but she could predict that they weren’t destined for friendship.

                          “Hmph, so you need an experienced description jus’ as much,” Jahan deduced with a grungy sigh as he crossed his legs and leaned one arm over the top of his chair. His demeanor wasn’t outwardly vicious; instead he exuded a provoking air of patronizing tolerance mixed with disappointment and bemusement. “But we are the ones who should be askin’ the questions,” he continued. The large, boisterous Hunter and his associates behind him chuckled in approval: apparently the “we” referred to the monster hunters as a whole, but not Elise. “What are you trying to prove by acceptin’ these amateurs as your little apprentices?”

                          Oh great, Elise thought to herself, How long has he been looking for an excuse to make trouble out of this? Though she supposed that she’d have to expect this to come up sooner or later, she didn’t know why he would take this time to make this a confrontation, but she couldn’t rule out the possibility that he just might have had one ale too many. But she was certainly aware of the widespread sentiment motivating it. Monster hunters defined their existence in the process of just trying to survive: individuals usually shunned by or disenchanted with society, only the hard trials of staying alive in the wilderness and finding ways of producing sustenance (and funds for supplies and travel) sharpened their skills and mastered their instincts. Many started out as forsaken orphans. Others just couldn’t succeed in other trades. Since the majority of people wouldn’t willingly seek out an encounter with a monster, or so the idea went, the ones that did must either have had no other choice, or were simply stronger than the rest. Thus a preponderance of Hunters began to hold onto an obdurate individualism, which clannishly respects only those who have experienced a similar degree of hardships and dedication that they have. Several tacit “codes” of conduct—such as never claiming bounty on a beast you yourself hadn’t killed—emerged throughout the years, as Hunters, vagabonds though they were, conceptually tightened their sense of belonging to a community of other Hunters. Consequently, training of just anyone to be a monster hunter was an offense; it implied that an undeserving random city snob could adopt their whole way of life—the ins and outs that they had spent their lives learning for themselves—like they would customs protocol or proper table etiquette. And maybe Jahan was taking a more extreme stance.

                          “It doesn’t have to prove anything,” Elise said defiantly. She was not one to attack the basic merits of the general exclusivist mentality of the monster hunting subculture, as she herself had been a Hunter for so long and knew what it took, and denying that their knowledge and talent was deserved wouldn’t be fair to herself or her brother. She fought a nagging desire to hotly add an insult to Jahan for putting her on the spot, but at this point she determined to do her best to obviate further debate.

                          Jahan paused for a few seconds to realign his thoughts. “…So this is how you respect the Hunter’s way, socializing only with these city-dwelling weaklings, and even goin’ so far as to train them—and this one a foreigner!”

                          Foreigner! But I was born on this continent, same as everybody else! Cay thought with fury, but she decided to let Elise handle it, only voicing her objection with a peeved expression that drew the color to her face.

                          “If you haven’t noticed, we’re all on the same ship, doing a prince’s dirty work for money. Very Hunter-like. So much for the Hunter’s way, huh?” Elise retorted, rising to her feet in challenge with the sudden inability to restrain herself. Jahan had hit a nerve. She and Adam never really did fit in with other Hunters—with few exceptions, all they really had to count on was each other.

                          “You’re just tryin’ to be a damn woman pioneer!” returned Jahan, bolting up to face Elise.

                          “There’s where she’s got something to prove! Ahaha!” thundered the boisterous Hunter, triggering a chorus of drunken laughter amongst his fellows, who now all had scooted towards the nearer side of the table.

                          Elise didn’t need more clues to guess the meaning—she knew she was the only female monster hunter on the ship, and she didn’t know by name any others on the continent. Most women down on their luck got married. Elise and Jahan glared at each other; Elise could smell the stain of ale on the air that poured from her opponent’s nostrils.

                          While the lounge was spacious enough so that few took notice or interest in this dispute, even when it took to such a stand-off, Arc and Adam, seated not far away, caught wind of the latter half of the argument and left eating their food in silence to support Elise.

                          Adam marched up to stand beside his sister, wearing a stern look. He stood about two inches taller than Jahan, but if that rowdy Hunter at the other end of the table took to the line, he’d more than meet his match. Arc went to sit next to Cay.

                          “What’s going on here?” Adam demanded.

                          “You! You agree with this takin’ up of novices, or was it all your sister’s idea?” Jahan shot out, not intimidated.

                          Adam turned his head about the room and gathered quite accurately the overwhelming tide of opinion that stood against them. He had no question as to the position of those that took Jahan’s spontaneous actions as occasion to laugh, and the rest were no supporters at an optimistic best. Those who had to at least have listened to part of the scuffle—after all, he and Arc had caught wind of it from two tables away—had their backs turned with apathy, while Adam had seen others peer over in their direction momentarily with sarcastic smiles, both indicating their cumulative unwillingness to at least calm the waters between fellow monster hunters.

                          Adam only had a moment to consider his position. Originally he thought of Arc, Cay, and Seek as unnecessary liabilities, that they’d just get in the way, probably just as any other Hunter would feel. Unlike Elise, Adam had all the necessary traits necessary to become “one of the guys.” Muscularly built, skilled, experienced—he’d fit right in. And expressing what skulked about in the back of his brain could win him at least a shred of credibility and prove to both sides that he could still join them. A more immature impulse struck him as well. His sister was spending more and more time with Arc and Cay; rejecting them here would serve as convenient revenge, and the schism created by their unwontedness could even lead Elise to rethink her duties as a monster hunter and spend more time with her old company, like himself. Eventually he just looked earnestly at his sister, pleading with her to state her position so that he knew for sure what he had to choose against.

                          Elise seemed to read his thoughts. “I’ve said it before, and surely the thought has occurred to you,” she began, turning back sharply to Jahan and the groupies behind him for the latter phrase, “They may not be experienced, but they wanted to be trained—and the drive is enough. If they want badly enough, if they want to help any way they can, then they deserve to be trained.”

                          “And that’s how I feel, too,” Adam added right after. Ultimately nothing was going to overcome his devotion to his sister, and he took this chance to rewin her appreciation.

                          Arc and Cay had since stood up from the awkwardness of staring up at the standing Jahan. Arc wanted to annex his input but decided that it wasn’t the time to get cheeky, since they were the ones in question.

                          “…Is that so?” Jahan said impetuously, disappointed with Adam’s answer and unconvinced by the rationale, “Well do you wanna know what I think of second-rate monster hunters ?” The loud Hunter slowly rose to his feet, maybe to get another drink, but stopped to face Adam and Elise, almost as if to get a clear view before clearing his mind of the conception of them as monster hunters. He continued to stare at them with an ambiguous grin; nobody knew what was going to happen next. Cay noticed the axe that he had strapped to his side, and further marked that the other Hunters also bore weapons at all times. Jahan himself featured an assortment of knives attached to his belt. Elise once called herself and Adam the best monster hunters around, but now Cay wondered how they would really fair if such a claim came to a contest. But now Elise looked eager to respond to this issue; Cay was afraid a fight would break out by which Elise could bust some skulls and restate her ability.

                          Elise again surveyed the room, primed to come down on any non-participants who might be looking at her funny. But then a group two tables behind Jahan got up to leave, revealing that Lukai was sitting there all along. Elise gaped at him, dumbfounded; he had turned his head away the instant Elise spotted him and now only wore a distant expression. He heard the whole thing and didn’t bother to risk himself help them out even as those right beside him cast their lots against them. Elise and Adam shared an interesting relationship with Lukai: because of his superior knowledge, he was in one sense their mentor, yet they possessed the greater physical ability. He was both a father and a brother; and maybe he was ashamed of his recent display of weakness that would put him at the level of a baby. At any rate, Elise couldn’t feel any rage towards Lukai for this act of disownment—she rather felt slighted and betrayed, and wasn’t quite sure if Adam had taken notice and how he would react. Lukai nonchalantly left at his first opportunity as another clique of people passed between the tables and in front of Elise’s line of sight.

                          Now more than ever Elise wanted to cram a fist into Jahan’s little rat nose, but she figured he knew her intent and would defend himself accordingly. In the heat of the moment, she couldn’t tell if Jahan’s open, raised hand was really inching closer to one of the knives at his side for a quick draw or if she was just imagining it. Things could get ugly, especially considering that big guy behind him, but there was no easy way to end their face-off without looking liked they backed off from a challenge. Suddenly, Jahan’s arm dropped to his side like a crane that suddenly went limp. A bead of sweat tickled Elise’s temple.

                          Alright, let’s make this as painless—for me—as possible, Elise thought as she bent at one knee.

                          “Cool it,” came a low grumbling voice from somewhere low and nearby.

                          “Huh?!” Jahan, Elise, Adam, the loud Hunter and just about everyone else who was paying attention turned their heads, strangely in unison.

                          “I think we’re all just a little edgy,” said the shadowy, dark-haired fellow, who had been seated to Jahan’s right the whole time, “And the dinner hour is over.” He now stood up with his empty glass and plate in hand, mimicking the actions of many others around the room.

                          Unable to maintain any sort of intensity now, Jahan waved his hand dismissively. “Eh, we’ll settle this soon enough,” he muttered, as his associates left with him. Elise, Adam, Cay and Arc watched them leave in relief. The shadowy character lingered there for a second.

                          “Nice one,” Adam commented to him.

                          “I can’t say that I respect you, but hey, that’s no reason to have to watch your drunken rabble,” he returned sardonically, in his whispery growl.

                          “Whatever, I’m just glad you took care of it,” said Elise with an agitated sigh. She knew that she hadn’t reached her limit, but it wasn’t worth establishing now.

                          “Whatever I can do to help. Oh, and I can tell you about Lerandelia, too. It’s got a bunch of trees and hills and stuff,” he added with a chortle as he made for the exit.

                          Elise frowned sarcastically after him and then turned towards Arc and Cay with a sincere look, putting a hand on Cay’s shoulder. “Well, now that that’s over, I’m going to head back to the room now, then probably get some exercise before bed. Don’t let those idiots get to you.” She began to make her way out, and after quickly rushing to grab some food from his plate and then nodding to Arc and Cay slightly, Adam followed his sister.

                          As the room emptied, Arc picked up some extra food from his table as well and returned to Cay to figure out what her plans were for the night. Just then, Seek entered the room. He had been waiting for the room to clear out so that he could snatch some food and beverage just before the kitchen closed–no waiting-lines involved.

                          “Damn man, where’ve you been? We missed you,” Arc began, jumping into Seek’s fray.

                          Cay gave Seek a pleasant smile, then said, “Guys, I think I’ll be heading back to my room myself.”

                          “Oh, okay,” Arc replied as Cay left with a wave, and then he readdressed Seek as he made his path to the kitchen. “Anyway, this Hunter, Jahan, was getting on Elise’s case for training us. It was pretty tense—we could have used you here.”

                          “Eh, he probably just has the hots for her,” was Seek’s interpretation as he signaled the kitchen workers for some grub.

                          Meanwhile, as Cay walked to her lodgings, she too soon encountered a familiar face in the hall. Jahan was returning from his room with towels and equipment for some nightly training.

                          “You just watch yourself, chocolate,” he said contemptuously, keeping both eyes on her for a moment as she took a step aside. Then he disappeared down the hall.

                          Cay wanted to defend herself, but feared anything she might say might reflect poorly on Elise. Instead she smoldered with determination—she would become a powerful and expert fighter, and show him he was wrong. She had to, or…

                          *****

                          Hardin was stationed in his office, alone as always, as he would permit intruders to his quarters only on important business. Their ship was due in Lerandelia sometime around tomorrow and the pressure of this and the recent events weighed heavily on him. His head was laid on arms folded over his desk; he was awake only in the sense that all of his thoughts kept his mind company and his subconscious could choose which ones to focus on.

                          Lerandelia. It had been so long since he set out from there to gather his first batch of monster hunters….so long since he saw the royal palace, built a good four generations ago by an ancestor. The palace was so extravagant that the civilian commoners lived with poverty and high taxes for a decade even after it was finished, but its construction was justified by a higher good—that the existence of such a structure would prove to the rest of the world the prestige and might of the country of Lerandelia. He envisioned the palace through fragmented details of fond remembrance: two stories throughout; marble exterior; built on some seven million square yards of house and fountain gardens; all enclosed by dense green forest. Much more pleasant than sleeping in this skyborne closet. The gardens were a dream to visit, and all the nobles vacationed to this fantasyland, though some of the magic is dispelled by the ring of towers with cannon turrets that encircle the perimeter to protect the palace from potential air strikes. The trees cover most of them quite nicely, though. In his groggy dream-state, Hardin could see the palace in his mind, as soft yet as clear as a reflection on water. A very cherished memory: he recalled one day when his father played hide and seek with him in the west wing of the palace…quite an isolated incident. He had spent many of his days in the palace, but not nearly what a boy should spend in his own home. But now he was returning…those bureaucrats back at home, they were currently running the country by themselves now that his father was gone. They’re probably glad my father is dead—now they can try to claim power for themselves, Hardin thought hazily, Well, they’re in for a rude awakening. But deciding how to conduct himself would be difficult—how exactly should an Emperor act? What’s an impressive way to return?

                          With this stew of partial coherencies he sunk into a dreamless, noiseless sleep in the darkness of the office.

                          *****

                          While Guillermo was waiting impatiently for Aleksi or Sasha to return with news of his next instructions, Sasha only had business of her own to attend to. Prowling through the headquarters’ archives, she sought for any tidbit of useful information about the Keys or Gjigrajheth—maybe a precise physical description of the Key so next time they would be less foolhardy, or perhaps a legend about the forging of the Thorn—from the ancient cultural texts that their organization preserved. These things she had to find out for herself, for their organization stressed physical and mental training over Doctrine or any one set of agreed-upon myth—the bare essentials about the power of Dobbel, the Keys, the “Chosen One” and the enemy Gjigrajheth were easily communicable to the followers. The books were held for the great age when evolution would be achieved and their clandestine operations could take to the surface, so that they might produce documentation of their involvement in the creation of this utopia; in the meantime the texts were for the Elders’ knowledge and for personal investigation of the followers. She was quite content searching these pages by herself and under no surveillance. There was no way she wanted to run into Valeria, and Talus had been acting rather disturbed lately. Actually, everyone seemed a bit addled and out of their element—it must have been due to all the excitement surrounding the process of finding their candidate. But regardless of everything else, this solitude gave her peace and time to consider all that had happened since they had reached the headquarters.

                          Alas, Sasha wasn’t finding what she wanted. Rows and rows of thick histories filled up the wooden shelves that Elders of the past placed into cuts of the cavernous walls. One had to search them manually—indexing all of the texts was a yet uncompleted task of the scribes. Deeming descrying anything of interest in her current book a hopeless endeavor, she closed it, took up her candle and returned to the shelving. Brushing her hand across a row of book spines while reading their titles—many of which were in other languages— she stopped on a hunch with one entitled “Myths of Ancient Civilizations: A Collection,” compiled by an unknown author.

                          Taking it to the chair positioned in the archive, she flipped open the book’s cover. It will kill some time if nothing else, she thought as she turned through its pages. Identifying a reference to something like who their organization called Gjigrajheth was never an easy task, since every ancient culture used a different name for the same creature. She knew accounts of encounters with him existed in ancient cultures, but finding examples of exactly what you wanted was the tricky part, and because the books were so numerous and lacked page numbers and since the Elders insisted that the lesser followers find their information on their own, it wasn’t like one could just ask someone where to look. At last, to her surprise, she found herself reading an unmistakable reference to Gjigrajheth in lines of ancient verse, which continued over several pages:

                          Foul black-skinned magician-king
                          The commander of the fallen beasts
                          Wielder of the Daemon Spear
                          Swathed in clothes of darkness,
                          He invaded the lands from afar
                          Planting hives for his creatures
                          On the graves of our people
                          Defying the gods at every moment
                          And not a soul could stop him.
                          All hope was lost

                          When suddenly the gods
                          With undying knowledge of our youths
                          Sent mighty warriors of light
                          As their lustrous beacons
                          They challenged the monster
                          To war on Halamdas Isle
                          And set sail with our
                          Finest lads as their army
                          The mighty magician-king
                          Entered the battle personally
                          And the sounds of war over Halamdas
                          Roared into the heavens for seven days
                          All but the last fallen beasts were defeated
                          And the glorious warriors stood
                          Face to face with that demon
                          He sought to destroy them
                          But one godlike hero Rezelian
                          Bearing the sword of legendary origin
                          Pierced the side of the villain’s torso
                          And wounded but not slain
                          He retreated on the wings of a dragon
                          And so the godlike wielder of the sword
                          Wreaked judgment on the evil being
                          And purified the land again.

                          Sasha grimaced. The verses ended there. If only it were that easy—too bad magic swords of the gods were hard to come by these days. It seemed that the myth-writer had known of some encounter with Gjigrajheth, but much of what was written was obviously falsified. She previewed some of the other verses that were written nearby this passage to find out its country of origin, and found references to Adternas, an ancient parent nation of modern-day Lerandelia. This was interesting—she would keep this in mind. But unfortunately the text itself did not provide her with anything near what she was looking for—she would have to keep looking.

                          Warriors of light, godlike hero, evil being, Sasha thought as she cycled through the remainder of the book, Didn’t these people realize there are no such things as good and evil?

                          *****

                          The stagnant air stunk of murky, moss-coated water, with which the sounds of its running bounded down the cavernous underground. Half-floating in the water, reaching halfway up the sublime heights of the cavern’s ceiling rested an atrocious, bulbous sac dwarfing the figure which stood atop a giant fungus with its arm outstretched towards it. The figure was Gjigrajheth, conducting a ritual that he had rested from for ages, in a dismal underbelly of his island. Like a mother, Gjigrajheth had the power to give birth, but not in the ordinary sense. His inborn arts allowed him to fashion living creatures from his imagination, which would then reproduce and scatter over the earth. All that was required was the right conditions, and—as with a witch—the right materials: rich, soupy water, a humid environment and reserves of organic matter, all of which he gathered to this spot and used to build the gargantuan, brown filmy sac—a nest—that stood before him under drips of water falling from hanging stalactites. With this proverbial clay ready to be formed, he could then channel the thoughts of his mind into the innards of the nest through his open palm. But also like a mother, he could not do this freely; it was physically taxing and could only be preformed in long cycles of exertion and rest and regeneration. However, after retreating from Antaross after being wounded by that unexpected energy blast, he decided that it was time to use the energy he had stored up over untold years.

                          Gjigrajheth’s eyes pierced deep into the contents of his nest. He could already feel the disturbance of the moving embryo within as the sac made strange burbling sounds and pulsated in response to the influx of his creative energy. After a few more sessions of this daily ritual, the sac’s membrane would tear open and he would behold his new finest creation.

                          *****

                          Guillermo bustled with agitation—neither Aleksi nor Sasha had come to rescue him from this horrible room of noneventfulness where Magnus’s heavy breathing was keeping him company. Maybe the Elders were still deciding what was to be done with him, but they were still taking forever. Despite the everlasting torch-lit darkness of the chambers, he sensed that outside it was nighttime. One of the aids brought him bread and soup earlier, but he still felt hungry. The hours he spent in this same room proved somewhat uncomfortable, for the blonde woman stopped in frequently for a vigorous burst of tending to Magnus’s every need. Whenever he heard her approaching with Magnus’s new glass of water or dry towel for wiping his brow, he laid down in his bed and pretended to go to sleep. But contrary to his restlessness, it felt good to have the time to just sit back and rest like this, especially considering that after the battle he felt “uneven.” His muscles had grown and his veins felt strained; his skin felt itchy; his bones ached; the hair he could see hanging over his forehead had developed a silvery hue. Moreover, his eyes felt weak and sensitive to the air, and he was having trouble focusing or keeping them open for long periods of time, which made him wonder about Sasha mentioning of his poisoning.

                          Presently, Valeria was gone, and Guillermo sat up onto the edge of his bed to check on Magnus. His eyes were closed, but Guillermo could tell that he was awake. Some aids had also stopped in for a moment to readjust the bandages around Magnus’s arm to allow room for growth, and now Guillermo smiled as he noticed that under the wrappings a little stump had started growing, appearing as determined as a sapling. Guillermo found that after spending hours of silence in the same room as the man, he felt some kind of fellowship with him. The experience made him think of those “uncivilized” tribes he learned about as a kid where instead of talking about meaningless things all day, two friends would stand three feet apart from each other, stare off into no particular direction, and share a time of complete silence. Guillermo wasn’t a member of those tribes, so he figured it wouldn’t hurt to break the quietness.

                          “So you’ve seen Dobbel?” Guillermo said suddenly. It was the best question he could think of.

                          “…Yes,” Magnus answered after delaying for two cycles of his breathing. He opened his eyes briefly to see the other person in the room and then closed them again.

                          “How’d he get you into all of this? All of that talk of uniqueness and receiving the ultimate power?” Guillermo asked with a hint of short humorous reflection in his voice.

                          “That was part of it. You too, eh?” Magnus replied with a laughing tone himself. Guillermo grinned, too.

                          Guillermo asked the next strictly logical question, “How about your ‘implant’? What did you lose?”

                          “The same arm you tore off.”

                          Guillermo cringed with abashment—that hadn’t gone so well. He tried to think of a way to apologize, but Magnus ended up asking the next question.

                          “What made you accept it—Dobbel’s gift?” he said in his booming voice, his eyes still closed with rest.

                          Guillermo paused for a second or two. He still sat at the edge of the bed; his arms hung between his legs past his knees, with his fingers limp and turned up like the legs of a dead spider.

                          “I thought that if what Dobbel was saying was true—that he could offer me power—then I would take it. I wanted the power to save. I thought that if I had that, then I might be able to regain what was lost…Then life maybe would start making sense.”

                          “See, we’re not so different,” Magnus said.

                          Guillermo felt reassured. He wondered at the exact reasons Magnus had in mind for accepting Dobbel’s solicitations, but he noted that he himself hadn’t told him about his hometown and all that. He supposed that the details weren’t really what mattered.

                          Magnus opened his eyes and spoke again, as if bequeathing the unchallengeable right to the title of Evolutionary Candidate to the other. “The will of Dobbel is final. You have to be strong—there is no turning back now.”

                          Guillermo studied Magnus’s face gravely. He was right; he had come this far and Dobbel had a lot invested in him.

                          After a moment of silence an aid emerged from one of the darkness-immured halls and addressed Guillermo.

                          “Elder Talus wishes to speak with you now. Come this way.”

                          Guillermo tilted off the bed wondering what the word was going to be, and then followed the messenger. He looked back once he reached the doorframe and nodded towards Magnus and then exited, leaving Magnus by himself.

                          Alone after this exchange, Magnus had time to think quietly. Perhaps his failure was a punishment of the gods for agreeing to use the dishonorable poison against his rival, or perhaps it was a blessing. Regardless, he would not be able to go back to his country with the required amount of power that he had hoped for to save his people. He sighed deeply, and a longstanding traditional belief, propagated by his town’s priest, occurred to him. They said that if one sincerely channeled all of your will into a single desire in an hour of greatest import, you could communicate with anyone you knew, no matter where they were. Magnus hadn’t ever experienced this for himself but he considered trying it. He would tell one of his clansmen brothers or sisters that he didn’t know if he would ever return…

                          *****

                          Only the keenest of the forest animals heard the slightest of rustlings emanating from the nearby branches. Perched among the leaves crouched a man, dressed lightly for freedom of movement, with chocolate skin and dark brown hair braided into a queue, who held a pair of makeshift binoculars to his face. He had an imposing stone palace in his sights; searching the upper platform of the balcony roof that made islands of the continuing floors that extended beyond the walls might have been difficult in the gloom of the night if it had not been for the radiant white moon. Satisfied that no guards lurked the perimeter, he leapt from tree to tree towards his ominous destination. The dense forestry led him right up to the vaulting fortification. Keeping his eye pinned to the edge of the wall above him, he whipped the crossbow that he had strapped to his back, loaded it with an iron hook at the end of a triple-threaded rope and fired. The head of the shot sailed over the rim, the rope flapping like a serpent behind it. Once he was convinced that the hook was caught on something sturdy, he put the crossbow over his shoulder again, not before loading it with an arrow from a thin pack also on his back, and swiftly scaled the wall. Once on the roof, he looked back over the forest; he could see the rooftops of the nearby village on a lower plane in the distance.

                          After speedily wrapping the rope into a loop over his arm, he put the hook and rope back on his belt and crept towards a wooden door leading into the interior of upper level. He put his ear to the door’s surface and listened for any sign of action within. This palace was built with few openings: no windows, two iron doors on the ground level and one wooden one on the top, so that all entrances could be quickly barred to protect the owner and his family in the case of peasant riots. For these lands bore the bloodshed of ethnic strife. For generations, the Coronelia race minority—about thirty percent of the population—suffered starvation and denial of rights that the reigning darker-skinned, lighter tan-colored hair majority—the Vespucians–did not. Over the years a competent rebel army composed of Coronelia dissenters and a slight percentage of Vespucian sympathizers emerged—though they did not establish themselves as the purported government of the Coronelians, they claimed to fight for their rights and did so through military action. The man leaning against the door of this palace: he was an expertly-trained Coronelian assassin sent to erase the wealthy Vespucian lord—one of the most prominent and influential of the nobles, known for his notorious cruelty, a symbol of subjugation—that dwelled within. A freedom fighter, he fought for a noble cause—not that he and the others like him didn’t have any regrets.

                          There appeared to be no commotion immediately on the other side of the door, but due to a coordinated spy network, he knew that his target was inside, probably in the master bedroom on the top floor. Ready to make his entry, he sent a booted foot into the wooden barrier—nobody expected intruders from the roof—and darted in with his crossbow loaded. He couldn’t see anyone in the opulent room that spread out before him, just a grand table atop plush red carpeting, mirrors adorning the walls, with an extravagant chandelier to light the whole space. A staircase connected this floor to a railed overhang that overlooked the room, which he silently flew up. Looking both ways down the hall and seeing no one, he entered a stone column with a broad spiral stairway that reached to the second to the last floor. The master bedroom was still another level past this. Exiting the stairwell, and turning the corner, he saw a series of six-foot-high marble statues lining the adjacent hall, depicting the lord and his kin with beautiful, idealized bodies. He grimaced with disgust: the commission alone for these gross displays of self-indulgence could feed a half-dozen Coronelia families for weeks. As he considered this while dashing alongside the row of statues, he stopped short of the next turn when he heard footsteps. Putting his head almost to the floor and peering around the corner, he spotted two armed guards strolling down the aisleway in the different directions, one towards him and one in the other direction—perhaps they were returning to their different posts after taking a break? At any rate, this would be child’s play.

                          He waited silently for the unwitting guard to turn the corner. Once he saw the first leg reach past the corner, he made his strike. The middle-aged guard’s eyelids spread open like the punctured skin of a pea, but the assassin’s arm was already around his throat before he could cry out. Creating only the slightest of shuffling sounds, the assassin snapped his victim’s neck in a heartbeat, catching the weight of his suddenly lifeless body so that he did not drop straight to the floor and create a thump, and then gently laid his body across the carpet. After suspending further action momentarily to ensure that the other guard—probably on the other side of the floor by now—hadn’t detected anything suspicious, he stalked down the last path that the now-dead guard traveled. His organization knew how all of these palaces were built, so taking all the fastest turns towards the staircase—and avoiding the way to the bedrooms of those who were not his target—to the final floor was no problem.

                          At last he arrived to the final hall. As expected, light shone from underneath the chamber door of the master room from the center of the hallway. He saw no further guards, yet he approached the last door between him and his assignment as cautiously as he would a being that just inexplicably fell from the sky. He gingerly leaned up against the door and heard indistinguishable voices inside. Sweat dripped down the side of his face—his strike would have to be perfect. There would have to be only a split second between his turning of the chamber door’s handle and the demise of his target and whatever potential witnesses were in the room, or else someone might get off a series of screams and wake the whole palace up—then he would have no choice but to try to murder them all lest he run the risk of someone spotting him and learning the nature of the whole operation. He rubbed his calloused fingers over the mast of the drawn crossbow and checked that the dagger at his belt was easily accessible for the follow-up strike after firing his shot from the crossbow. While taking a deep breath, he prayed that the souls of whatever innocent people he might end up killing would forgive him, and his fingers hit the door’s handle.

                          With a jump of the breath he heard a chorus of short blasts of wind all around him as he flew through the room. Instead of finding his target, he discovered that he was on his back, with a series of bowgun darts sticking out of his chest and limbs. He looked up with disconcertion as the agonizing pain started to spread through his body. There stood a string of about eight Vespucian male and female guards bearing crossbows and the patchwork garments of hired bodyguards; and behind them, a cowering man in his late fifties lifted his head up after a period of disquieting tranquility told him that he should better take a look. Once he realized his attacker was defeated, he slowly dropped his arms from a defensive position and his face broke out into a pusillanimous yet relieved smile, and he cautiously walked forward. The assassin stared up into the face of his target as it shifted into the range of his view; he had small beady eyes, a toothy smile, short caramel-colored hair, and diminutive spectacles across his large nose. Now that his attacker was on the ground, he took the time to voice his victory.

                          “Oh great work!” he told his hired shooters, “I’ll see that you are rewarded handsomely for this!”

                          Then he gazed at his floored assailant with impunity. “Coronelian scum,” he spat out, as if this one man symbolized all that ever tried to do him harm.

                          “Our government has just managed to successfully plant double-agents in the company of your little rebel organization. That’s how we knew you were coming,” the lord said with haughty triumph, “But no one will mind me telling you this, because you will now be killed like the dog you are!”

                          With that he drew a sword out from under the purple robe he was wearing—one could never be too careful this day in age—and with both hands sent the sword—hilt evened out vertical in the air—plummeting into the foiled assassin’s heart. Blood splattered up onto the lord’s fine robes, but in the sweetness of this metaphoric victory, he did not even care. This piece of trash was dead, and so too would all of those rebels who threatened his and other Vespucian nobles’ and rulers’ existence.

                          But before he went to go to bed, an amazing jewel pendant that rested around the dead assassin’s neck caught his eye. This ape does not deserve such a thing, he thought to himself and lifted it from the corpse. He made a twisted smile when he saw his reflection in the glittering stone.

                          “You can dispose of the body now,” he said to his shooting squad, who nodded and proceeded to take to carrying their kill, as he held the pendent necklace up with both hands and made his way through a velvet curtain in the corner of his master bedroom and into the closet.

                          He opened up the top of a gold-framed chest inside and gaped with glee into this container where he kept a pile of his favorite things: mostly small riches of all varieties. This pendant would have special significance. He chuckled to get over a night full of nervousness and worry and genteelly placed his newly-earned spoil right next to another of his most-prized objects—a sizeable, august silver key that shined with an aura of singular stateliness amongst his other trinkets. Feeling quite pleased with himself, the lord’s spindly, ring-covered hands slowly let the cover of the chest cover his stash in quiet darkness, and, closing the curtains, he made to dress for bed.
                          "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                          Comment


                            #88
                            Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                            88th overall addition by Mora. If you thought Omni's colossal addition was huge, this one's slightly bigger. It runs 28 pages in Microsoft Word double-spaced between paragraphs. This one officially gives Mora the second place spot in terms of who's written the most. Lots and lots of stuff happens, and it's a great addition. Certainly one of my all time favorites. Jared is introduced here, the most important character in the story. :b He's a lowly cult aid that leads Guillermo to a meeting. Jared will in fact make a second appearance, so BE ON THE LOOKOUT. In other news, Sasha and Aleksi have words and Melisande is promptly dealt with. Guillermo gets a bit of an ass-kicking and we discover a startling and convoluted truth about Talus. Cay and Adam share a conversation through a door, and the emphasis on the race relations is put into focus more clearly. Hardin puts his Regent, Valdemar, in place and declares his desire to be Emperor of Lerandelia. Sasha discovers a possible location of the Grimymus Key, and Guillermo and Magnus are assigned to retrieve it.

                            Two new locations are opened up here. One is Lerandelia, mentioned before, but the description of this Far East country will come later. Vespucia, an island continent, is located fairly far south of Lerandelia.

                            _____

                            88th Post - Mora 12

                            *Mora12* - *eighty-eight*

                            Cay shifted on her lumpy mattress. She hadn’t been able to go to sleep all night long; way too many thoughts buzzed around in her head. She looked over with bleary eyes at her roommate, Elise, who put the “sound” in sound asleep. One of the reasons Cay had been denied entrance into the land of slumber was because Elise kept making a noise that sounded like two horses in a heated argument every time she inhaled and exhaled. She had tried clamping the equally lumpy pillow over her head to stifle the cacophony, but it was too much to try to attenuate. Plus, she had trouble breathing with her head smooshed up against the bed. She finally decided she’d had enough. If she was gonna not-sleep, she could not-sleep in the silence of the hallway rather than this den of din.

                            She opened the door to the cabin and exited, considering perhaps filling the time by going to the bathroom. She knew that there were accommodations further down the hall, so she plodded forward. It was night, of course, so the hallways were dark except for periodic lamps that were lit, giving an eerie ambience that had the subtle effect of raising the hairs on the back of her neck. She felt unsettlingly alone, but she knew that wasn’t true. Even at the dead of night, security made up of the rest of the crew roamed about the ship, making sure nothing odd happened.

                            She passed by an intersection with another corridor and briefly looked over to it. Someone was stumbling around, probably drunk. She paid no mind and kept moving forward. After a few moments, she heard steps echoing behind her. She glanced back to see what it could be and saw the man she had seen stumbling around before. Now that he was closer and in better light, she could see he was the large man from the confrontation during dinner. He had definitely had a few too many sips from the bottle of liquor that dangled in his big right paw, making sloshing sounds as it swayed back and forth in his unsteady grip. He was slow to stop walking, himself, and clumsily raised his left hand and waved with his fingers in an absurdly dainty way as he grinned sloppily with his bearded face. “Good evenin’,” he rumbled.

                            “You, too,” Cay briefly replied, hoping to avoid having to talk to this inebriated brute.

                            “You that darkie chick, ain’tcha?” he replied, suggestively.

                            Cay was immediately offended, and her face showed it. “Excuse me?”

                            ”What’s a pretty girlie like you doin’ out so late, without no big, strong man aroun’?”

                            “None of your business,” Cay replied, coldly. She noticed the beast skins the man wore. They smelled; and for that matter, so did he. He looked grubby, like he hadn’t bathed for months and months. He probably hadn’t.

                            “Maybe yer lookin’ fer some company, eh?” He absent-mindedly rubbed himself. “Fer that matter, so am I. ‘N’ I heards some real good things ‘bout darkie girls… heh!”

                            “No thanks,” Cay said, with a barely detectable disgusted tone. She could practically smell the liquor from his breath from where she was standing.

                            “Aw, c’mon!” He stepped a little closer and brought up his left arm and flexed a little. “I’m just the kinda guy you need ‘round here ta protect ya ‘n those late, lonely hours…”

                            “Come any closer, and I’ll show you how good I am with my hands,” she said, taking out a dagger she had to her side and brandishing it in the lamplight so the Hunter could see it.

                            The man’s eyes widened as his face turned into a snarl. “Damn! Why ya gotta be so stuck up?! Like yer too good fer somethin’ like that… Ya prob’ly think yer too good ta be a Hunner, too, don’tcha? Dumb darkie *****. Don’t know what that ***** Elise is thinkin’. Y’know… mebbie I’ll keep ya company anyway, heh heh! Not like anyone has ta know, right? Little girle like ya don’t know how ta use no knife…” He began to walk forward.

                            Cay panicked and stepped backwards while sternly keeping the dagger in place in front of her. “I’m warning you, you try anything and I’ll use it. And we’ll see how tough you are when the guard makes his rounds and sees you trying to force me to…”

                            It was here that the thug chuckled. “Girlie, I’m the guy on duty. Ain’t no one gonna find ya, ain’t no one lookin’ for ya.”

                            Cay’s mouth hung open as true fear entered her eyes. No one was gonna find her. She could scream? The walls were thick and might not wake up anyone. Even if it did, by the time they got it in their heads to peek outside, she could be dragged off by this lout to do whatever sick thing he was considering. Could she really be able to strike at him with her dagger before he could move his arm to stop her? It was true she wasn’t entirely familiar with a dagger, but he was clearly intoxicated and might be too slow to stop her. The two of them kept inching down the hallway, one of them flushed and excited, the other one ready to break into a cold sweat. Suddenly she heard someone from behind him. “Actually, I’ve believe that I’m looking for her, I’m afraid.” She recognized the voice: Adam! The thug turned around to see who was accosting him. “So you might have to run along.”

                            The brute shifted his eyebrows for a moment before he recognized, “Adam, eh? Might wanna stick yer nose where it belongs, fer a change.”

                            He looked sternly at him. “That young woman over there is my responsibility. I hope for your sake, Lachlan, that you weren’t trying to take advantage of her. That’d be most unfortunate, because then I’d have to make you my responsibility, too. Get the picture?”

                            The Hunter, Lachlan, looked between Adam and Cay for a moment, as if digesting the information as to whether or not it was worth it. A few moments later he snorted, spit on the floor and said, “Jus’ makin’ sure the little lady was safe, ‘s all. Ya got some imagination, lemme tell ya.” He shuffled past Adam, bumping shoulders, and sauntered on back down the hall he came from.

                            “Well,” Adam began awkwardly, “that was exciting. Lucky for us Lachlan likes his sauce, huh?”

                            Cay wiped some of the sweat off of her brow and took a deep breath. “You know,” she said with a hint of disappointment, “I’m getting sick and tired of being in situations like this.”

                            “You often get guys coming up to you doing that?”

                            “I mean being the damned damsel in distress.”

                            “Well, gee, sorry for looking out for a friend. I just thought that…”

                            “…That I needed help,” Cay replied, finishing his sentence for him. “I know you two think I’m some kind of baby. When it comes to monsters and stuff, I admit I like backup, but I don’t like having a knight in shining armor showing up every time there’s a puddle in my path. It’s… unpleasant.”

                            “So I guess I’m not the right knight in shining armor, huh?” Adam pointedly remarked.

                            Cay looked genuinely hurt for a second, and then decided to let it roll off of her. “I’d be saying the same thing to Guillermo. If I’m going to be a Hunter, I’m gonna need to be self-sufficient. You saw me; I had the knife on him.”

                            “And you were gonna cut him.”

                            “Damn right I was!” Cay shot back. She caught herself arguing a bit too heatedly and paused for a moment to collect herself, pushing stray strands of her hair back. “I’m not particularly welcomed here, am I?”

                            “Well,” Adam tried to explain, “you know how it is in tight groups. The older members get all bent out of shape when new people come. It’s like that. Once you guys prove yourselves, I’m sure…”

                            “It’s not just the others. It’s about me, too; about who I am, how I look. At dinner that Jahan called me ‘chocolate.’ And Lachlan called me a ‘darkie.’ No one’s… no one’s ever said those sorts of things to my face before.”

                            Adam frowned. “Those were ugly words he said, then. Cay, they’re idiots. It doesn’t matter what you look like, you’re as good as anyone.”

                            “Am I like Tumuro?” she suddenly asked. “I… I’ve wondered ever since we met him. The only other person I’ve known other than him and his family that looked even close to me was my father. I knew he came from somewhere far away, but I didn’t care. I hated him. So I never really bothered to find out who… or what I am.”

                            There was an awkward silence. Then Adam broke it. “I only know a little. There’s a race of people, close to where we’re headed actually; south of Lerandelia on an island continent, so I’m told. They have dark skin, with hair a little lighter, like yours. Some people… hate them because of the way they look. It makes them easy targets when they’re around the rest of us, you see? They call them names like that and say they’re stupid or not really people. But, like I said: morons. I hear the people don’t really like being treated like that and prefer to stick to themselves on that island. Not many people go to or from. That’s probably why you’ve seen so few.”

                            Cay took this all in for a moment and then nodded. “Well, it’s nice to know that much.”

                            “So, what were you even doing out this late?” Adam asked.

                            “Your sister snores like an ogre. I got tired of having my eardrums eroded and decided to go to the bathroom.”

                            “Yeah, nature called me, too. As a matter of fact, I’m feeling that call rather urgently at the moment, so if we could just walk and talk at the same time…”

                            Cay smiled somewhat. “Yeah, sure, I can do that.” They began to amble down the hallway some more. Moments passed with no sound other than their own footsteps, until Cay noticed something. “You know, this is the first time you and I have really had a conversation since Kolika Bay. Even then, it wasn’t this long.”

                            “Hey, you’re right.”

                            “So…” Cay trailed off, obviously having no plan for the conversation. “Been keeping up on those drawings of yours?”

                            Adam blushed and looked down. “Nah, things have been… intense lately, even for me. A lot of feelings I need to work out.”

                            “Taking that a bit literally, I suppose. You’ve been training pretty intensely lately. Something up?”

                            Adam shook his head profusely. “No, it’s nothing. Stupid stuff. Don’t worry about me. Strong as an ox, right?” he said, banging his chest with his fist in a not-entirely-convincing show of masculine bravado.

                            Cay backed off and decided to play along. “Yeah, right!” she said with a laugh.

                            They had reached the small unisex bathroom. It wasn’t so much a bathroom as it was an outhouse built indoors. “Ladies first,” Adam offered.

                            Cay looked at Adam and saw that he was practically hopping on one foot to hold it in. “I can wait, you look like you need it more.”

                            Adam considered the small diversion from etiquette for a second and quickly said, “Thanks,” as he went inside, locking the door.

                            Cay decided to give her legs a rest and sat down, leaning her back against the wall next to the bathroom’s door. She thought a little bit about what she had said before and decided amends were in order. “Adam?”

                            “Uh… yeah?” he replied from behind the door, obviously uncomfortable talking and going to the bathroom at the same time.

                            “I’m sorry I didn’t thank you for the help earlier. It was rude. I was just angry, that’s all.”

                            “…Was this really the best time to tell me?”

                            Cay realized what she was doing and turned red with embarrassment. “Oh, sorry!”

                            “Nah, it’s okay,” he replied. A few more beats went by without either talking when Adam suddenly asked, “What do you think of Arc?”

                            “Huh? About Arc?!” Cay asked, wondering what he could mean.

                            “Well, what kind of guy is he?”

                            “Uh, well, he’s young, first of all. You know, all bright-eyed and energetic. Not like the two of us, huh?” she said, with a laugh. “But I guess that’s part of what made him charming to me when I first met him. With him, there’s no pretenses or games. It was refreshing for me, I suppose. I knew he was interested in me, but he really was too young. We had nothing in common and with Gui around, I kinda gave him the message that it wasn’t gonna work. He’s good, though. Honest, loyal, that sort of thing. At least, that’s what I’ve gotten from him ever since we’ve met.” She paused for a moment, thoughtfully, before speaking again. “This is about Elise, isn’t it?”

                            Adam was quiet, then he softly said, “They’ve been spending time together.”

                            “And you want to protect her, huh?”

                            “Well, I’ve noticed Arc is around girls a lot. I didn’t know what he might…”

                            “Well, he is a womanizer at heart, that Arc; nothing to be alarmed about, though. He may keep an eye on girls, but he strikes me as the type of guy that wouldn’t mind settling down with the right one.”

                            “That’s what I’m afraid of,” Adam said with a tinge of bitterness in his voice.

                            “You don’t think he’s good enough for Elise?”

                            “Well, look at the two of them! They’re so different, why can’t she see that? Besides, in our line of work, it’s tough to keep anyone, especially a rookie like him. He could get squashed or something, then what’d she do?”

                            “I didn’t think they were dating, to be honest. Elise denied it when I asked.”

                            Adam begrudgingly said, “Elise doesn’t say they’re dating, true.”

                            “Well, then what’s your worry? They’re not dating, they’re just…”

                            “Spending lots of time alone talking, I suppose.”

                            “If that’s what she says. If you think Elise would lie to you about that, well, you know her better than I do. But she seems smart. If she’s really not interested, the one I’d be worried about is Arc. He probably is interested in something more, knowing him. Once he finds out there isn’t more to be had… it could hurt. Bad.”

                            “Serves him right,” Adam snuffed.

                            “For what? Chasing his heart?” Adam didn’t respond to that. Cay decided to probe a little more, now that she had caught him with his pants down, so to speak. “Haven’t you ever done the same thing?”

                            Silence, then, “…No…” Adam reluctantly mumbled.

                            Cay was a little surprised. “You mean you haven’t courted a girl, ever?!” she asked, incredulous.

                            “It’s been tough!” Adam exclaimed, defensively. “We’re always on the move and doing dangerous things… plus I’m poor and I have my training to keep up on! I don’t have time!”

                            “But hasn’t there ever been a girl you WANT to make time for?”

                            “I don’t wanna talk about this,” he sulked.

                            Cay gave up and just sighed, putting her hands behind her head. She couldn’t believe how someone like Adam could be such an amateur when it came to normal things like girls. She blew a strand of hair back with her mouth. She also couldn’t believe how long it took him to do his business.

                            *****

                            As Guillermo went down the hall, he decided he could use the opportunity to gather some information, so he didn’t walk into a situation blind, for once. “What do you think Talus wants with me this late?” he asked the aid in front of him.

                            The aid was a young, brown-haired man, probably a few years younger than Guillermo. He looked backwards at him, as if to make sure that it was he that was being talked to. He turned his head back forward and swallowed. Guillermo could obviously tell from his demeanor (as well as from the fact that he could smell him perspiring—how sick was that?) that the young man was nervous dealing with the man that had only recently ripped off a giant’s arm in a blind rage. “Who knows?” the aid replied. “I’m just the go-fer. These Elders are all a bit eccentric if you ask me. You should know, right? I heard Elder Bastraglon was with you… and didn’t come back.”

                            “Anteron killed him, not me. You can relax, you know. I’m not a monster.”

                            The aid swallowed again. “Of course!” he replied, anxiety wavering in his voice. “That’s not what I was implying at all! Just surprised that Anteron could dispose of an Elder like that. Although, I suppose you could say that Bastraglon wasn’t exactly well-liked by the rest of the Elders. I heard he was a bit of a dirty old man. That’s why they say he didn’t get to stay here, I guess. Politics—that sort of thing. Elder Talus is the most level-headed out of any of them, though. I guess that’s part of why he’s top.”

                            Guillermo looked at where they were going. He recognized the surroundings. “Hey, we’re going near the arena, aren’t we?”

                            “Yeah. Actually, not just near. Elder Talus said explicitly he wanted to see you there.”

                            “Do you think I could be punished for what happened there earlier?”

                            “Um… when what happened there?” Guillermo could smell the aid’s perspiration getting worse.

                            “When I ripped Magnus’s arm off,” Guillermo said, bluntly. “I don’t even remember it, you know. I was just doing what they wanted me to do! Another damned hoop to jump through…”

                            They had entered the arena. It was devoid of people, save for Talus in the center, seemingly idly sitting with his legs folded in front with his back to them. As they approached him, he suddenly spoke up. “That’s fine, Jared. You can go outside now and make sure no one disturbs us until I say otherwise.

                            Jared bowed, even though Talus could not see so, as far as Guillermo could tell. “As you wish, Elder,” Jared said, submissively, as he rose up, turned on his heel and exited the circle, closing the gate and the curtain behind it, giving them both utter privacy.

                            There they both were. Guillermo looked down at Talus, who hadn’t budged from his sitting position. The seconds ticked by, as neither made a move to engage the other in conversation. Guillermo got anxious and began fidgeting, tracing things into the thin layer of dust that covered the stone floor. He looked back at Talus and the man still sat, not even moving a muscle. Guillermo’d had enough of this. He hadn’t gotten dragged around just to keep this old coot company. “Look, why did you want to see me?”

                            Talus simply laughed. It was a chuckle, really, communicating that he was mildly amused by Guillermo’s lack of respect in talking with him. “I was wondering how long it would take you to take the initiative and speak first. You know, when I called Magnus to me some time before you arrived, and did the same thing to him, we were here for hours before he expressed his impatience. That’s when I sent him away again. It must be a part of his culture to let elders speak first. I’m sure he thinks I’m crazy. You… you’re different. You’ve got spunk, don’t you? I can guess that drove Sasha and Aleksi mad. They can both be rather sticks in the mud when it comes to protocol. And, I suppose, they should be. I demand respect from those under me, but I don’t truly consider you to be a subordinate, Mr. Avory. May I call you Guillermo?”

                            Guillermo didn’t like people playing mind games with him. “Since you admire my ‘spunk’ so much, no.”

                            This got another hearty chuckle from Talus. “Fine, as you’d have it, Mr. Avory. The reason I don’t consider you as such is because Dobbel is quite convinced and has, in turn, quite convinced me that you are the one, the grand product of his search. If you can succeed where so many others, including myself, have failed, it would be with great undeserved ego on my part to consider you beneath me.”

                            “Is this going somewhere?”

                            ”You’re aware that Sasha and Aleksi are no longer your trainers,” Talus said while moving from his sitting into a standing position, still with his back towards Guillermo, “are you not?”

                            Guillermo thought he finally understood the meaning of this. “Let me guess: I’ve graduated to you.”

                            A short pause occurred before Talus replied, “Quite a bright student, aren’t you? Good. It would have been disappointing trying to teach someone who was dull. Tell me, healed up from that dreadful illness of yours? Have the energy to go a round or two?”

                            Guillermo was slightly surprised that Talus would ask him to spar without first at least outlining a technique or even a general tip to use in the tussle. He could already tell Talus would be slightly less conventional than Sasha or Aleksi. He supposed that it was to be expected, when he was going to be training with someone so much more advanced than the two of them. Of course, with someone as old as Talus must be, he didn’t expect much of a physical fight, remembering his bout with the decrepit Bastraglon. “I can manage pretty well.”

                            “I shall only tolerate your best,” Talus said solemnly. “I will consider anything less an insult and a waste of my time.”

                            Guillermo was a little agitated by this comment, but he liked that Talus meant business. “Fine, I’ll give it what I’ve got.”

                            “That’s more like it,” Talus replied, approvingly. He fidgeted with something around his neck and the black robes surrounding his form fell to the ground, leaving Talus in his roomy black pants with his torso bare. Talus kicked the robes aside. He began rotating his arms, loosening them up. Guillermo stared, agape. Talus’s body was built with taut, defined musculature that made him wonder how old this man must be. He was in the kind of shape that would have been excellent for someone Guillermo’s own age. Guillermo began to get nervous. “Tell you what,” Talus said, finally turning around to face his opponent, “put up a good fight, and I’ll let you see behind the mask.”

                            “Huh?” Guillermo said rather perplexedly. He had gotten more than he’d bargained for.

                            ”You know, as incentive.”

                            Guillermo got himself into a fighting stance. “Whatever. Is this a fight, or a tea social?”

                            Talus relaxed himself, putting both his arms behind his back, in an expectant posture. “Your move.”

                            Guillermo leaped from his position like lightning and as he pounced on Talus’s still-immobile form, drew back and released a punch. Oddly enough, he didn’t feel it connect with anything. He had neither hit Talus, nor had his punch defended against or deflected. He simply hadn’t judged the distance right for whatever reason and had stopped just short of where Talus was actually standing. This almost threw him off his game, but Guillermo tried again with a leg sweep as he landed. Again, he seemed to be misjudging the distance and narrowly missing Talus. He sprang up and tried a one-two punch combo with similar results.

                            He couldn’t believe this! He couldn’t have missed! He was standing right in front of him! Talus was completely relaxed, as far as Guillermo could tell from not being able to see his face. His body was completely still and he didn’t seem to be perspiring at all, while Guillermo was working up a healthy sweat. He tried a roundhouse, but Talus seemed to have pulled his head back just enough so that not even the tip of Guillermo’s foot grazed him. He tried everything he could think of—punches, kicks, flips, grabs, but every aggressive action he took against Talus was for naught. It never seemed to connect. Talus was always slightly out of his range. What was even more frustrating for Guillermo was that Talus hadn’t even tried to attack him yet. He just stood there, dodging his moves each time. In fact, Guillermo had a hard time calling it dodging, since it hardly looked like Talus ever moved at all. But if that were true, he would’ve hit him by now. What was Talus’s secret?

                            Guillermo was trying his hardest again with a series of punches that flew out so fast that Guillermo himself couldn’t even see them as more than a blur. Before he knew what had happened, he felt his right fist hit an immovable object. He had just enough time to see that Talus had outstretched one of his hands to catch the punch before he felt something similar to a charging ogre slam into his chest, sending him flying several feet into the air and landing yards and yards away from Talus, nearly hitting the wall of the ring. He was sprawled on his back trying to breathe with the severe pain in his chest when he mustered up the strength to sit up to see what had happened. He saw Talus, standing still, but this time with his other hand extended in front of him, open-palm. Guillermo lay back down, with a feeling of overwhelming embarrassment. He’d been beaten down with one blow.

                            He could hear the steps echo as Talus slowly walked over to him. “Don’t feel ashamed. You kept your word when you said you’d try your hardest. I could tell. You showed me quite a bit of what you were capable of. To let you know, I didn’t hold back when I hit you, as well, so don’t worry. You’ve seen what I’m capable of. Unfortunately, I didn’t see what I saw that day in the ring when you tore that poor fellow’s arm off. But I can accept that as something we have to work on. As I promised,” he said, now standing over Guillermo, taking off his mask and placing it in his right hand, “I’ll keep my end of the bargain.”

                            Guillermo couldn’t believe what he saw.

                            *****

                            Aleksi was not in one of his better moods. He had taken certain risks and they had blown up in his face. The first was to bring Dedalus into the loop on all this business. He knew that hyena was a resource for sale to the highest bidder, but the situation he had been in at the time called for quick, professional help. He knew that he would be able to pay Dedalus afterwards, once things cooled off. But then there was that inauspicious arrest in Kolika Bay. The more he thought about the events following that, the more he felt like kicking himself (or doing worse to Dedalus). Dedalus had just happened to show up in Antaross. Scratch that, he’d managed to show up in Antaross’s military brig with a set of keys he had “stolen” from a guard. Aleksi thought he must’ve been half-insane from exhaustion to believe that to be just a sign of his own good luck. He knew better than that. He had no luck before, why then? No, Dedalus probably hadn’t stolen the keys. And he definitely hadn’t done so out of the kindness of his heart, or even expecting any sort of payment from him. He must’ve been told to keep watch over them, maybe Guillermo, too, but Aleksi didn’t have enough evidence to support that. And what a fool he, himself, had been! Practically giving away the true Twinynus Key! And why? Because Dedalus was the one with pockets. Oh, certainly, give the known slimebag who would probably kill his own dog if offered enough money the priceless artifact that meant more than his and Sasha’s lives combined. He had trusted Dedalus too far and he had paid for it.

                            The trouble was that Aleksi had no idea who could have put Dedalus up to betraying them. And how long had Dedalus been employed by this second person? The entire time? Now this person had himself the Twinynus Key and unfortunately probably knew what it went to. They had a rival for the keys. He wondered if Talus’s scouts would come back with the news that the Grimymus key was already swiped, as well.

                            He was finding it hard to care about matters that certainly should have meant more to him when there was the problem of Guillermo. He couldn’t stand it. The man’s very existence was a taunt aimed at Aleksi every time Guillermo drew a breath or blinked an eyelid. He had despised him with a hatred very few in the world could understand for years. More to the point, he probably hated the idea of Guillermo as much or more than the man himself. He had been born with a damned silver spoon in his mouth with everything—everything—that Aleksi had coveted his entire life for.

                            Guillermo had talked about his affectionate parents back when they were in training. He would get letters from them talking all about how they wished he could come home sooner. Aleksi’s father was a deadbeat that couldn’t wait to escape his decidedly indelicate mother when the chance presented itself. His mother’s idea of family bonding was to get drunk and tell him that he was adopted and that she despised him for burdening her life. His own mother didn’t even want to take credit for his existence. Guillermo had money. He never failed to have enough to spend on small pleasures in the military and had the gall to offer some to Aleksi whenever he caught him staring at them like a vulture. Aleksi had always curtly refused.

                            Guillermo talked of Cay. Aleksi had burned with embarrassment and envy. He had never had a girlfriend at that point, let alone sex. It was years before he recognized Sasha’s emptiness and tried to fill it as adequately as he could with himself. Had he loved her? He wasn’t positive he had, but it was the first and only affection he had been able to truly consummate physically and he had hoarded every moment of it, like a secret treasure. Sasha eventually didn’t need Aleksi for any kind of support, and the already stunted emotional aspect of their entanglement was left to rot with only a carcass of a physical relationship left between the two of them. Aleksi put everything he had into it; how could he not? Sasha was everything good that had been given to him in life: modest beauty, intelligence… and she was quickly growing weary of Aleksi’s ministrations, which were expressing his frustration more and more the worse things got. The lines between love and aggression came close to intersecting before they stopped their intercourse altogether.

                            But Aleksi didn’t blame himself. It had been around the time he had been “reunited” with Guillermo. Aleksi had been told, in an offhand manner, by Talus that Dobbel was seeking out new candidates, since Gjigrajheth had been sniffing around, readying his resources for some unknown purpose. Aleksi mentioned he knew someone, with a sly grin on the inside. Why not volunteer that Guillermo Avory for the job? He had found out that bastard had slouched around Jugere while Aleksi had… True, it was an extreme prank to play. Since not just anybody could become a candidate and succeed, Guillermo would more than likely die a few days after Dobbel worked his magic on him. But Aleksi didn’t care. Guillermo’s dead body would be the perfect way to remind him of how far he’d come, to remind him that Guillermo was the gutter trash now and Aleksi was superior.

                            But luck, of course, passed him by once again as it turned out that Guillermo was actually handling the power excellently, and since he had been the one to point him out, Talus had assigned him and his junior, Sasha, to train him. Aleksi knew Sasha was losing interest in him. Aleksi knew that Guillermo was more handsome than he was and that his own bony form was unattractive when placed against a healthy young man such as Guillermo. So it was with the slow dread of an unavoidable accident that Aleksi saw Sasha connect with Guillermo, become sensitive to his situation, even snub Aleksi to win Guillermo’s trust. It was unfair! Aleksi lost everything he had, while Guillermo gained it.

                            A hatred of focused, blue flames burned behind Aleksi’s eyes as he decided to end Guillermo’s life. It was the perfect plan. Using his own power to fool the mind of another person into seeing him as someone else would allow him to play everyone off each other while keeping himself at a distance when the sparks flew. It had paid off to never let on that he even possessed such ability. When he found out initially, he knew it would be shrewd to save it for such an occasion. He could only trust himself, after all. The power of deception couldn’t work if everyone knew he could do it. But what had happened? His perfect plan had met the perfect match: Guillermo and his evolved metabolism. Of course an unbeatable poison would be no match for him! Of course even a hulk such as Magnus would be torn asunder by his mighty wrath! Aleksi had felt like vomiting as he saw Guillermo defeat him without trying. In fact, he had, once he had gotten some private time for himself. The rage had been too stressful for his body, and even his stomach was rebelling. So ended his second mistake.

                            Aleksi stamped his foot down on the hard stone floor of his room. It made a loud thud, as he sat on his cot, not knowing what to do with himself. For once, he didn’t have his own survival to think of, and Guillermo was officially out of his hair. Normally, he would have been helping Sasha with her research on the keys and Gjigrajheth, but he couldn’t force himself to care. He felt that he was an unimportant, unimpressive, ugly henchman once again. Guillermo had always made him feel that way, and he was suffering acutely at the moment. He wished he could just go to sleep, he felt exhausted. But every time he closed his eyes, he felt like he was back… there, once more. He had been having strange, vivid recollections of his past, specifically that event ever since he had come back to the headquarters. He had been too busy to give it any real investigation, but now that his plan had failed, maybe he had enough time to…

                            Aleksi grabbed his head in pain as he sunk down to his knees again. He opened his eyes to the sight that had haunted him all this time. He was in a dungeon that smelled rank from the many years of improper sanitation. Moonlight shone through a barred opening off to the side of the wall. To any normal person, the room would have been too dark to make out anything. To his eyes, which had been conditioned for months to see in the dark, the moonlight worked as well as the sun. He was in a small stone room, alone. His emaciated arms hung out uncomfortably from his body, angled up by the fetters attached to his wrists. He had worn them for so long without release that they had cut into the flesh and he now bore deep wounds around them that never healed properly, thanks to the constant abrasion. There was a dull ache to his face, as he knew he had been beaten, and quite recently. His face was throbbing and tender with the pain. Blood slowly streamed out of his nose and into his mouth, letting him taste his own salty lifeforce draining from him. There were old and fresh bruises littering the rest of his body, as well, which was stripped nude to humiliate him, to dehumanize him. He felt shame every time one of his captors came in to feed him, shoving half-rotten food into his face, parts of it barely being stuffed into his throat, half of it dropping on the ground where it continued its decay. Every so often someone would also come to throw a cold bucket of water at him to clean him off as well as wash his excrement away.

                            He had gotten captured by Anteron during a particularly awful battle for Jugere. A stunning 3/4ths of the regiments were killed or taken prisoner, with the rest escaping. Aleksi had tried to escape, but as with anything else in his life, he had failed. He was taken captive along with some others and sent to a detention facility. They had tried to pry information from him, but after they found that he was only an ignorant grunt, they took delight in punishing his role as a Jugere soldier. He was particularly beloved by the soldiers there for his complete lack of pride. They’d beat him and he’d weep like a woman. They’d play with his mind, saying that if he confessed to a certain crime, he could be put in a proper prison. He readily bore witness to the “fact” that he was guilty of whatever they put in front of him. Of course, they yanked the offer away when they saw him look up at them expectantly after asking profusely for forgiveness.

                            It had been nearly nine months of such treatment. He was a skeleton; his bones protruded disgustingly against his pale skin because of severe malnutrition. He was nearly an animal by that point, grunting and groaning to communicate, if he dared at all. He was always in semi-consciousness. He couldn’t get the sleep a normal person could at night, and his body had to settle for small cycles of a state of mind that neared catatonia. Aleksi liked these absences in his consciousness. They were his only rest. It was to this creature that a man improbably appeared to one night.

                            “My, what an abominable place this is,” the man had said. Aleksi was roused from his inattention and riveted to the person in front of him. He was an older man, dressed in unassuming attire and wielding what appeared to be a walking cane in his right hand. He was tapping it slightly against the ground as he looked around. “It has quite a stench, have you noticed?” Aleksi thrust his arms out as best he could toward the person, trying to gesture with his movements that he wanted to be set free. “You want to escape, do you?” Dobbel asked. Aleksi couldn’t believe it. How cruel this person must be to dangle hope in front of him like this. It was excruciating! But ultimately, Aleksi was a slave to this hope and nodded his head as furiously as he could, making a sound not-unlike barking. The man squinted. “What is that sound you keep making? Oh, that’s right. They’ve cut out yur tongue haven’t they?” Aleksi nodded his head in shame and opened his mouth to demonstrate. Where there should have been a tongue there was a fleshy stump. Aleksi had been incapable of speech for the past eight months. “How would you like it back?” Aleksi gaped at him, astonished.

                            “First, let me introduce myself. I am Sir Robert Ven Dobbel, and I have a gift I am willing to give you. There are forces in this world that would tear it apart, and as humanity stands, it will be. I, however, have decided to change that fate. You see, if humanity can… ‘change,’ it can survive and lead an ultimately better existence. I am trying to find the right ‘change’ by choosing a special person and… pushing them towards this ideal. You happen to be one of the people that will survive such a change. Yes, you are special. If I grant you this power, I can also give you yur missing tongue back and even give you yur freedom back. Would you like that?”

                            Aleksi didn’t know what this “Dobbel” was talking about, but he had heard the man call him “special” and offer him his freedom and tongue that he had agonized about all this time. He was desperate. He didn’t care about any of that other stuff. Even if this Dobbel was a figment of his diseased imagination, he couldn’t pass up a chance to become a true, whole person again. Aleksi nodded his head vehemently.

                            Dobbel smiled. “As you wish,” he whispered, bringing his cane down with a sudden thwack on the floor. A gray smoke began billowing out from where Dobbel had struck the floor, wafting up to where Aleksi was restrained. He breathed in the smoke and instantly he was in pain. He felt as if his body was on fire, the flesh being melted from his bones, his mouth especially excruciating. He had learned later that he was one of the only ones that didn’t pass out when he had been chosen. At least in that way, Aleksi had reasoned, he felt like he had earned his place. He suddenly felt a strange sensation in his mouth, a sort of effervescence. After a few seconds, he knew what was happening; his tongue was growing back! In a few moments it was done and he was exhausted, but complete again.

                            His new tongue was dry, but he tried to speak anyways. “Th-thank you,” he whispered, hearing his first words with his new gift.

                            Dobbel grinned. “There’ll be enough time for thanks later. Let me just get you out of here first.” He went over and easily broke the chains off the wall with his bare hand. Aleksi’s arms fell to the floor, for the first time in a long time. He cried a little at the pain, and found what strength he had to feel the manacles on his wrists. He looked up at Dobbel, who had extended a hand to him to help him up. Aleksi looked back into Dobbel’s eyes with a cold fire and in an instant whirled around and grabbed a… something by the neck, breaking the illusion. Aleksi was back in his room at headquarters, the same as he had been before. Only now, he had a visitor.

                            It was unlike anything Aleksi had seen before, but he wasn’t about to let it out of his grip simply because it repulsed him. It was a small humanoid, colored gray in the shape of a woman with soulless, glassy eyes. It was grimacing in Aleki’s grasp and desperately trying to use its wings, which had unfolded from its back, to fly away. “You’re what’s been causing these past visions, aren’t you?” he asked, neither enraged, nor indifferent.

                            “N-n-no!” the little thing said, struggling.

                            Aleksi grasped one of its wings fluttering behind it and stroked it lengthwise. “You know, these are quite beautiful,” he said, a moment later snapping it from the creature’s back, causing it to wail in pain and an odd-colored fluid to ooze from the wound. “And now it’s gone. For every lie that you tell me, I will take something from you, something like your wing just now. Do you understand me?”

                            The creature nodded. Aleksi smiled. “Good,” he said, in an inappropriately jolly tone. “Now, let’s try this again. Are you what has been causing these visions?”

                            “Y-yes!”

                            “Very good! What’s your name?”

                            “Melisande.”

                            “Excellent. Now, it’s time for the hard ones…”

                            *****

                            Guillermo still stared upward, dumbfounded. It was a few moments before he could piece together his thoughts. “You… you look just like Aleksi.

                            Talus grinned in his own way. Although he had messy gray hair on his head and a bushy gray beard that reminded Guillermo of a more unkempt version of Dedalus’s, Talus’s face itself showed none of that age. His face was smooth and youthful, mirroring Aleksi’s features almost exactly. “The resemblance is strong, isn’t it?”

                            “Um… just… how?”

                            “The answer is simple enough, I think,” Talus said. “Aleksi is my son.”

                            This confused Guillermo even worse. “Aleksi never mentioned having a father that was… you.”

                            Talus helped Guillermo up to his feet, who was having problems getting up by himself due to the impact of the blow. “I imagine it’s because he doesn’t know I’m his father,” he explained. “Aleksi isn’t the first. I’ve had many children in my life, with hopes of one of them becoming what you are. Aleksi is merely the latest.”

                            “Does Aleksi know, because…”

                            “No. And I advise you from asking further questions of that nature. They’re really none of your concern or business, Mr. Avory,” Talus warned, with a bristle to his voice.

                            “You said you’ve had several children… just how old are you?”

                            “Oh, I’m close to 200 years old, if you must know.”

                            Guillermo was speechless again for a moment while a look of disbelief swept his face. “I think maybe I hit my head when I fell… I need to sit back down…”

                            “I realize what I look like. It’s a part of my own personal evolution, I think. It’s the best explanation I can think of. I wasn’t the correct candidate of course, so I was let go by Dobbel and joined this institution. Yet, as the years passed, my hair grayed, but never thinned. I never got wrinkles or any other signs of physical aging. And I didn’t die when I suppose it would have been normal age for me to do so. For as much as I can tell, my physical age is still the one I got initiated at. I’ve presided over this group for much of that time, taking over for the previous Elder after he died. Does that help?”

                            “So you’re Aleksi’s long-lost immortal father who happens to run the cult that worships Dobbel. Couldn’t have predicted that, really,” Guillermo said, exasperated.

                            “I expect you not to tell Aleksi, Mr. Avory,” Talus warned. “Aleksi seems to me to be rather…”

                            “If you’re trying to say he’s a prick, I agree,” Guillermo blurted. “Don’t worry. I won’t tell. It’s too convoluted to believe, anyways.”

                            Talus bowed slightly in gratitude as he put his mask back on. “Now, on to the real matter. Do you know why I chose to fight with you?”

                            Guillermo looked around, trying to grasp for an explanation. “Um, well… because you said you were going to train me?”

                            “That’s only part of it,” Talus said, grimly. “I heard that you met Gjigrajheth on your escape from Antaross.”

                            “Yes, that’s true,” Guillermo affirmed.

                            Talus’s voice took on an icy tone. “I also heard that you tried to confront him.”

                            Guillermo felt the trouble he was in. “Yes, I did.”

                            Talus turned around, walking towards his robes he had discarded, arms folded across his chest. “Now, tell me: why would you attempt to fight a creature such as he when an old man such as I had you sprawled out on the ground in pain after a single blow?”

                            Guillermo’s blood boiled. “Gjigrajheth was responsible for the deaths of nearly everyone I cared about! He ruined my life! I… could have taken him on back then, if only Sasha hadn’t persuaded me!”

                            “I imagine she informed you he was immortal, yes?”

                            Guillermo paused before answering. “Yes, she did. But she told me I could kill him if I could get the spear away from him!”

                            “The Thorn, yes? The spear that no one but Gjigrajheth has ever wielded. The spear that is told to be so mighty that no human being can ever use it against him. And you planned to take it away from him?”

                            Guillermo nodded. “Yes, I did.”

                            “You couldn’t even land a single punch on me. Gjigrajheth would have slaughtered you like a calf.”

                            “You CHEATED!” Guillermo yelled, in an outburst.

                            “I did?” Talus said, intrigued by this anger.

                            “I should have been hitting you! I don’t know what you did, but it was cheating!”

                            “My dear boy, I merely used what I was given. I have the ability to slow time for those around me, so I was easily able to evade your attacks. Gjigrajheth would not give you as sporting a chance as I did, I assure you. And then there is the matter of the speed at which I was able to defeat you.” At this, Guillermo looked down at the floor in shame. “It merely took one blow to send you flying. True, it was at my full strength, but your inability to take it still stands. And I am an ant compared to Gjigrajheth’s power.”

                            Guillermo finally understood why he had been challenged to a fight he had no hope of winning. “I… I just…”

                            “You’ve grown far too confident,” Talus said, coldly, interrupting Guillermo’s weak attempt at an excuse for his behavior. “You recklessly rushed headlong into a battle you had no hope of winning at that point. That’s not bravery; that’s stupidity. Sasha saved your life. If it had been me, however, I would have let you die. Are we at an understanding?”

                            ”Yes,” Guillermo answered sheepishly.

                            Talus bent over and collected his robes, putting them back on. “That’s good. That means we can truly begin your training. If I had allowed your arrogance to rage, unchecked, it would have led you to trouble again, sooner or later. I think you’ve got the message, though.” He turned back around to Guillermo in full vestment. “I’m not such a bad guy, now, am I?”

                            Just then, the gate to the arena re-opened as Aleksi barged in, carrying something in his arms bundled in cloth. He stopped in front of Talus, giving a short bow. “Elder Talus,” he said, urgently, “there’s something that requires your attention.”

                            Talus folded his arms again in skepticism. “I really must reprimand Jared. I quite clearly told him not to let anyone disturb us.”

                            Aleksi took the barb in stride and continued on. “He let me in when I showed him this,” he said as he unwrapped the bundle and dumped its content onto the floor. Onto it dropped a small creature in humanoid form that looked like it had been mauled. “It calls itself Melisande. I believe it is what was causing hallucinations in me, Sasha and Guillermo ever since we left Antaross. It came back to spy on us for its master, Gjigrajheth. In fact, it had some rather interesting things to say about him, didn’t it?” he asked, prodding Melisande with his foot.

                            Melisande looked barely functional, but tried to speak. “M-m-master has sent agents to foreign lands. He told me one of the dark ones held something he wanted. I-it might be a key…”

                            Talus stroked his beard. “This has proven to be quite an unpredictable night. How do we know this creature speaks the truth?”

                            Aleksi looked down at Melisande and grinned darkly. “Do you see its arm?”

                            “Yes.”

                            “It used to have two.”

                            Talus stopped stroking his beard, and merely hummed in thought. Guillermo tried to prove he wasn’t an idiot to Talus. “So the dark ones supposedly have a key, right? What does that mean? Who are ‘the dark ones’?”

                            “I-I’m not sure…” Melisande croaked.

                            “He wasn’t talking to you,” Aleksi snapped.

                            “That is the question at hand, isn’t it?” Talus said. “Dark ones certainly can’t mean us. We have nothing that beast wants,” he continued, facing Aleksi, probably making some sneer of disapproval at the Twinynus debacle behind his mask. “So, it must mean something else entirely.”

                            Guillermo gained a look of understanding. “Something like the color of skin.”

                            Talus chuckled. “Heh! Precisely what I was about to say! The races of Vespucians and Coronelians are distinct with their dark skin. And lucky for us, they almost exclusively reside in an island continent, don’t they?” Talus thought for a second. “Thank you, Aleksi. This information certainly makes up for your failure earlier. Dismissed.”

                            Aleksi bowed. “It was my honor, Elder Talus.”

                            “Oh, and take care of the creature, would you?”

                            Aleksi nodded and silently squashed Melisande’s midsection with his boot. Her death screech echoed in the arena for several seconds before anyone spoke again. “Rather impulsive, wasn’t that, Aleksi?” Talus said with a tinge of disapproval.

                            Aleksi scraped his boot clean of the guts. “Simply ridding us of a pest, Elder,” he said, coolly. He turned around to leave and saw Guillermo staring at him. Aleksi shot him a look of disdain. “I don’t need someone like you gawking at me like I’m a freak,” he said bitterly. With that, he left.

                            “That’s my boy,” Talus spoke wearily. “But this new development changes a few things…”

                            *****

                            Sasha gazed blearily at the text in front of her. She wasn’t sure how it even related to anything she needed to know. Hours of study and she had hardly uncovered anything she thought was important or useful. She’d found a bunch of myths about how scary Gjigrajheth was and how good would over come him and blah blah blah. Unless they could scrounge up this “Rezelian” and his legendary sword, she couldn’t find anything to put Gjigrajheth in his right place. So she was practically back where she had started. Gjigrajheth could only be killed by the Thorn, and no one had ever gotten close to it without being killed by it. The only vague thread she could find was about this Adternas that would one day become Lerandelia. Something about its ancient royal family connected to Gjigrajheth, but she couldn’t find out precisely what or if it was even significant to defeating him at all.

                            She continued to stare listlessly at the symbols in front of her as she heard steps echoing from behind, getting closer. It suddenly stopped just behind her, as she felt the pressure of a hand on her shoulder. “You’re up awfully late,” Aleksi’s voice commented.

                            Sasha shifted uncomfortably with the hand on her and said, “Speak for yourself. Weren’t you supposed to have gone to sleep?”

                            “Funny thing about that,” Aleksi began, with a laugh. “I was a bit restless, so I was having trouble settling down, and then what do you think happens? I got a blast from the past.” Sasha became alert at that bit of information. “And something tells me you know what I’m talking about.”

                            Sasha finally turned around halfway so she could look at Aleksi while speaking to him. “You’ve been having it, too?”

                            “Like memories with a vengeance, right? It’s like you’re there again with all your senses. I had a feeling something sneaky was going on. I managed to break through the illusion and found that one of Gjigrajheth’s imps had been following us, manipulating our senses, tying them in with our past, to keep us occupied. That’s how I knew all three of us have been having them.”

                            “Guillermo, too, huh?” Sasha asked.

                            Aleksi’s grip on Sasha subtly strengthened. “Don’t bring him into this, okay? He’s not our responsibility anymore. Talus is training him. We never even have to mention his name ever again.”

                            Sasha turned her head back to the book and flipped through some pages. “So what happened to the thing?”

                            “I interrogated it. Turns out, Gjigrajheth has been making plans of his own, sending lackies out to find ‘dark ones.’ Turns out, we think that means either the Coronelians or Vespucians. It might have something to do with the Key.”

                            Sasha sighed in relief. “Finally, some information! I’ve been going around blindly all night without any sort of clue to how to find some information on the Keys. Maybe if I cross-reference with Vespucian texts I can find something…”

                            “What about the Coronelians?”

                            “Not much I can do there. Ever since the Vespucians became the dominant force in their land, Coronelian texts have either been destroyed or suppressed. I don’t think even our archive has anything. And that’s not even mentioning the fact that the Vespucians keep the Coronelians illiterate. Once again, at least it narrows down my search.”

                            “I’m a little riled up from all the excitement. I think I’ll keep you company.”

                            “Suit yourself,” Sasha said. She took some books that had been stacked to her right and opened them in front of her, flipping through them for the rare table of contents or index. Apparently something had caught her eye and she went to the appropriate page for further information. Aleksi continued to stand behind her with his hand on her right shoulder. He’d slowly gone from having it lay still to moving it in a slight rubbing motion. It meandered from her shoulder to the base of her neck and back again, which made Sasha, who had been engrossed in her research, pay attention. Aleksi then put his other hand on her left shoulder and inched his head closer to hers, sighing contentedly, his breath hitting her ear. This had made her body grow rigid and unresponsive. “Perhaps this wasn’t the best idea, Aleksi.”

                            “Nonsense,” Aleksi whispered playfully into her ear, “I think it’s about time we loosened up. All this stress we’ve been under lately… it’s time to just let go of it, don’t you think? Studying and research can wait.”

                            “This is important,” Sasha said with a more forceful tone.

                            Aleksi rested his head against hers. “So is this.”

                            Sasha had had enough and slammed her hands against the table. “This isn’t exactly professional behavior, you know!”

                            Aleksi was a bit taken aback, literally, and backed a few steps away with a bitter expression on his face. “It wasn’t professional the first hundred times we did it, either!” he shot back.

                            Sasha turned around and stood up with anger in every movement. “What makes you think you can just walk in and touch me like that?”

                            Aleksi narrowed his eyes. “So that’s how it is, huh?”

                            “That’s how it’s been for some time now, Aleksi. I’m sorry if you thought that there was more to us, but there isn’t. It’s over. I don’t want you. We’re partners in the organization and that’s it.”

                            “This is because of him,” Aleksi accused. “There was an ‘us’ before he came along. Then you got all sympathetic to him. Began giving him special treatment, stealing glances, I’ve seen it. You want him.”

                            Sasha was agape at his accusations, not because they were untrue, but because he had been extremely attentive to her behavior around him. “I don’t know what you mean,” she lied.

                            “Guillermo,” Aleksi hissed. “It’s always been about him, hasn’t it? Go ahead, talk about how great he is, how much potential he has, how he’s the Chosen One and all that garbage. Who was it that helped you when you were scared? When you had trouble believing you could even live one more day? Me, that’s who, not that nitwit. But I’m just garbage to you now, aren’t I? No, I’m probably worse!”

                            Sasha walked over and slapped him, stinging his cheek. “You’ve always been arrogant, Aleksi! You think that the only reason I could stop loving you would be if there was someone else. Well guess what? There isn’t. You did this one all by yourself.”

                            Aleksi was a bit shell-shocked by this last outburst. “You… you loved me?”

                            Sasha looked to the ground for a moment, then back up at him. “Yeah, for a moment it felt like love. But that’s gone. Aleksi, you’re cruel; that frightens me. I can understand doing something questionable if the circumstances called for it, but over time, I’ve seen you. You take joy in hurting people. Everybody here knows it, too. We can be partners, but not lovers. You’re not the kind of man I could ever be with.”

                            “And Guillermo is?” Aleksi asked with acidity.

                            “Quit shoehorning Guillermo into our problems! Things were bad long before I met him. Aleksi, there was nothing there when you held me. There was nothing there when you told me I had the stars in my eyes and all that rubbish. It was hollow, Aleksi. Just like our relationship. Just like you.”

                            Aleksi was seething, with equal amounts of anger and sadness. His fists trembled with emotion as Sasha told him this. He tried to mask what he felt, and he succeeded in a facial contortion that signaled immense rage. “FINE! Have it as you like it, Sasha. That’s all you ever really wanted, anyways.” And with that, he stormed away, hoping no one would see the tears he felt forming.

                            Sasha stood there for a few minutes, with her fingers massaging her forehead. This night had been a great deal more annoying than she had originally thought it would be. She sat back down and continued to look over her historical texts, when she spotted something that raised a flag in her mind. She re-read it, then re-re-read it and pieces of the puzzle finally came together in her head. “That must be it!” she exclaimed.

                            *****

                            “Wait, what do you mean?” Guillermo asked Talus. “I thought we were trying to find out where the Keys were.”

                            “We are,” Talus explained, “which is why I sent a group out to gather intelligence on such a thing. I didn’t expect information that supposedly comes straight from Gjigrajheth to fall into my lap.”

                            “I still fail to see this as bad,” Guillermo said. “I mean, now you can send someone to that continent where the Coronelians and Vespucians live to get the other Key, right?”

                            “You aren’t using your brain,” Talus exasperatingly said. “We may have a vague idea of where it could be, but where would we begin to look? It’s an entire continent. Needles and haystacks don’t begin to describe it. We need better information than that, which is why we have to wait for that group to return. It really frustrates me that we have this information and no way to use it.”

                            “Also, I guess there’s no way to make sure it’s true,” Guillermo mentioned.

                            “There is that, as well,” Talus admitted. “It’s possible that this was a carefully planned diversion from Gjigrajheth in order to lead us in the wrong direction.” Talus stroked his beard and sighed. “Complexities on top of complexities.”

                            “Do you think it’s possible that the Key could be where that creature said it might be?”

                            “Well, let me put it to you this way. The Keys were originally in the possession of the royal families of Jugere and Anteron. Who knows where they are now? It’s not impossible that the Key could travel to the other side of the world; I just wouldn’t be able to explain how it got there. With the information we have on it at the moment, we could spend ten lifetimes looking for it, and let me tell you, that’s not a prospect I’m looking forward to.”

                            “So you’re really eternally young and all that, huh?”

                            Talus chuckled darkly. “No, I just told you that to impress you. What do you think?!”

                            Guillermo felt naïve. “At least I know where Aleksi gets it from,” he told Talus. There was an awkward silence. Guillermo looked down at his feet for a moment and looked pensive. Suddenly, he asked, “Am I going to be like you, too?”

                            “How do you mean?”

                            “Like with the immortality and all that. It’s just that… you’re the longest-living person that’s been…changed. If I can be honest…I’m a little frightened at what’s happening to me. It’s been so rapid; sometimes it doesn’t feel like it’s really me inside.”

                            “I can remember,” Talus replied.

                            “I…I can actually remember a little of what happened in that fight before I blacked out. I didn’t tell anyone because I didn’t trust them. I think I can tell you, though. Because I know you don’t really care enough to judge, I guess.”

                            Talus laughed at that. “The sentiment may be a little premature, but go ahead.”

                            “It was like there was a part of me no one could see before that was finally getting to see the light. It was so different than who I thought I was, but I looked it in the eyes and it was me. And it was powerful. I didn’t just want to win the fight. I wanted to kill Magnus. I wanted to completely destroy him and everybody else, even you, Talus. It felt betrayed and dehumanized and angry. It wanted somebody to pay. That’s what I feel, in increments, every time I fight like that. And each time I don’t fight it. It seems crazy, but I actually want more of it. It’s so potent it consumes me and I don’t mind. It makes me lose my mind, and I think I’m becoming addicted to the loss of control. That’s what I felt when I saw Gjigrajheth. That’s what made me want to fight him. It knew who he was and what he had done to me before I did. I’m scared that the longer this goes on, the worse it’ll get. There hasn’t been a moment of my evolution where I haven’t felt it at least somewhere. Aleksi said it wasn’t a part of the evolution, but I have to ask: is this normal?”

                            Talus stood there with his arms crossed, shifting his weight from foot to foot for a few moments, not saying anything. Then, finally, “I’m not sure what to tell you. Every candidate’s evolution is unique. I don’t know if you’ll live a long life such as I, or whether your life will actually be shortened, which I’ve actually seen happen. You’ve seen Magnus. His evolution was unique to him, as well. The same is happening with you. I cannot tell you what you will become or how it will affect you. Perhaps even Dobbel doesn’t hold the answer. That’s why I also must regrettably say that I don’t know what’s happening to you, your soul. There is no ‘normal’ I’m afraid.”

                            Guillermo sunk his head. “I see.”

                            “But that doesn’t mean we can’t try to see into the future using signs in the present. Come here,” he ordered. Guillermo obliged. Talus reached up and inspected some of Guillermo’s hair, which had grown longer through his weeks of preoccupation. “Hmm, it seems to be changing color. Silver, I believe. Not as handsome as gray, but that’s your lot, I suppose.” Talus backed up and asked Guillermo to bare his teeth, which he agreed to. “Enlarged canines, eh? Magnus had the same. Quite rare, I assure you. And I can already tell that you’ve added some weight to you since I first saw you.”

                            “So what does that mean?”

                            Talus stroked his beard. “You seem to be gaining some rather bestial attributes. I’m not certain how you’ll end up, but your original hair color I can almost guarantee will be replaced by that silver color you’ve got. As to how big you’ll get, I suppose something near Magnus wouldn’t be out of the question. Although, it appears you have a different body type than him.”

                            “I see,” Guillermo sighed.

                            “You worry too much about humanity,” Talus said.

                            “Do I? How can I worry too much about what makes me human? It’s my identity!”

                            ”It’s your body, not your soul,” Talus solemnly replied. “You confuse the two far too easily. You should worry more about the humanity within, lest you become…”

                            Aleksi, Guillermo thought to himself. “I understand what you mean, I think,” he said to Talus.

                            Suddenly, Sasha stormed into the arena, carrying a book in her hand, excited about something. “I request privacy and I’m ignored,” Talus muttered to himself.

                            “Elder Talus,” Sasha said while bowing, “I’ve come across something I think is essential to our search for the Keys.”

                            “Go on,” he responded, a bit weary.

                            She opened the book and flipped through it for a second until she came to the selection she wanted. “I was researching legends and references to the Keys, Gjigrajheth and the Thorn in hopes of finding something useful in our endeavors when Aleksi came to me and told me about the creature he’d captured.” She stopped for a moment and looked at the mound of exoskeleton and goo on the ground. “Don’t tell me that’s…”

                            Guillermo rolled his eyes. “It is, go on.”

                            “Anyways, he told me the new information, about the Coronelians and Vespucians possibly being a link to the Grimymus Key. I decided it might be fruitful to leaf through Vespucian documents to find mention of it and this passage here is proof positive that it was telling the truth.”

                            “Spit it out, Sasha,” Talus interrupted, with a slight twinge of impatience in his voice. “It’s very late.”

                            “Grimymus was the Key that belonged to Jugere. This says that as a symbol of good relations with the new Vespucian regime that they gave a few eccentric bits of their treasury to a certain Vespucian noble family. Among the items listed was a rather peculiar, ornate key. I’m certain this has to be what we’re looking for!”

                            If anyone could have seen Talus’s eyes, they would have seen them widen. “Find the nobleman, find the Key… Sasha, this is brilliant! We no longer have to wait for the reconnaissance group to return. I believe we have enough information to go forward with acquisition of the Key.”

                            “But we don’t know where to find the descendant of this nobleman!” Guillermo pointed out.

                            Talus laughed a little. “Allow me to explain…”

                            *****

                            Regent Valdemar stood at the castle gate, impatiently tapping his foot. Behind him stood the rest of the court, ready to give Prince Hardin his royal welcome from his tour abroad. Unlike the rest of them, though, Valdemar wasn’t about to rain compliments down on the man. Although technically the king’s secretary, Valdemar was the true ruler of Lerandelia and its people. Power had slipped from the royal family’s grasp generations ago and Valdemar was the latest in a line of de facto monarchs. He had, however, been good friends with King Ordic, unlike some previous chancellors had been to their kings. It had been almost impossible to resist Ordic’s charm, he had to admit. That had bought the king some sway over his kingdom, after all.

                            King Ordic’s son, however, was a different story altogether. Hardin had always been aloof and cold towards Valdemar, making no effort to be on Valdemar’s good side, even though he held the reins of Lerandelia itself. Then there were the prince’s irresponsible actions. Valdemar had almost choked on his breakfast when he heard that Hardin had taken off with his rogue’s gallery of monster hunters to pursue some shady character or another that had tried to extort Her Excellency, monarch of their sister nation, Anteron. Of course, Valdemar had almost come to expect such audacious behavior from Hardin, after making himself scarce for long periods of time in his youth with no adequate explanation. His handlers tried their best to appease Valdemar, but it didn’t matter anyway. Valdemar hadn’t enough public support to truly hang Prince Hardin out to dry.

                            And now the king was dead, killed in a fierce battle in Antaross to ostensibly protect Lerandelia itself. Hardin hadn’t bothered to come back to his homeland to calm the grieving public, or even the common courtesy to send the monarch’s body back for an honorable burial. Valdemar was furious with this disrespectful treatment of his late friend by this ungrateful offspring. At least with his absence, Valdemar had been able to promote himself from chancellor to regent. It was purely superficial, but he liked the new title. After all, it was just one step away from being the position he felt truly belonged to him. Really, some people don’t deserve to be born into royalty, he thought. If only the world were slightly different, it would be him who would truly be king, not that brat.

                            As he pondered that, the gate opened and Hardin appeared behind it, armored in his usual fashion with his handlers trailing behind him. Hardin wore the same imperious look on his face he always did as he clomped his way to Valdemar, stopping in front of him and looking at him expectantly. Valdemar, along with the rest of the court behind him, knelt in a show of respect and allegiance. Hardin looked down Valdemar with only the slightest hint of a smile creeping into his lips. Valdemar held his position until just past the moment it became embarrassing. Only then did Hardin wave his hand slightly, giving them the signal to stand again. How he despised Hardin. “I see His Highness has finally decided to return,” Valdemar remarked, forgoing any attempt at a greeting.

                            “Chancellor Valdemar,” Hardin replied, “it has been a long time since I’ve seen you. You look well. I regret that important business of state has kept me away from my homeland for so long. I’d almost forgotten how beautiful this time of year was at the palace.”

                            “It’s ‘Regent Valdemar’ now, sire,” Valdemar informed him, not without a slight show of ego.

                            “Is it?” Hardin remarked, without any change in tone or expression. “That’s right, it would make you a regent since my father is dead and I have not ascended to the throne yet. Interesting you bring that up, we have much to discuss on the subject.”

                            “I assume you have brought King Ordic’s remains back with you from Antaross for burial ceremonies, correct?” Valdemar asked, purposely leading the conversation to put Hardin in an awkward position. “The people have been anxious to see their beloved monarch pass on honorably to the afterlife as his forefathers have.”

                            “Regrettably, there were no remains to bring back,” Hardin said, with a dangerous frost to his voice.

                            Valdemar was flabbergasted. “What?! What sort of nonsense is this?!”

                            Hardin’s eyes narrowed. “Unfortunately, you were not on hand to see the type of battle that occurred at Antaross. Surely, you have heard the news that the city itself lies in ruin and Anteron as a whole is merely a shell now. Have you also heard of the force that wreaked its havoc upon it?”

                            Valdemar was crimson with his indignation. “Monsters attacked it en masse, for whatever reason. Although, I have heard some preposterous tales of a sentient being commanding them…”

                            ”Those are no tales, Regent. The creature known as Gjigrajheth commands those hordes and he carries with him a spear that can kill from a single nick. My father was injured from it. In no time at all, I assure you, his body would have decayed so rapidly that even his bones would turn to dust.”

                            “Preposterous!” Valdemar huffed.

                            “Need I remind you, Regent, which one of us was there during my father’s last moments?”

                            Valdemar felt the jab at him and tried to shrug it off. “You mean to tell me that the king’s body is nothing more than a pile of dust. That’s absurd, Your Highness.”

                            “Absurd or not, it’s fact. I doubt there would be much honor in bringing my father back in a matchbox. I would appreciate it if we would not speak of this business again.”

                            Valdemar’s eye twitched in frustration. There was no way he could further argue about the state of the former king without making it seem like he was disrespecting the memory of the late Ordic. “Very well, Your Highness. What other news do you bring with you?”

                            “Something that might well surprise you, Regent,” Hardin said with a slight smile, “I assure you.”

                            “Oh? And what might that be?”

                            “I plan to ascend as soon as possible, Regent.”

                            “That’s no surprise, Your Highness,” Valdemar said snidely.

                            Hardin relished stringing him along like this. “I fear it will be a more complicated affair than will please you, for you see, I’m not planning on becoming the king of Lerandelia.”

                            A look of befuddlement overcame Valdemar. “What? Then what ascension are you referring to?”

                            “To my ascension as emperor of Lerandelia and its entire people, of course.”

                            “I beg your pardon?!” Valdemar exclaimed. He could hardly believe the audacity he was witnessing.

                            “I’m afraid things around here have to begin changing, Regent. There is a vacuum of power in the world, now that Anteron is a shell. Nations are scattered across the world covering their eyes and ears, unable to see or hear the signs that tell of humanity’s imminent demise. Gjigrajheth is a fierce, relentless opponent. What he did to Antaross he could easily duplicate in Lerandelia and we would not be as fortunate as they, I assure you. Someone needs to rise up and make his voice heard above the mindless nattering of old fools in ivory towers, unable or unwilling to deal realistically with the situation at hand, to unite the world against the Abomination and to reclaim the planet in the name of humanity. Do you see yourself in that position, Regent?” Valdemar was silent, agog. “Frankly, neither do I. As heir to the throne of Lerandelia, I choose to cast out the antiquated government we have currently with one infinitely more relevant and capable of tackling the issues at hand. I will be emperor and guide this nation and others to victory against the Beast.”

                            “And if ‘others’ refuse this change?” Valdemar asked, knowing full-well Hardin knew which “others” he referred to.

                            Hardin laughed quite unexpectedly, oddly accelerating the already mounting tensions. “They’ll fall in line by either their own will, or by the edge of my sword.”

                            “You really expect me to believe that you…”

                            In another unexpected move, Hardin swiftly unsheathed his sword and held the edge of the blade just before Valdemar’s neck. Valdemar’s face turned from one of indignation to surprise, to intense fear. “Convinced, Regent?” Hardin goaded through gritted teeth. The crowd in front of him gasped in shock. He inched the sword forward until the edge rested firmly against Valdemar’s throat, barely drawing a drop of blood. “Or should I reiterate my point?”

                            Valdemar was speechless. His eyes were wide as saucers as he slightly shook his head, fervently wishing to be released from the threat of Hardin’s sword.

                            “Does anyone else have anything they want to say at this time?!” Hardin shouted. The crowd was silent. “No questions?! No opposition?!” They were dumbfounded. When he was satisfied he would go unchallenged, Hardin released Valdemar. He walked forward, and stopped next to Valdemar, not making an effort to face him. “I expect the necessary arrangements to begin being made for my coronation as emperor of Lerandelia… after my father’s funeral ceremony, of course. Either get it done without the body or don’t do it at all. I want to talk with the priest about how to conduct my ceremony and the finest tailor to be brought to me in order to clothe me for the event. I don’t expect to hear you dissent out loud about this. After all, if I die in the coming war after I am emperor, you would be the likely successor, yes? That’s more than you could have hoped for under this fossil of a government. If you do not comply with my wishes… well, as the saying goes, heads will roll.”

                            With that, Hardin continued on his way, past rows and rows of shell-shocked officials. He didn’t stop until he reached his own quarters in the palace, slamming the heavy door behind him and growling about not wanting to be disturbed. He leaned back against the door for a few moments and closed his eyes, taking deep breaths. He believed he had taken the first step to taming the court. He was under no illusion that his stunt would be enough to assert his authority as soon-to-be-emperor, but he was ready to take it one step at a time. After all, what had he to worry about? He commanded a sizeable and rather skilled cadre of monster hunters. And, let’s face it, he thought, most of them are a hair’s breadth away from killing humans in the first place.

                            He sauntered over to his bed, covered in the finest silks and linens Lerandelia had to offer and dyed in brilliant, expensive hues and colors. He sat heavily on the foot of it and eased off his armor, beginning from the bottom up. A short time later, he had completely cast his armor off and was garbed in a black tunic, over which he had gray, vest-like shoulder braces that connected to a breastplate of the same color. Without his armor he was surely not a man one would be intimidated by. While his body was fit and well-trained, he was small and almost frail-looking. The only royal presence he had to him was his fierce sense of determination in his overall demeanor. His face was rarely ever seen in anything other than an authoritative, detached look and his eyes seemed to hold the intensity of the sun within them. It truly seemed that Hardin was a greater man within than without.

                            He walked over to his window, overlooking the royal gardens. He sighed, playing idly with the Key that hung around his neck, glinting in the sunlight. How complex his life had turned out to be. He thought back to simpler times. When he had been a child, wandering through those very same gardens with a sense of awe that only a child could have. Perhaps he would stroll among them later on in the day. He had lost that innocence a long time ago, when he had decided to abandon his throne to a life of wild adventure and illicit knowledge within that accursed cult. If only he’d known how illicit that knowledge would be… But he had been young and hot-blooded, a far cry from whom he was now. That knowledge had shaped him into a different person, one with a mission he knew only he had the power to fulfill. He sighed again. He had run away at the responsibility of ruling Lerandelia and had come back after all these years and experiences ready to rule the world as he knew it. A lot had changed.

                            *****

                            Magnus stirred from his sleep on his cots. They were harsh on his back, but it was better than what he was used to. He groggily opened his eyes and the makeshift medical room, illuminated brightly with various lamps placed about, slowly came into focus. His eyes remained half-closed as he yawned and smacked his mouth a few times. These enlarged teeth were strange to feel in his own mouth with his tongue. He scratched a phantom itch on his tender left stump and tentatively felt it. Something was growing, all right. He hadn’t seen his own initial regeneration, so he wasn’t sure how it worked. Maybe it would grow back as a small, weak version of the arm he knew, then develop back into the sinewy appendage he had on the other side of his body. He was feeling better, well enough to begin walking about, so he sat up to the startling sight of Guillermo smugly standing in front of his bed, like he had a secret.

                            “What’s wrong with you?!” Magnus howled, obviously shaken.

                            “Catch you off guard?” Guillermo playfully asked.

                            “I don’t know what it’s like where you came from, but standing over someone who’s just waking up isn’t normal where I come from!” Magnus snapped.

                            “You slept a long time. It’s almost noon.”

                            “Someone kept me up late last night,” Magnus grumbled. “Besides,” he pointed out, wagging his stump, “I had some rest owed to me.”

                            “Well, I hope you got enough. I came back from Talus last night. He had a lot of things to say to me and to you, too.”

                            “Eh?”

                            “You know anything about the Maurizio family?”

                            A look of ferocity entered Magnus’s eyes. “What does that have to do with Talus?”

                            “Do you or don’t you?”

                            Magnus sighed. “Yes, I know of the Maurizio family. They’re some of the highest Vespucian nobility, governing enormous tracts of land in my home country. In fact, I grew up under their tyranny. The patriarch is quite the miser; he taxes my people to the point of poverty and treats us like brainless cattle. Now tell me what relevance any of this has.”

                            “We’ve got a lead on the Grimymus Key they’re looking for. Turns out, it was given—among other things—to the Maurizio family by the Jugerian royal family after the Vespucians came into dominance to show their support, I suppose. The Jugerian royalty must have forgotten how important that little trinket was, or I doubt they would have just given it away. Since that’s the only lead we have, we figure it’s still in the possession of the Maurizios. And who among us has the best chance of infiltrating their defenses and getting it back?”

                            Magnus looked at Guillermo dumbly for a few moments before saying, “You don’t mean me, do you? Look at me! I can probably run around all right, but I’m missing an arm!”

                            “That’s why I’ve been chosen to back you up.”

                            Magnus’s jaw dropped. “You’re jesting.”

                            Guillermo smiled, showing his own set of augmented teeth. “Think we can survive each other long enough to pull this off?”

                            “And just when are we supposed to leave?!”

                            “Immediately. Those are our orders from the big man, himself.”

                            Magnus groaned. “I need more sleep in order to handle this.”
                            "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                            Comment


                              #89
                              Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                              This was the last addition of 2004, and it came surprisingly early. Shortly after this addition of Magik's, I dropped out of college, and I was doing some soul-searching/being lazy, so I dropped my position directly after this addition. Ryu also opted out of writing an addition, so it was just Mora and Magik for four additions, but those paired additions were like 8 months apart. The story very nearly died around this time in part because of everyone's busy schedules, and my lack of direction in life. When it was finally decided that Ryu would not be writing, Mora took up the banner and got us rolling again. That's tomorrow's addition, though.

                              In today's addition, it should be noted that a fairly large portion of the story was removed. It dealt with Elder Talus and the things he'd seen over the years. After some extensive researching for this addition, I came to the conclusion that the backstory could have been left out. I presented the idea to the other writers, and everyone decided that it could go. I took that liberty one step further when I actually edited this addition, and completely removed the entire scene with Talus. It was a risk to do so, and if anyone thinks the portion that doesn't concern Talus's backstory should be reinserted, I will certainly not object.

                              Jared makes his captivating return in this addition! Since I blurbed for so long, I'll just let the story speak for itself today.

                              _____

                              89th Post - Magik 05

                              *Magik5* - *eighty-nine*

                              While Guillermo couldn't offer Magnus any sleep, they were both granted about half of an hour to make any necessary preparations before they went on their journey. Guillermo examined himself in the quarters he had been assigned. As Talus had pointed out, the roots of his hair were growing out to be silvery and, he noticed, a bit thicker. His blonde locks had also transformed in color to be a dull silver, so the bi-coloration was only truly noticeable at very close range. Not that he really cared. He had, maybe, a slight vanity streak at one point in his life, but things had become much more complicated – deeper - now. That's what he thought, at least. But, in truth, vanity did creep back in at times: like now, as he studied his bare physique. He smiled with pride at himself. He was handsome. His muscles were more defined than they had ever been. He nearly looked like he had been chiseled out of stone. Guillermo did notice, though, that his face looked a little worse-for-worn; mostly his eyes, which had dark rings around them. Constantly being in the shadows and darkness didn't do much for his complexion, either.

                              There were those things that he frowned at, and then the fact that he also appeared almost brutish. Monstrous, even. Talus pointed out that his evolution was apparently more bestial than some of the others' evolutions. That worried him slightly. He didn't want to look "different" than everyone else. He didn't want to become un-human. That's part of my vanity, he reminded himself sourly. Looks like I'm still human after all. He truly did realize that his vanity was shallow and unimportant in the grand scheme of things. Thus, his sentience continued to deepen.

                              He was smiling, wryly, when a face sprang into his mind. It was a soft face; a familiar face; a distant face. Acacia.

                              What would Acacia think of me, I wonder? I'm definitely not "Ol' Gui" anymore, he thought.

                              He had to admit that Acacia had been farther than far from his thoughts at present. Instead of being sad, or even guilty, though, he was actually pleasantly surprised. He realized that he was no longer a child and no longer a young man. He was now a full-fledged man. He was healthy, relatively independent, thriving, and beginning to learn about his limits - and how to expand them. He had traveled a large portion of the known world, fought for his life, saved the lives of others, and was now a part of something big. He was happy that he didn't succumb to childish angst over a girl anymore. Oh, he cared desperately for Acacia, but he didn't need to hang onto her hopelessly. He hadn't for some time now, actually. He thought he was beginning to enter an age of inner-wisdom, as if emerging from his chrysalis. He no longer felt like a spoiled brat with fear of an outside world, which was exactly what he had been at one point.

                              "Only a mature person can admit to their immaturity."

                              Who had said that? His father? A teacher? He couldn't remember. A lot of details from his childhood had slipped through his fingers; like a broken vase, he could only pick up on the large pieces of his past, the prominent events. The details and everyday drivel were just a swept up pile of fragments, though. This wasn't unnatural, of course. With age, the past begins to blur. Most of what he had forgotten mustn't've been all that important, besides-

                              "Crap!" he said aloud. He had spent all this time admiring himself, allowing himself to slip into a reverie and lose track of time. He needed to get ready for his first mission under Talus: recovering the Grimymus Key from the Maurizio family.

                              An aid, not Jared but a guy who appeared even younger, had brought Guillermo some new garb. Guillermo dressed in dark gray pants that were slightly form-fitting, but still provided excellent range of movement. He slipped on a white cotton shirt with a low collar and shortened sleeves. As he picked it up and unfolded it from the pile it had been brought to him in, he was surprised by its thickness and weight. After he put it on, he carefully felt the fabric. His fingers brushed against small plates of some sort of metal or other hard substance. The plating had actually been sewn into the layers of the fabric. My last line of defense, I guess. Afterwards, he secured a leather breastplate, complete with shoulder guards. For shoes, he pulled on leather boots that had steel soles and toes. The steel, of course, protected his feet from anything sharp he might stumble upon, while the leather provided some elasticity that allowed him to maintain his agility. To top off his new ensemble, he put on a cloak that wrapped around his entire body and flowed down to just above his ankles. It had a high collar and opened near his left shoulder. The cloak was made of fine, dark blue silken material - supposedly this would do wonders for deflecting arrows, though he doubted it could handle a well aimed bullet. He felt official in his new wardrobe, but when he looked at himself in the mirror he thought it looked a little goofy. Kinda like a knight-for-hire, he thought.

                              Guillermo stepped out of his room and into the hall - he wasn't sure which hall, as the place was still a huge maze to him - where Magnus had been waiting.

                              Magnus was leaning, silent and brooding-like, against the wall. His good arm absently fondled his ever-growing stump, and Guillermo supposed that if both of his arms had recovered they would surely be crossed in front of his chest right now. He appeared much in the likeness of a stalwart soldier holding to his otherwise abandoned post. It was then that Guillermo thought he noticed a little loneliness in Magnus's demeanor. When Guillermo had stepped out, Magnus looked at his new companion and gave a short, defeated shrug.

                              "What?" Guillermo asked, a tad defensively.

                              "Uniforms," Magnus answered. Guillermo realized that Magnus was wearing exactly the same wardrobe as he.

                              Guillermo smiled, "Would you prefer the mask-and-robe look? It appears to be quite fashionable this season."

                              They both had a good chuckle, almost as if they were pals. Guillermo thought that moment was a little odd. He had never imagined he would be friends with Magnus, but they certainly weren't enemies.

                              "The aid told me that Talus asked that we arm ourselves and then report to him in the arena before departing," Magnus said informatively.

                              "Great. Where do we arm ourselves?" Guillermo asked, looking down each end of the hall.

                              Magnus answered with slight incredulity, "The armory, I would think."

                              Guillermo felt a little dumb, but not defeated, "All right, smart guy. Now how do we get there?"

                              *****

                              Had Acacia been telepathic, her slight skepticism about communicating spirits and the like may have dissipated on the spot; for, at the exact moment that her name popped into Guillermo's head, thoughts of Guillermo meandered into Acacia's own meditations.

                              Acacia had been in her room then. The morning had just started to break. Only a few hours ago, Adam had escorted Acacia back to her and Elise's room and told her, in his protective-brother-like way, not to leave her room alone at night anymore. Acacia had dismissed him immediately, thought of getting fired up again about not needing to be rescued, and then decided to just submit to Adam's request and go to bed. Unfortunately, Elise was still asleep, and that meant Elise was still snoring raucously. Acacia still couldn't remain comfortable in her bed, and just gave up. When I get really tired, my mind will shut itself down, she supposed.

                              Her encounter with Lachlan was still fresh in her mind, anyhow. Acacia had fleeting thoughts that he would tear open the door and lunge at her with intent to kill. The thoughts were nothing more than fancies of an imaginative, and considerably shaken, girl (and she agreed with herself on that), but she still found herself clutching the dagger, with her hand under her pillow. She knew so little about her heritage, that the idea of racial prejudice seemed preposterous. She knew she had a darker skin tone, but she had never made a big deal of it; neither had anyone else. Her friends and playmates were all fair skinned, or at least fairer than she'd ever be, but they were nondiscriminatory in their little games. They didn't cast her off into stereotyped characters when they role played, and they never made reference to her as their "dark-skinned friend." So far as she could remember, she would even draw herself with the same complexion as her playmates whenever they drew pictures. She could remember clearly: she was laboring over an illustration holding a piece of charcoal. Her hair was braided back, and she wore a dress that was a bit too big for her small stature. It was red, she remembered. Her mother had exclaimed upon the completion of it (her mother made all of her clothes): "This one is perfect for bringing out the color of your eyes, Cay-cay!" (An adult Acacia nearly giggled when she heard her pet name in her mind - when Acacia was just learning how to talk, that's how she addressed herself: "I Cay-cay!" Her mother called her that ever since.) Little girl Acacia was still working on her picture when one of her friends - she realized that she couldn't really remember their names - brought her some colored charcoal.

                              "Here, Cay," the friend had said, "I'm done using 'em. Make my dress blue!"

                              Acacia smiled sweetly, "Thanks, --" What was her name? Acacia frowned.

                              Acacia took the colored charcoal - green, red, brown, gray, blue, and yellow - and began to color in the abstract shapes that supposedly made up a portrait of her and her friends. Acacia remembered clearly that, as a child, she noticed the fact that none of the colors correctly suited their skin, so she just lightly colored all of their faces yellow, even hers. When she was done, she proudly presented it to her little group of friends and they all ogled it and cheered with delight. It hadn't been a miraculously good drawing - Acacia couldn't have been more than eight years old at the time - but to each of the girls it looked like it belonged in a museum.

                              Yes, Acacia had never thought of her skin color as a defining trait, until now. Until Lachlan and his yuppies, the amount of melanin her body created seemed arbitrary. But now, she nearly felt ugly. Lachlan considered her to be sub-human. . . maybe even anti-human. He referred to her as a separate species, and she hated it. She hated it. She hated him, and that made him seem even more frightening.

                              And then she could only sigh upon reviewing, in her mind, how Adam had very well saved her life. Adam was courteous about it, but she could still see the chivalry bubbling in his eyes. You saved a princess. +2 Manhood points for you, Adam. Maybe next time you'll defeat a dragon, too! Ugh. Everything about that situation was wrong. Well, at least I'm still alive to brood about it, right? Lachlan had all the means necessary to kill me - maybe even do something to me that would make me wish he had killed me. I should be grateful for Adam's kindnesses.

                              Acacia lay there for a minute as various thoughts drifted through her mind. Elise actually seemed to be quieting down, but maybe Acacia was just not paying attention anymore. Random thoughts swelled and then collapsed in Acacia's mind as she recounted her life in bits and pieces of unconnected questions. Things began to blur around her, sleep was coming it seemed. But for now, memories just-

                              Bethany! Acacia remembered, My friend with the blue dress was named Bethany. She was probably my very best friend in the whole world. She even ran away with me and joined the caravan when Guillermo refused to.

                              . . . Guillermo. His name came to her without warning and with extreme force. The mere thought of his face: his blonde hair, lanky features, the way his bottom-front teeth were slightly crooked. The smell of his nervously excited perspiration as they embraced. His hard-headedness, she giggled silently. Did Gui ever notice that I was different from everyone else? More importantly, did he really care?

                              More memories and ideas flooded into her mind, and things continued to blur. Her first kiss, the first monster she ever encountered, the last time she had seen Bethany or any of the people she used to consort with, the news of her mother's death, finding Guillermo after believing he was to forever be a forgotten dream, that time she tripped and . . .

                              Acacia was soon sound asleep.

                              Even sooner than she fell asleep, she was waking up again. Not by her own choice, but Elise was shaking her furiously when she squinted her eyes open and let the day flood into her vision.

                              "What?" Acacia said groggily.

                              "C'mon, Cay. You've slept well into the morning, and you've got to get up. We're here," Elise explained.

                              "Here? Here, where?" Acacia asked. She sat up a little, pandiculated, and plopped back down on her mattress.

                              "Lerandelia! We're in Lerandelia." Elise persisted in shaking Acacia by the shoulders.

                              "Okay, okay! I'm up!" Acacia cried, and then she sat up and rubbed the sleep out of her eyes.

                              Elise nodded her approval as Acacia put her feet on the floor and lifted her tired body out of bed, and then Elise left the room. Acacia considered falling back into bed and getting a few more hours of sleep - would they really notice if she wasn't there? - but her conscience got the best of her and she got dressed.

                              *****

                              Outside of the room, Elise waited for Acacia. Adam had told her earlier that morning about Acacia's brush with Lachlan. It infuriated Elise, but she did her best not to show it. She had promised Adam to keep an eye on Acacia that morning since it was apt to be a busy day and in the chaos Lachlan might be able to steal Acacia away and continue to harass her. Elise also promised not to talk about what had happened; Adam didn't want rumors spread around that might be humiliating for Acacia. Elise agreed, and waited for Acacia to wake up. She waited, and she waited. By the time she grew unbearably impatient, the mess hall had been cleared and Hardin had brushed past his crew on his way to meet with the Chancellor.

                              Elise had just about banged on the door and yelled to her sleeping roommate, when she saw Lachlan out of the corner of her eye. He was coming towards her, but not looking at her. When he walked by her, she felt resentment bubbling inside of her. She turned her head to watch him go and caught him in the act of examining Elise's backside as he walked away. Elise felt offended and showed it on her face. Lachlan just met her eyes and gave her a dirty grin-and-wink, then he was gone.

                              Pervert, Elise had thought. "Dislike" was beginning to become too nice of a word to describe her feelings for Lachlan. From there, Elise had gone in to wake Acacia, deciding not to yell and bang on the door after all, and that brought them to where they were now.

                              Acacia opened the door and dragged her feet into the hall. She was dressed now, and her hair looked perfect, as usual. Elise almost felt a little envious, but she didn't show it.

                              "Have a nice rest? We're only, oh, three hours late for breakfast," Elise muttered.

                              Acacia snapped to attention, "Oh, Elise! I'm so sorry. I didn't get to sleep until late, and... did you really miss breakfast? I'm really sorry, you should have gone without me."

                              Elise grinned, "Don't worry; I did." She took an apple and threw it to Acacia.

                              Acacia laughed, "Thanks." She nibbled on the apple at first, then put manners aside and ravenously consumed it. It was gone before the two girls reached the end of the hall.

                              "So what are we doing today?" Acacia asked in between taking bites and chewing.

                              "Hardin left as soon as we docked to go meet with whoever it is he needed to meet with. Before he left, though, he remembered to give us all a nice load of work to do."

                              "What a guy," Acacia said sarcastically.

                              "Yeah, no kidding. Most of his men went to visit their families here in Lerandelia as soon as he walked out the door, so there's only a few of us left to work on cleaning the ship out, restocking food rations, and stocking up on weaponry." Elise sighed, "I don't remember signing up to be the janitor, do you?"

                              "But why do we have to restock so soon? Don't we get even a little vacation from living in such close quarters with all those other men?" Acacia mused.

                              "I guess not. Hardin didn't look like he wanted to stay here very long."

                              *****

                              Guillermo and Magnus made their way to the armory, and an aid was waiting for them. This time it was Jared.

                              Jared trembled a little when he saw the two behemoths, but he saluted, "S-s-sirs. We have your inventory prepared for you."

                              Jared fetched weapons for the two men. When all was said and done, Guillermo had a flintlock rifle strapped to his back, and a belt, scabbard, and short sword around his waist. Magnus carried a pistol, belt, and holster, as well as an array of sabers on the belt that could be either thrown or used in hand-to-hand combat.

                              Jared also provided each of the men with a small wallet and some money in case they needed it. They hid their wallets in the inside pocket of their cloaks. Jared worked fast, probably eager to get out of their way. Soon enough, they were armed and made their way out of the armory.

                              When they were midway down the corridor to the arena, Valeria stormed over to Magnus, her eyes rimmed with tears and her cheeks red. Ignoring Guillermo, she thrust her arms around Magnus.

                              "That bastard! That utter bastard!" she cried. She stepped back and looked up into Magnus's face. "I told Talus you weren't ready. I told him you needed to rest and be healed, but he insisted you go. Magnus, you just can't do this! That old idiot doesn't know anything about, about," she sniveled, "about anything!"

                              Magnus put his hand on Valeria's shoulder. "I want to do this now, Valeria. I have to do this."

                              "No you don't!"

                              "I have come this far, and I thought I was defeated," (Guillermo felt a stab of guilt) "I thought I was useless. But now, I can both redeem myself and lend my services where they are needed," Magnus calmly explained.

                              Valeria shook her head, sending blonde curls of hair in every direction. She reached into her pocket and pulled out a green brooch. It had an odd shape, something like the outline of a closed fist. It wasn't shining or brilliant, but it was pure. Guillermo assumed it held much more than green stone for Magnus and Valeria, and he sensed their love for each other when she pinned it to his cloak. Valeria got up on her tip-toes and kissed Magnus passionately, at which point Guillermo looked at his feet. She whispered something into Magnus's ear, but Guillermo couldn't hear it. Magnus nodded and she walked briskly away from them and the arena, wiping tears away from her eyes.

                              Magnus showed no embarrassment, pain, or regret when he turned to Guillermo, "Let's go."

                              "Right."

                              They walked into the arena together. Talus was waiting for them. Otherwise, the room was empty. Magnus cringed unconsciously when he saw the arena. Guillermo saw him do it.

                              To avoid any mind-games, Guillermo took initiative as soon as the curtain was closed behind them. "We're here, Talus. What now?"

                              Talus chuckled quietly, "Good. Now, are both of you prepared?"

                              They nodded.

                              "You will now travel to the island continent that is home to the majority of both the Coronelian race and the Vespucian race. There, you will head to the estate of the Maurizio family. I have no information about the family that hasn't been said already, so instead we'll focus on how you'll get there. When you come out of the Matra Mountains, you will travel on foot to Matra's port town of Finlier. Have either of you been there before?"

                              Guillermo shook his head, but Magnus nodded. "We passed through the outskirts of Finlier on our way here, Sir," he explained.

                              Guillermo guessed "we" meant him and Valeria.

                              "Excellent. Will you remember the way?" Talus asked.

                              "Yes Sir."

                              "Good, good. In Finlier you will find an airship company called Arginn's. Fox Arginn has been a," Talus searched for the right word and settled with, "sympathizer of ours for some time. He will lend you a vessel, and possibly a small crew, for you to fly to your island destination. You must not divulge any information to anyone, other than your destination. If someone continues to press you on your reasons, you will simply tell them it is a private business arrangement. The Vespucian people are reclusive but not completely unwelcoming. They have a port right outside of Terras, which is where the Maurizio family is known to live. The rest is up to you.

                              ”Magnus," Talus continued, "you will have to be especially careful. You are no longer a citizen under Vespucian rule, but that won't be much of a barricade against prejudice. It would be best to do most of your dealings with the considerably more peaceful Coronelians."

                              Magnus nodded gravely.

                              Talus went on, "This will surely be dangerous, so be careful. Hopefully a smaller group will get by without much trouble, but if we haven't received any word from you in eleven days, we'll send some back up. This Key is essential to everything. We cannot afford to fail. You are both a part of this, this organization - if you'd like - whether by conscious choice or subconscious intuition. Remember that. Now, you are both dismissed."

                              Magnus exited, and Guillermo followed him, but Talus called out, "Ah, wait, Mr. Avory."

                              Guillermo turned around, "What?"

                              "I doubt this will be an issue," Talus explained, "but if there is any kind of monster attack in any of the places on your journey, you are to fall back. Understand?"

                              "But, why? We've got weapons."

                              "Yes, but lately, where there are hoards of monsters, Gjigrajheth is nearby. Should you encounter more than a handful of beasties out there, or if they appear to be working as a unit, you must fall back. And, if you do actually see Gjigrajheth you are ordered to run. If you choose to face the beast, you will surely die, and I will send no one to collect your body. If you must, look to Magnus as a shield. You bested him, and it is you that we wish to train now. Magnus is there for back-up purposes."

                              Guillermo could hardly believe what he was hearing. Was Talus telling him to use Magnus as a decoy in case of trouble? Talus seemed colder now than he did during their last encounter. He seemed more calculated, and more grave. He doesn't want to lose his prized possession. Namely, me, thought Guillermo.

                              "If you're worried, why are you sending me?" Guillermo tried.

                              "It is part of your training, for one thing," Talus said. And you may be the only one who can pull something like this off, he thought.

                              "Was Antaross part of my training?" Guillermo asked this with an air of anger.

                              "I beg your pardon?"

                              "All of those people died while me, Sasha, and Aleksi trounced around the city, fighting for our lives and the lives of all those dying people. And here it turns out there's a mountain full of people with various abilities that would have been very useful at the time; so, why didn't any of you help? Wasn't there even one person who could have deigned to help a lowly commoner, while his family was being shredded to ribbons by all kinds of creatures?" Guillermo was near yelling now. This had been something that he thought about for the last two days. Everyone here seemed so powerful, yet none of them used their power for any good.

                              Talus understood Guillermo's mind, and his heart, and he sighed. "I've lived for over two hundred years, Mr. Avory, but I wasn't the first attempt that Dobbel made. This "cult," as some people are inclined to call it, has thrived in the shadows of humanity for centuries. We are a history within a history; a society within a society. We've had to witness many horrors - both those created by Gjigrajheth and the ones started at the hands of our fellow man. This institution has seen wars upon wars, attempted genocide, civil struggles, disease, and famine. I could ask you where you were when Joyt nearly burned to the ground; but, you where hardly even a child."

                              Guillermo had never even heard of such a thing.

                              Talus continued, "We are only people, as well. We came together through our dealings with Dobbel. Some of us accepted Dobbel's gifts for less-than-honorable reasons, while others have accepted Dobbel’s gifts for honorable ones. Either way, none of us were prepared at the time of making our choice to become the world's saviors. We may seem colossal, but our numbers are not as large as you might think. In a way, we didn't infiltrate Antaross because we were frightened. Like a separate species, we feared extinction. We feared that this whole organization would have to start back from the beginning, and that it would be years and years before" (I saw) "an end to this world's greatest peril: Gjigrajheth.

                              "There were many of us who wished to be of some assistance, but I and the other elders held them back. We hoped that Antaross would survive, but we doubted that we could have done much to change the eventual outcome."

                              Guillermo was still angry, but it was an enlightened anger - tempered, but held back. "So then, this really is all about axing Gjigrajheth, huh? And what happens to all of this when he's gone?"

                              "You're not the only one with unanswered questions," Talus teased, "My omniscience can only go so far."

                              *****

                              Lerandelia was indeed beautiful in that time of year; but, the scenery was the last thing on the minds of Hardin's crew. Elise and Acacia had walked outside and met up with Adam and Seek. Arc joined them soon afterwards and for a moment it seemed like all was perfectly well in their little clique. Being off of the airship, even for just a moment, released a lot of stress for the five of them. The tranquility didn't last long, however, and things picked up from where they left off.

                              Arc went to go clean the deck, and beckoned for Elise to follow him. She actually said that she would be delighted to, and this made Adam sour instantly. To him, it was as if she was starting to become a totally different person. Adam thought fast and asked Elise to help him carry some crates to the mess hall.

                              "You don't think you can carry them by yourself?" she asked with a raised eyebrow.

                              "Well," said Adam, "If you'd rather go with Arc. . ." He deliberately trailed off and put Elise in a situation to make her choice. Once again, Arc screwed things up.

                              "Hey, Elise, I was just messing with you. I can take care of the deck by myself," he said, and then he added in a faux good-naturedness, "you have to go take care of your little bro', right?"

                              Elise was happy to have the choice made for her and let out a little laugh, "Yeah. I'll catch you all later."

                              Adam had hoped for Elise to choose him and forever set it in Arc's mind that he would never be any competition for her attention and Arc would never be good enough for a girl like Elise. But, instead, nothing was solved, an argument was spared, and everyone could go back to pretending that they were all best of friends.

                              Arc sauntered off to the deck. He was outwardly full of spunk and bravado and inwardly relieved that a confrontation was avoided. He had been giving Adam more and more space lately, and he was beginning to think that the space was just making things worse. He considered going straight up to Adam and telling him that he thought he might be falling in love with Elise. But then again, he wasn't even sure if he was falling in love at all.

                              Arc was young, but not inexperienced. Since he was thirteen, he'd been frequenting bars and pubs with his tough friends. They'd arrive as a gang of ne'er-do-wells and flirt with the ladies and get drinks off of the guys and maybe even win a couple bucks doing various tasks or through gambling. Things didn't matter then. Nothing was important; priority was a foreign ideology; life was about getting away with things. If you were hungry, you ate. If you were broke, you stole. If you were seen, you ran. If you were caught, you lied like there was no tomorrow. And at that time, there was no tomorrow. Life happened day by day, and the future would come if it felt like it. Girls were sort of like that too, for Arc - or, they had been. Maybe they still were. He wasn't sure. In his more youthful, less responsible days, Arc saw plenty of girls come and go. He was known to be quite a flirt and he knew how to make the gals pine over him like a new pet. When he was really young, he was their mascot. He'd throw out a few "cute" pick-up lines, and the barmaids would squeal with laughter. Even the older guys thought he was pretty keen. They'd help him get into the joints by saying he was their little cousin or brother. After all, he attracted all the girls.

                              As he got older, he took his "power" (as he considered it) to new levels. He experienced new things and new girls. He was always in love, and every week it was with a new lady. He broke a few hearts, but most of the girls were too euphoric from getting so much attention from him to really get sad about him leaving - er, that's what his ego told him, anyway. All the girls had places in his heart - Jenny, Kara, Esmerelda, Kirsten, Paula, Serena, . . . that fruit cart girl outside of Osiris's - but none of them were really to be considered important.

                              Things changed, albeit only a little, when he had joined with Seek on Arguile's crew. That's when he met Avery.

                              "I can't feel anything, Arc, I can't feel--why can't I feel?"

                              Arc's chest tightened when he thought of that terror. "Oh, Arc" His "love" for her may have been superficial. It might not have even been there at all. "I'm. . ." But she was the catalyst that made Arc begin a long and tiring struggle to mature. ". . . sorry."

                              Don't be sorry, Avery, Arc thought, you were one of the best things in my life.

                              Arc had thought for quite a while that he had buried his childhood, his humor, and his heart with Avery, but that wasn't so. Just when he thought he had hit rock bottom, when he began to wonder if his life had any purpose at all, he met Acacia. Like a burst of fresh air, she rejuvenated him - almost too instantly. He was so eager to go back to good times that he used Acacia for happiness. Just as she used me for freedom, he thought wryly, Heh, 'all's fair in love and war,' right? At the time, he told himself that Acacia was his diamond in the rough. In all the world's sorrow, some merciful deity had placed Acacia in front of his path so that they would never be apart. She hadn't been, of course. She just happened to be fiery, and he happened to be distracted. Arc nearly laughed out loud thinking about how naïve he had been. He was happy, now, that Acacia met up with Guillermo again. They looked happy enough to be together - when they were together, at least. Even though Acacia wasn't meant to be Arc's true love, she sure did get him back on his feet.

                              Arc went back to being a flirt at the bar, but he was neither jaded nor inconsiderate of their feelings. He flirted not for himself, now, but to try to get a woman, who had been slaving away all day, to get a good chuckle or two. Yup, that's me: Arc, the patron saint of barflies. Adam and Elise came crashing into the scene with the cat fight heard 'round the world. Elise's first impression was indeed impressive, but also very intimidating, and then they were both just plain confusing. First they're jealous lovers, and suddenly they're siblings. Arc didn't trust either of them at first, especially Adam (probably because he was a guy, and Elise was just a girl). But before he knew it, they were chumming together as if they were schoolmates. The portrait of Elise the Warrior was fading from Arc's mind, and was being replaced with Elise the Most Beautiful Creature Arc Had Ever Seen. He was infatuated with her. She paraded around in his dreams and thoughts. They had become much closer since Antaross, though their feelings for each other became apparent even before then. Elise was the first girl that Arc became truly nervous around, constantly chanting in his mind, "don't screw up, don't screw up." His feelings for Elise were totally new. They weren't simple, they were very intricate. Complex.

                              He thought she felt the same way, but she was either embarrassed to admit it or too timid to come out and say it. Or maybe that was just another figment of Arc's ego. Either way, Arc wanted to come out and tell Elise the honest truth about all his feelings about her. About how much she's changed him, for the better, and about how deeply he cares. He wanted to tell her that he didn't know if it was love, and he didn't know if it would work out, but he didn't care because all he wanted to do was spend an infinite sunset with her and talk, like they often did, about so many things, and maybe hold her in his arms and share in her glorious warmth - but he didn't. He didn't because he was scared. He was scared that it would end in a disaster and that he would be the cause of a great tragedy between Adam and Elise. He was scared that Adam might get fed up and ditch her altogether, and leave her crying inconsolably. He worried that he'd ruin a family, or maybe something worse ("Oh, Arc, I'm sorry") might happen, and leave him ruined.

                              His thoughts were broken, to his gratitude, by Acacia and Seek.

                              "Hey, Arc!" Seek called, though his call was noticeably quiet and timorous.

                              "Huh?" was Arc's reply.

                              "Does that deck really need to be cleaned?" Acacia winked.

                              Arc smiled mischievously, "What deck?"

                              The three of them laughed and snuck off into the lower decks of the ship. They hid away in Seek's quarters and took a nice long break to talk aimlessly about nothing in general. Yeah, they were shirking their duties, but it was wonderful for all three of them.

                              *****

                              Crates, filled with the finest preserved fruits and vegetables that the farms of Joyt had to offer, were indeed not heavy at all. But, Elise helped her brother, knowing it was just a charade to keep her away from Arc. She didn't like it, but she tried to understand where Adam was coming from. She wasn't really sure she even, like, liked Arc. Well, she liked him, but (she refused to even mention the alternate "L" word) she wasn't sure just how much she liked him. Or maybe she just wasn't sure about how much he may have liked her.

                              She and Adam were walking back to the docks now when she spied a seedy looking fellow. He looked familiar, but from the distance she couldn't tell if she really did recognize him or just thought she recognized him. He was a little round, very unkempt, and looked suspicious. He eyed the ship and it looked like he had a silly grin on his face.

                              "Do you recognize him, Adam?" Elise asked.

                              "Who?" asked Adam.

                              "Him!" Elise replied. She didn't want to point, and Adam finally got it in his head to follow her line of sight.

                              He saw the man and said, "Eh, not really. It's too far to tell, really."

                              Elise thought perhaps she had seen him from a distance before.

                              **********

                              On the fringe of the docks where Hardin's airship had landed, there were many workers (most of them lounging) and that made Dedalus nervous. When he confirmed that the airship was, indeed, Hardin's, he nearly squealed with glee.

                              Time to fulfill your end of the bargain, Hardin-boy! he thought with delight.

                              Dedalus had enjoyed his life of travel and excitement, but he was also beginning to get antsy. He wished, more than anything, to settle down and live a decadent life of leisure. Maybe he'd get married. Maybe he'd even have the wife push out a few little brats. If nothing else, he just wanted a quiet place outside of a big city where he could put his feet up. He figured that as Duke Dedalus, this dream could very much be a reality. Screw the rest of the world, he thought, I'm sick of scratching backs and then being left itchy. I'll get what I want, now, and I'll get it by whatever means are necessary.

                              Playing both sides seemed like a wonderful way to ensure being doubly rewarded, and now he was ready to cash in.

                              End Chapter 13
                              Last edited by Big Rick Cook; 05-31-2005, 09:22 PM.
                              "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                              Comment


                                #90
                                Re: The Creative Writing Story 3.1 (Edited for Your Enjoyment)

                                90th, and the start of Chapter 14, by Mora. As I related yesterday, this was the first addition after nearly 8 months of downtime for the story, and was written at the beginning of this year. Mora wanted to start off on a good stride, moving the story along at a faster pace to get us out of the slump. So far as I can tell, he did a decent job of it.

                                In today's addition, nothing happens with the Scooby Gang for the first time in a long time. Hardin plays politician and we meet King Felix of Jugere, the first Jugerian governmental figure of the story. Guillermo and Magnus take a trip to see the island continent to the south that Magnus calls home, and while there, Guillermo has a brush with sex. Or was that sex with a brush? I don't know. It's a great addition, by any standard, and it got us moving again, albeit only for a short time. Sasha and Aleksi get the backseat, as well, much to my chagrin.

                                _____

                                Chapter 14

                                90th Post – Mora 13

                                *Mora13* - *ninety* - *chapter14*

                                “It feels like we’ve been sitting around forever,” Guillermo complained, staring straight ahead with his hands on the steering. It hadn’t taken too long for two augmented human beings to traverse the Matra Mountains, but after passing them, they had to restrict themselves to traveling “normally,” to keep from raising suspicions when they crossed paths with someone else traveling on the same road. Fox had given them a “vessel,” all right. It looked old enough that Guillermo wondered if it had been a family heirloom. Not only was it a tad outdated, but it might as well have been the size of a matchbox. The “bridge” was nothing more than a few rickety seats with engine and steering control panels. That connected directly to the passenger cabin which consisted of a few cots with some musty old blankets thrown over them that were attached to the bulkhead. On the other end of the cabin was the bathroom (Guillermo refused to hypothesize where the waste ended up). Fox said he would have given the two of them something better if he could have, but calling in a last-minute favor like that meant that they would have to make do with whatever he had on hand at the moment. Guillermo and Magnus had shot each other despairing glances after viewing the insides of the craft, not being sure how to cope with the fact that they would be within twenty feet of each other at all times for the next several days of their trip. Fox had at least been able to get a map, so they could tell where they were going…mostly.

                                “Have a little patience. We’re not even a day’s travel from the coast,” Magnus grumbled back at Guillermo. Since he couldn’t exactly pilot with one arm, he had been designated the navigator and held the map in his hand. Being the navigator on a trip that was mostly made up of straight lines, however, quickly grew dull. Having augmented abilities came in handy during this leg of the trip; since they were out over the ocean, they couldn’t afford to set down and take a nap. Guillermo had gone for days now without sleep and it had made him more than a little agitated, not to mention the cabin fever he was developing. It did little to improve his rapport with his partner.

                                “Easy for you to say! You’ve had a decent amount of sleep, not to mention the fact that this is probably a vacation for you; a nice little trip home to see the folks.”

                                “You’re wrong!” Magnus snapped. He looked away from Guillermo and out the window at the passing water underneath them, watching how the sun glinted off the waves. “There’s nothing pleasant for me in this at all.”

                                “What? Don’t have anyone waiting around for you back home?”

                                Magnus growled softly, visibly grinding his teeth, but not breaking his gaze at the cerulean seascape below. “Are you anxious to see what the people from your hometown think of you now?”

                                Guillermo felt stupid for bringing it up, but his anxiousness wasn’t making him the most tactful person to be cooped up with. They sat in silence for a long while until Guillermo’s curiosity and boredom got the better of him. “What’s with all those tattoos you have?”

                                A little surprised noise escaped from Magnus as he turned back towards Guillermo. “That’s… sort of a personal question.”

                                “Oh, come on!” Guillermo cajoled. “It can’t be THAT personal. Unless it is, then I don’t wanna know.”

                                Magnus sighed. “To my people, these symbols represent spiritual progression. When you see them as tattoos on a person, you can see how far he or she has traveled in his or her journey towards spiritual fulfillment.”

                                “Wh-what exactly does that mean?”

                                Magnus grunted slightly arrogantly and closed his eyes. “I didn’t expect someone like you to understand, but I suppose I can try to explain. You see, our belief is that every creature on earth has an ultimate purpose, and that is to one day become one with our god. That, to us, is perfect spiritual fulfillment. These markings show how far I have come in my training towards that ideal.”

                                “You mean you’re a priest?!”

                                “If that’s what you want to call it… yes.”

                                Guillermo wore a rather bewildered look on his face. “That’s funny. A guy like you I thought would be a soldier or a warrior or something like that.”

                                “I am also trained in the martial arts, and have used those skills to defend my people. It is expected of any true disciple to use his or her talents to uphold the rights of life. Many of us are warriors, as you would say, but we fight with a much higher purpose than any mere mercenary.”

                                “Which would be?”

                                “The Vespucians violate the right of life to be free and to be respected. Violating that right means that, in god’s eyes, they have forfeited their own rights. We disciples are called to defend the rights of others by punishing those that would oppress.”

                                “But you kill, right? Doesn’t that mean you forfeit your own life in the process?”

                                Magnus exhaled slowly, and a sound of calm entered his voice. “The moment I took up the sword for god, I put my life in his hands. Every day is an undeserved gift given to me that I must cherish. If god were to will my life ended, I would not carry any resentment or regret.”

                                “You keep saying ‘god.’ You mean you just have the one?”

                                Magnus opened his eyes and looked over at Guillermo, offended. “Of course!”

                                Guillermo made a long whistling sound. “You’re a weird fellow, Magnus.”

                                *****

                                Hardin stood in the Royal Ancestral Chamber, one of the grandest architectural achievements in all of Lerandelia. The structure was made of stone and had the air of antiquity about it. In fact, it was the oldest part of the royal grounds that still survived from the initial founding of the capital and the very first king in their bloodline. The entire structure had been built around the need for internment of the bodies of the royal family. The remains of every single king of Lerandelia since its inception rested within the walls of the vast chamber, each patriarch honored with a stain-glass portrayal above his eternal tomb. The bodies of the queens, princes and other denominations of royalty were kept in catacombs that ran underneath it; chambers that only the royal family itself and the proper custodians had ever walked through. Hardin noted to himself that after the ceremony tomorrow, he would have to make sure his own father had a (purely symbolic at this point) place among his forebears as well as commission a likeness of him for the stained-glass. Something suitably commanding, he thought to himself.

                                At the moment, the doddering old Royal Historian was trying to instruct him on what he must do during the coronation ceremony. With history, especially family history, so important to Lerandelian culture, the Royal Historian had taken on an almost theological significance over the years and was the traditional role that administered the Coronation Rites each generation to the successive princes. Hardin was sure this was the same man that had crowned his father king of Lerandelia; he certainly looked old enough. Hardin had decided against modifying the ceremony a great deal. He would still bear hearing the origin story of Lerandelia, as obviously mythologized as it had become. He would still suffer through the increasingly monotonous list of ancient kings, working its way through genealogy up to him. He would still hear from the Historian his rights and responsibilities as ruler and would still recite his pledges to protect Lerandelia and its citizens, and to uphold the honor of the ancestral line. The changes to the ceremony were cosmetic at best, a simple task of replacing the word “king” with “emperor” and the like.

                                Less cosmetic were the changes of his rights, which included his complete executive power over Lerandelia’s legislative and militaristic branches. Congress would still be able to make laws, but Hardin would have the final say in their implementation as well as having the ability to veto. He had no personal interest in getting bogged down in the mechanics of running a country. He simply needed as much control over the direction of the country as soon as possible. He was surprised he had encountered as little direct opposition to his plans as he had; he assumed that world events coupled with his exploits abroad over the past few months had added to his authority. Nevertheless, he had doubled his personal guard.

                                “…and that’s when I hand you the scepter,” the Royal Historian droned on. “Now, after that, you must…” He didn’t have a chance to finish what he was saying, as Valdemar strode up to Hardin urgently.

                                “Your Highness,” he said with his ever-present resentful tone, “I thought I should inform you that Anteron has arrived at the airship dock. I have word that Jugere is signaling for permission to land, as well.”

                                “Jugere, eh?” Hardin said with a hint of surprise. “When I invited them to attend the ceremony, I didn’t seriously think they would come. They’ve walled themselves within their own country’s borders ever since their collapse. In fact, if I recall correctly, the government was in shambles afterwards. Hmph. I wonder what their presence here could mean… As for Anteron, I thought Copeland might swallow his pride. I’m glad to see I was right.”

                                “Not entirely,” Copeland himself said with enough force to be heard from the entrance to the chamber some dozens of yards away. With the daylight behind Copeland, Hardin couldn’t accurately see what his expression was. By the tone of the voice, he guessed annoyance. “It was pride that told me Anteron should be here. We are, after all, still a major player in world politics; crisis or not.”

                                “It appears your information is outdated, Regent. Anteron is clearly already on the premises. I am grateful you could make it, Chancellor Copeland. This is sure to be a turning point in world history. I’d hate for one of the ‘major players’ to be absent.”

                                Copeland audibly scoffed at Hardin’s arrogance. “You may think you have the world under your thumb, Your Highness, but it sounds like you have yet to discover how small that thumb really is. Anteron in all her former glory still could not claim to have enough conceit to attempt such blatant shows of superiority.”

                                “I look forward to having a more… private conversation with you later, Chancellor. If you’ll excuse me, however, I must prepare for tomorrow’s…”

                                Before he could finish, he saw a sight behind Copeland that made his train of thought jump the track. A regal woman stepped forward from the walls outside the chamber where she had been hidden from view. She wore an exquisitely tailored black dress that left her shoulders bare, though those were wrapped in an elegantly sheer ebony silk robe. A black veil almost obscured her face, but the long, flowing amber hair that contrasted her ominous attire assured Hardin of her identity. “I would like a word with you as well, Prince,” she spoke into the chamber, her graceful voice finding the reverberating acoustics to its liking.

                                “Excellency!” Hardin gasped. “Y-you leave me speechless! Why do you grace Lerandelia with your footsteps, almost forgotten to these cold halls?”

                                “Her Excellency refused to be left behind, once news reached her,” Copeland interjected. “We tried reminding her of Gjigrajheth’s threats against any of the royal family that left the confines of that sanctum, but she wouldn’t hear of it.”

                                “After all,” she added on her own behalf, “you came back to us, didn’t you?” She smiled as she said this. “I can’t tell you how happy it makes me to see you safely returned from that ghastly ordeal. Captain Arguile told me all about your journey and the circumstances of our draw in Antaross.”

                                “Yet you still mourn a loss,” Hardin observed.

                                “My brother was a great man,” she said sorrowfully, eyes cast downward. “Truly he was the revival of the spirit of the Lerandelian kings of old; strong, honorable men they were, born leaders each and every one of them. With his death, a part of me has died as well. He was more than a brother to me, he was an inspiration. If I had half the courage or confidence either of you possessed, perhaps another solution to this could have…” She began to sob, remembering her ineffectualness in dealing with Gjigrajheth.

                                “You show a great courage lies in your heart merely by defying the Beast’s threats, Excellency,” Hardin said, always strangely protective of Her Excellency, in spite of his mostly cold nature. Copeland and Valdemar simply rolled their eyes.

                                “I simply won’t tolerate these constant interruptions!” the Royal Historian loudly complained, adjusting his unbelievably thick glasses on his long nose. “All of you must leave at once! This is a hallowed chamber, after all!”

                                Hardin looked down at the man with an angry gaze which melted into annoyance when he remembered that he probably couldn’t hear what was going on around him very well, much less see who these people were unless they were five inches in front of his face. “I’m afraid I must talk to all of you later. My attention is being demanded at the moment.” Her Excellency smiled amusingly as she curtsied and left, her maids walking away with her, holding up the long trail of her dress from the ground. Copeland shrugged and left shortly after, with Valdemar huffing something about “flagrant disrespect” and marching off on his own. Things are turning out to be interesting, indeed, Hardin thought. And they are bound to only get more intriguing later on.

                                *****

                                “It feels good to see land again,” Guillermo said with relief as they flew steadily over the island continent. The land beneath them was covered in amber wildgrass, with gently rolling hills occasionally giving character to the vast plains. Every now and then, Guillermo would spot a herd of wildlife, massive bovine beasts that were unfamiliar to him, grazing and lounging in the shade of the rare tree that would dot the landscape, large green leaves adorning its twisted limbs. Magnus merely hummed in his deep voice in reply. He had looked more and more preoccupied as they had drawn closer to where he had said they could find shelter for the mission. Guillermo had tried asking exactly where this place was, but the most Magnus was willing to divulge was that it was “home.” Guillermo frowned. He supposed that if he had a home to go back to, he would feel whatever it was Magnus was feeling. To go back to the people that knew you, looking so different… being so different. It must be difficult for him, he mused.

                                “Here,” Magnus abruptly stated. “Land here.”

                                “But there’s nothing around. Didn’t you say that there’d be a place for us to stay?”

                                “Would you think ahead for a second?!” Magnus snapped. “If we fail and have to retreat, would you rather we lead our enemy back to innocents? Innocents they could use against m-… us?”

                                “Sorry,” Guillermo sheepishly replied.

                                “We’ll land here and head out the rest of the way on foot. I know these parts as if they were a part of me.”

                                “Home turf, huh?”

                                “I had to study every hill, every valley when I was young. I had to hunt and kill a chumpaka to bring back for my coming-of-age feast.”

                                “And I thought school was harsh.” Guillermo touched down the airship with a less-than-elegant jerk as it came to a halt. “How far is it to where we’re going?”

                                “If you can keep up with me, I suppose half an hour. We’ll have to slow down after a bit, though. I don’t think we want to shock our hosts.” Magnus hoisted his weapons and opened the hatch on the side of the passenger cabin. “We don’t have time to dawdle; it would be poor manners to introduce ourselves after sunset.”

                                Guillermo gathered his own things and exited the airship, making sure to lock its hatch. Magnus signaled Guillermo the direction they were headed and bounded off. Guillermo, not wanting to be left in the dust, sprinted after him. Seeing how fast he was becoming made him scared, in a way. He used to be normal, and normalcy came with certain limits that applied to all human beings. You couldn’t, say, rip an arm off and expect it to come back. You couldn’t run so fast you could feel the wind whipping across your face. For him, these limits were disappearing, and he was entering something terrifyingly unknown. What would he be able to do a month from now? Or tomorrow? Did he even know everything he was capable of doing now? He leaped suddenly up in the air and for a moment, felt the freedom of flight. He was up so high! The power of his leap kept up with the pace of Magnus as he fell back to earth beside him. Magnus turned his head (difficult to do at the speed he was going due to air resistance) and gave Guillermo a quizzical look, but Guillermo just had a smile on his face.

                                After a while, Magnus signaled to slow down and they trotted at a normal pace. Neither of them was even winded from what they’d just done. Guillermo wondered if this was all as strange to Magnus as it was to him. He’d seemed pretty easy-going about this whole evolution business. But maybe he was as insecure as Guillermo was on the inside. A few more minutes of walking and Guillermo saw what Magnus must have been talking about: several tents that almost blended perfectly into the wildgrass with several dozen people with similar skin-coloring to Magnus going about what he assumed was their daily work. As they got closer, a young woman (barely entering her twenties by Guillermo’s reckoning) noticed them striding towards them and squinted to try to make out who they were. After a few seconds, Guillermo could see a bewildered look to her face as recognition must have occurred and she yelled, “Magnus?!”

                                “Fidella!” Magnus shouted back warmly, opening his arms wide. The girl dropped what she was doing and ran to Magnus, embracing him around the torso in vain when she came to him, as if her arms weren’t used to not being able to reach around. She seemed to be wearing a combination of animal skins and traditional cloth, with her hair braided in a similar fashion as Magnus’s, but in different patterns, with occasionally colorful beads being worked into it. Guillermo walked up and noticed that she was visibly tearing up. “I’m glad my return is a welcome one.”

                                “None of us knew when or even if you were coming back! Just leaving like that… what happened to you?” she asked, disengaging and stepping back to fully take him in. “You’re… different.”

                                He lowered his head and nodded. “My time abroad has been interesting.” He looked up and saw people from the encampment looking at them, astonished, as if they were seeing a ghost. They were making their way towards them as Magnus softly said, “I fear we’ve drawn a crowd.”

                                The woman named Fidella looked towards Guillermo and said with some surprise, “A foreigner? Magnus, what’s this about?”

                                “I can explain everything, Fidella, but I need time,” Magnus replied, guiltily.

                                “You’ll have all the time you need, my boy,” an older man crisply replied from the approaching crowd. They all settled several yards from Magnus, Guillermo and Fidella, with the man stepping out foremost among the group. His beard and hair had grayed and it was braided the same as Magnus’s. His animal-skin vest left his arms and some of his torso exposed to the elements, and Guillermo noticed with some interest that the man had no tattoos like Magnus. His ears, however, had a multitude of piercings. His face looked worn, but his emerald eyes had a spark to them that let Guillermo know that he was still sharp in his old age. He noted he must have been a warrior in his youth, for his form still held some muscle to it, although not well-defined and his skin sagged over them. His voice was gravelly, but not so much that he was hard to understand. His eyes were fixed in a stern glare over Magnus, but this melted into affection as a small grin spread over his face. “Tonight, however, it is enough that you have returned.”

                                Magnus lowered his head in reverence and knelt in front of this man, bringing his remaining fist to his heart in some show of respect. “Your arm,” the older man noticed, “it seems the miracle was not so miraculous after all. What happened?”

                                “I lost it in battle, Sir,” Magnus replied in an even voice. “It will return, however.”

                                The man’s eyebrow arched at that and looked over to Guillermo now. “This outlander, is he a comrade of yours?”

                                “He is a comrade of sorts, Sir. I think we can trust him.”

                                The older man smiled. “Then I welcome him along with you, my boy. Greetings, stranger! My name is Lerato and this is my clan. While you are with us, they shall be yours as well. What is your name?”

                                “Guillermo Avory,” Guillermo said flatly.

                                “Guillermo, eh?” Lerato mused, rubbing his beard with a thoughtful look on his face. “A strange name, but a strong one among your people, no doubt.” He walked over to Magnus, who was still holding his position, and clasped his shoulder, which even while kneeling, was level with his own. “Rise, and we will celebrate your return with a feast. I look forward to catching up with you, Magnus. I’m sure you have much to tell me.” And with that, they entered the clan.

                                *****

                                Prince Hardin stood aloofly, as always, on the opulent marble floor of the royal ballroom, to which he and his guests had flocked to after the magnificent banquet they had had as a dinner. Hardin made a note in his head to give the head chef a significant increase in his pay; the food had been exquisite and he had eaten his fill. Most of the others, however, had eaten like birds. It annoyed Hardin that so much fine food had been wasted on them. He wondered what happened to it after it had been taken away. Hardin caught that train of thought before it had a chance to go any further. He must have been more bored by this farce of a ball than he realized. Similarly to dinner, almost no one was dancing to the rather beautiful waltz that the orchestra was playing. Factions of people had sprung up all over the room, talking amongst themselves, Hardin assumed, about the political and social scandal that had taken place over the recent times.

                                “It’s a shame no one is dancing, this waltz is one of the best I’ve heard,” a man said to him, breaking Hardin out of his reverie.

                                Hardin turned to look at who might be talking to him. He recognized him as one of the foreign powers that he had invited to come bear witness to his coronation. He just had a hard time placing which one he was. The man was shorter than Hardin, but that was to be expected, as Hardin was a rather tall man. His build was solid, however, as he looked healthy and vibrant in his well-tailored vestments. His hair was an almost shockingly bright red, which led down to a face so lightly bearded that Hardin wondered if the man had just forgotten to shave for a few days. His eyesight must have been poor, however, as he wore thin, oval-framed glasses in front of his eyes. Hardin guessed the man to be a little older than he was, maybe in his mid-thirties. “And you would be…?” Hardin asked in as polite a voice as he could manage.

                                The man looked slightly put off by the failure at recognition, but soldiered on. “I believe we’ve been introduced before, Prince Hardin. I am King Felix of Jugere.”

                                “Ah, yes, pardon me for the lapse in memory. I agree, I was just thinking to myself that this was a particularly lovely waltz.”

                                “It seems that people would rather talk than dance tonight.”

                                “Their loss, I’m sure.”

                                “Perhaps it would pay to look at exactly who is talking to whom,” Felix mentioned in a leading way.

                                Hardin decided to glance around and noticed the rotund figure of King Ephraim of Joyt discussing something passionately with Copeland, who was also with one of the representatives from Matra. Hardin couldn’t tell which one; they all looked alike. “Go on,” Hardin said before taking another sip from his champagne glass, trying not to look too interested.

                                “One wonders what they’re talking about,” Felix said with more than a hint of concern in his voice.

                                “I suppose.”

                                “I believe they’re discussing foreign policy, namely yours. I heard that you’d made a trip to Joyt and Matra after the battle in Antaross, is that right?”

                                “For one so inconspicuous, you’re certainly well-informed.”

                                “If I need to gather intelligence, Prince Hardin,” Felix said with a slight grin, “I make sure it doesn’t look like I am.”

                                “I believe you were coming to a point, King Felix.”

                                “Merely that all three of those men seem to have an extreme distaste for what is about to happen.”

                                “My coronation?”

                                “Not simply that, Prince. You are far too coy. You and I both know that this is all a formality to put you in control of your nation and its army. Combined with your own personal forces, who could resist you? Certainly not Anteron; you could add her as a jewel to your crown within a week. With Anteron under your thumb and, at least officially, Joyt as an ally, Matra would be fools not to surrender. This is not just a measure to combat monsters, is it? It’s a plan for world domination.”

                                “You have quite an imagination,” Hardin replied coldly.

                                “Of course,” Felix smiled, “not all domination is unwarranted.”

                                “What are you getting at?”

                                “Jugere would not be opposed to such a radical change in world politics. In fact, I believe we are of the same mind that something decisive must be done amongst ourselves if we are to combat this Gjigrajheth.”

                                Hardin’s gaze fell upon the Vespucian representative, being talked to at length by another representative from Matra. The Vespucian looked thoroughly bored, but then again, his kind always seemed rather vague and uninterested to outsiders. “And what would Jugere expect to get out of such cooperation?”

                                “I believe complete dominion over Anteron would do quite nicely,” King Felix replied with a bold, hungry look in his eyes. “Your aunt would keep her title and lifestyle, of course. I’m not a monster, after all.”

                                Hardin was slightly taken aback. “You’re a bold one. What makes you think you would deserve it?”

                                “We’re quite certain by now that Anteron interfered with our communications shortly before the cataclysmic attack upon Jaegar. It left me unable to relay to our army to prepare for attack. After all those years of war, Anteron resorted to such a dishonorable display of espionage in order to be rid of us. I think proper compensation to us is due, wouldn’t you say so, Prince?”

                                “And just what would you have to offer me? Your government is in shambles, your army all but disbanded and your wealth spent on rebuilding your infrastructure. You’re paupers as far as the rest of the world is concerned, just like Anteron.”

                                “I believe I do have something to offer you,” Felix said with a gleam in his eye. “Joyt and Matra have already approached me for cooperation in an alliance against you, along with that regent of yours, Valdemar. They want to see you dead.”

                                Hardin chuckled a little before taking another sip of his champagne. “Is that supposed to frighten me?”

                                “I could pretend to accept, to penetrate their inner circle and keep you informed of any threats against you…”

                                “Until you get a better offer,” Hardin said with a sneer. “You’re not exactly a man of honor yourself, King Felix. I trust you even less since you seem to be desperate about your position of weakness. If you would be willing to betray the others, you’d be equally likely to betray me.”

                                Felix looked panicked as he tried to persuade Hardin further. “I can have them killed, if you like! Hire the most ruthless, efficient assassins money can buy, they’d never be able to trace it back to you!”

                                “Calm yourself, King Felix,” Hardin said with a subtle smile, “or you’re likely to draw attention to yourself. I’m not completely unreceptive to some reconnaissance work on your part. You have one problem you’ll have to deal with first, though: they’ve likely already seen you talking at length with me. Bring me back something with substance and we can talk about reciprocation.”

                                Felix tried to gain some composure. “You’re a wise leader, Prince Hardin.”

                                “And you’re a savvy one. You just need to remember one thing: never let anyone know how desperately you want something, otherwise you may never get it.” He finished the last of his champagne. “You should really try some of this.”

                                *****

                                Guillermo had laid himself down to sleep for the night. Because of their lifestyle, the people here did not have beds proper, but Guillermo had found the blanket that separated him from the ground to be comfortable enough that he thought he could get a night’s sleep out of it. He sighed as he closed his eyes. He’d found himself having to constantly adapt to unfamiliar conditions ever since they’d landed. During the feast, they’d passed around vast quantities of unfamiliar vegetables and meat from whatever beast it was that he had seen as they’d flown over the plains. Some of the vegetables he found to be quite tasty, others he had to spit out because he thought they were vile. The beast tasted good, if a bit plain. He would have added some spice to it. But everyone else seemed happy enough. Magnus alone ate like an army, probably because this was the first familiar meal he’d had in a long time. There was a lot of idle talk, some celebratory slaps on the back from some of the other men, quite a few stories passed around of Magnus’s past that were met with much laughter. Some of them were a little too ribald for Guillermo’s tastes, however. He blamed what he considered quite an affront to table etiquette (although it wasn’t like there were any tables to be found) on the amounts of what he assumed was liquor that flowed from the cups of some of the others. He had tasted that, too, and found it to be so strong he didn’t doubt that it could probably make someone go blind. I guess an evolved stomach isn’t part of the packaged deal yet, he mused.

                                Guillermo didn’t consider himself to be a person that enjoyed prying into the business of others, but he noticed Magnus eyeing one of the young women that was present, who seemed to be doing some eyeing of her own. It appeared that she had not been there whenever Magnus had left, so he introduced himself to her, and vice versa. When he saw them sharing public displays of affection, Guillermo felt kind of sorry for Valeria, even though it hadn’t been that long ago that she’d conspired to fatally poison him. If what he’d seen back at the cult’s headquarters was any indication, Magnus and she were in a pretty serious relationship. Well, at least Valeria seemed to be taking it seriously. In the end, he decided to let Magnus sow whatever he had coming to him.

                                Magnus wasn’t the only one garnering attention, however. He had noticed that one of the other young clanswomen had been looking at him all night long. Every so often, Guillermo would try to steal a glance at her, only to see her catching him, and he’d quickly avert his gaze in embarrassment. He didn’t want to give her the wrong idea; he had just wanted to know what she looked like. At first, he thought she bore a striking relationship to Acacia, but he knew that was just a knee-jerk reaction to his not having seen many people native to this continent before. After a few looks, he saw that her hair was longer, her figure a little more petite, her nose slightly bigger, etc. etc. But it still made him feel lonely. He rolled over on his blanket and sighed again.

                                He opened his eyes after a few moments, knowing sleep would be a long way’s off at a pace like this. Even though there was no lamp and it was the dead of night, he could see all right. His eyes had gotten rather good at seeing in the dark. He was sleeping in a little tent they had given him, with his supplies off in a corner. Just then, he heard a footstep approaching his tent and one of the flaps was lifted up, sending warm, amber light into his temporary abode. A woman tentatively entered his tent and Guillermo could see it was the one from dinner, with a lamp lit in one hand. “What’s going on?!” Guillermo exclaimed in surprise and embarrassment.

                                The woman smiled. “What do you think?” she said softly, in a coy manner. “I hoped you’d still be awake. I’m glad I was right.”

                                “Y-you can’t be in here like this!” he exclaimed again, getting more flustered.

                                The woman gave him an odd look. “I hardly think anywhere else would be a proper place, with all due respect.”

                                “I don’t know what you’re talking about!” Guillermo said, his face getting red.

                                “What do you mean you don’t?” she said with a confused voice. “Don’t you know what a man and a woman can do together when they’re alone?”

                                “I know perfectly well!!”

                                “Then you haven’t experienced it before?”

                                “Th-th-that’s none of your business!” Guillermo stuttered out. “What I don’t get is why you expect to do… ‘it’ with me!”

                                She gave a little laugh. “Well, why wouldn’t we?”

                                “We hardly know each other, that’s why!”

                                “What does that have to do with this?”

                                Guillermo’s face could have been confused with a beet at this point. “You don’t just make love to anyone and everyone!”

                                She laughed again. “What do you mean?!”

                                Guillermo was about five seconds away from shoving her out of his tent for good when it finally dawned on him that maybe she really didn’t know what he meant. This was a different culture, after all. Maybe he’d stumbled into something he didn’t know about. “We… are talking about sexual intercourse, aren’t we?”

                                “Well, obviously.”

                                “Then maybe you need to explain to me your customs when it comes to that sort of thing, because where I come from, that sort of behavior just… isn’t acceptable.”

                                She looked confused again. “I don’t know why it wouldn’t be. Sharing affection for another person, making them feel pleasure… why would you deny someone that? People want to feel those things.”

                                “But it’s just not appropriate.”

                                “You tell ME why it isn’t, since I just answered one of your questions.”

                                “Because… because you’re supposed to save that sort of thing for only one person, so it’s more special, so it means more. If you just give it to everyone passing by on the street, it loses meaning.”

                                “Why does it have to get less special, especially for your mate? What we can give each other tonight will be totally different from what I’ll be able to give the man I become entwined with in life one day. This is affection, pleasure… like I said. What I and my mate will have between us goes beyond that. He will have what you and countless others can never have from me. To hoard sexual pleasure like a miser… that is what I consider to be unloving.”

                                “So your people do this sort of thing… all the time?” Guillermo asked, scratching his head. He thought he finally understood how Magnus could be so in love with Valeria, but still be affectionate with other women, perhaps even bedding that one right now.

                                “It’s hardly as casual as a handshake,” the woman said, sardonically, “but if two adults agree to it, it is looked upon by our god as a beautiful expression of warmth and kindness between two human beings.”

                                “But what about… you know… children?” Guillermo said sheepishly.

                                “We are raised communally, if at all possible,” she said. “Being raised by only one or two people provides a child with a very narrow view of life and of love. The entire clan becomes a child’s parent and to the clan, every child is theirs, biologically or not.”

                                “I suppose that’s one way to do things,” Guillermo replied, slightly dumbfounded by how fundamentally different a world Magnus came from.

                                “It must be strange to you,” the woman admitted, “but I’m sure you come from a world very strange to me, too.”

                                Guillermo gave a humming sound, presumably to affirm that statement, as he looked towards the ground.

                                “I’m sorry I came,” she said, apologetically, looking away, after realizing how embarrassed Guillermo must have felt. “I had no idea my presence would make you so uncomfortable. It… it wasn’t my intention.”

                                Guillermo slowly looked up, tears forming in his eyes as he did so. “Please… please don’t,” he said, his voice almost breaking. “I… I’m sorry, I just need the company, someone to talk to. I haven’t had that in a long time. I feel like I’m going to go insane if I stay alone much longer. I don’t want to sleep with you, but if you could just stay here… please…”

                                The woman looked back at him and even though she could tell Guillermo was a powerful man by the way he carried himself, what she saw in this tent, sitting on a blanket, pouring out his heart to her through tear-filled eyes, was one of the most utterly powerless things she’d seen in her life. “All right,” she said softly, putting a hand on his head, slowly stroking his hair as she would a child’s, “I can do that.” Guillermo moved to lie back down and she moved to lie next to him. “You look as if you’ve already found your mate. I’m actually jealous.”

                                “Y-you reminded me of her, at the feast earlier. I miss her so much, but… but now I don’t think I want her to see me again.”

                                “Why’s that?”

                                “You can probably tell: I’m changing like Magnus. What if I’m someone completely different by the time we meet again?”

                                ”You still seem human to me,” she said with hope.

                                “I told you, that’s changing. I could sprout a tail, or grow fur, or…”

                                “I didn’t mean on the outside. Your heart… it still feels human. The outside is unimportant in love, true love, that is. The only thing that can bring two people together in spirit is a beautiful heart. As long as that never changes, the two of them can endure anything. At least, that’s what I believe.”

                                “Is that what your god teaches?”

                                “A god doesn’t have to tell you everything about everything,” she said with a small smile. “Sometimes, you can figure things out about life on your own.”

                                Guillermo smiled his first heartfelt, genuine smile in a long time. “I’m glad you came here tonight, Miss… Oh, I don’t even know your name! I’m… I’m sorry…”

                                “It’s Beata,” she said warmly. “Your mate is a very lucky woman. Let us both hope she deserves that luck when the both of you meet again.”

                                “If we meet again, that is,” Guillermo said bitterly.

                                “I think you two will,” Beata whispered. “If you two are meant to be together, your paths will cross again. I will pray for it to be so.”

                                It gave Guillermo hope to think that may be the case.
                                "Mindless killing doesn't do a lot for me anymore." - Sampson

                                Comment

                                Working...
                                X